Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Manufacturing - Textiles / Coats Group

Coats Group

coa · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker coa
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Manufacturing - Textiles
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Coats Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Coats Group plc
Annual Report 2021

ACCELERATING 
AND 
TRANSFORMING

Strategic report

Corporate governance

Financial statements

Other information

Contents

Introduction

Strategic report 

1 

2 

4 

6 

8 

2021 full year results and highlights 

Coats at a glance

Investment case

Chair’s statement

Group Chief Executive’s statement

10  Our strategic goals

12  Our sustainability strategy

14  Market trends

16 

18 

20 

24 

Business model

Key performance indicators

Stakeholder engagement

S172 statement

26  Working responsibly

38  Our climate disclosures

46 

Principal risks and uncertainties

60  Operating review

64 

Financial review

Corporate Governance

68  Chair’s introduction 

72 

Board of Directors

75  Corporate Governance

83  Audit and Risk Committee Report 

89  Nomination Committee Report 

92  Directors’ Report

95  Directors’ responsibilities statement

96 

Remuneration Committee Report

Financial statements

114 

Independent Auditor’s Report

124  Primary financial statements

130  Notes to the financial statements

193  Company financial statements

196  Notes to Company financial statements

Other information

198  Group structure

207  Five-year summary

208  Shareholder information

Coats Group plc

WE ARE ACCELERATING 
PROFITABLE SALES GROWTH 
AND TRANSFORMING COATS 
FOR THE FUTURE

composites in areas like personal protection, 
telecoms, energy, transportation, 
and household and recreation.

This report details how we deliver our 
purpose to support our customers, their 
industries, our shareholders, our people and 
the communities in which we operate.

Coats is the world’s leading industrial 
thread company. The pioneering history 
and innovative culture of Coats enable 
the delivery of its purpose to connect 
talent, textiles and technology to make 
a better and more sustainable world. 

We provide complementary and value-adding 
products, services and software solutions 
to the apparel and footwear industries.

We also apply innovative techniques to 
develop high technology performance 
materials threads, yarns, fabrics and 

Our vision is to be the global textiles leader and trusted 
partner delivering innovation, digital and sustainable 
solutions with lasting value to all stakeholders.

Find out more online:

Sustainability Report:

	X See our online ‘Year in Review’ at 

	X To read our Sustainability Report, and for more 

coats.com/ar2021

	X A full copy of this Annual Report can also be 

downloaded from coats.com/investors

	X Throughout this document you will see 

references to where supporting information can 
also be found online at coats.com

on our policies, their impact and our approach to 
‘Pioneering a sustainable future’, go to 
coats.com/sustainability

2021 full year results 
and highlights

21

Revenue ($m)
2021
2020
2019

Adjusted operating profit ($m)
2021
2020
2019

Operating profit ($m)
2021
2020
2019

NEW PRODUCTS 
LAUNCHED

$37 million of  
incremental revenue

29%

1.50C

$96M

Revenue growth

Proposed final dividend

EcoVerde sales up 159% 

1,504

1,163

1,389

193

111

198

179

103

191

Financial performance

Continuing operations

Revenue*

Adjusted1

2021

2020

Change

 CER  

change

 Organic  
change

$1,504m $1,163m

29%

29%

29%

Operating profit*

$193m

$111m

75%

74%

75%

Basic earnings per share

Free cash flow*

Net debt (excl. IFRS 16)

Reported2

Operating profit

6.8c

$113m

$147m

2.4c

$28m

$181m

$179m

$103m

74%

74%

74%

Basic earnings per share

6.1c

1.8c

Net cash generated by  
operating activities

Final dividend per share

Highlights

$129m

1.50c

$66m

1.30c

Key Performance Indicators
*Indicates our KPI measures. See pages 18-19 
for more details and historical performance.

1.  Adjusted measures are non-statutory measures 
(Alternative Performance Measures). These are 
reconciled to the nearest corresponding statutory 
measure in note 12. Constant Exchange Rate (CER) 
are 2020 and 2019 results restated at 2021 
exchange rates. Organic vs 2020 on a CER basis 
includes like-for-like contributions from Pharr HP 
(post acquisition date of February 2020). Organic vs 
2019 on a CER basis includes like-for-like 
contributions from ThreadSol (post acquisition date 
of February 2019) and excludes contribution from 
Pharr HP (acquired in February 2020). Revenue 
figures are an IFRS measure; however CER and 
Organic growth rates constitute Alternative 
Performance Measures.

2.  Reported refers to values contained in the IFRS 

column of the primary financial statements in either 
the current or comparative period. 

3.  Leverage calculated on a frozen GAAP basis, and 
therefore excludes the impact of IFRS 16 on both 
adjusted EBITDA and net debt.

 Alternative Performance Measures – see note 35.

•  Accelerating Group sales growth of 29% 
(6% vs 2019) with continued momentum:

–  Apparel & Footwear: 33% sales growth 
(5% vs 2019); demand recovery and 
positive end market sentiment across 
US, Europe and Asia

–  Performance Materials: 19% organic 

sales growth (8% vs 2019)

•  Strong thread market share gains in A&F 

(up 2% to 23%) and customer share wins 
in PM, as customers prioritise reliability and 
flexibility of supply, sustainable products, 
quality, speed, and innovation

•  EcoVerde revenues up 159% to $96 

million; significantly enhanced 
sustainability ambitions announced

•  Continued innovation focus; 21 new 
products contributing $37 million 
incremental revenue

•  Adjusted operating profit $193 million 
(reported $179 million); inflationary 
pressures absorbed by successful pricing 
actions and self-help productivity 
programmes

•  A&F adjusted operating margins 15%1; PM 
adjusted operating margins 7%1, or 14%1 
excluding the US

•  Adjusted EPS of 6.8c per share (reported 
6.1c per share), vs 2.4c per share in 2020

•  Strong cash generation; net debt (excl. 

lease liabilities) of $147 million and strong 
adjusted free cash flow of $113 million; 
0.7x leverage3; building resilience and 
creating a strong platform for growth

•  Final dividend of 1.50 cents per share 

proposed, +15% vs 2020 final dividend 
given the strong 2021 performance and a 
sign of the Board’s confidence into 2022

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

1

Strategic reportCoats at a glance

Coats is the world’s leading industrial thread company. We are headquartered in the UK 
and a FTSE 250 constituent with global operations generating revenues of $1.5bn in 2021.

Group revenues 

$1.5BN 
12.8% 
0.7X

Leverage

Operating margins 

We deliver innovative, value-adding and 
premium product and service solutions 
for our c.40,000 global customers to 
meet specified design requirements. Our 
products are a critical component in global 
industries like Apparel and Footwear (A&F) 
and Performance Materials (PM) including 
products for the Personal Protection industry, 
Composites and Performance Threads for 
multiple but focussed end-use sectors. 

Sustainability is at the core of our business 
values, and we continuously strive to 
support our customers in achieving their 

sustainability goals. Whilst we continued 
to see regional Covid outbreaks during 
2021 we were able to use our flexible 
business model and supply chains to 
maintain robust financial performance. 

Headquartered in the UK and quoted 
on the London Stock Exchange, we 
have a global sales presence and digital 
platforms that enable us to serve 
customers wherever they are located. 

Our unrivalled global reach and footprint 
serve as one of our competitive advantages.

2021 revenue by division

2021 revenue by region

2021
Revenue
$1.504m

2021
Revenue
$1.504m

73% Apparel 

& Footwear

27% Performance 
Materials

56% Asia
25% Americas
19% EMEA

Our Sustainability strategy

During 2021 we added ambitious new targets 
to our Sustainability strategy, which focus on 
transitioning to sustainable materials, net-zero 
emissions and promoting circularity in all 
we do. These new goals map our high-level 
sustainability journey and run in tandem with 
the strategy launched in 2019 that focussed 
on the key issues facing our business, 
which continue to be our high-priority 
targets for delivery in 2022 and beyond. 
For more information refer to page 12.

Our five sustainability pillars are:

Water

Energy

Effluent

Social

Materials

2

Coats Group plc

HQ

Innovation Hub

Manufacturing Site

Presence

Where we operate

6

Operating in six continents

c.40,000

Customers globally

>250

Years of textiles experience

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
Apparel & Footwear

2021 revenue

$1,094M
$164M
15.0%

2021 operating profit

Margin

Overview
We are the trusted value-adding partner, 
providing critical supply chain components 
and services to the $1.4tn global apparel 
and $350bn footwear industries. Our 
portfolio of world-class products and services 
exist to serve the needs and requirements 
of our customers and brand owners.

Main customer markets
We ultimately supply products and services 
to global brands across many markets 
such as mid-market, premium lifestyle, 
value/mass, fast fashion, luxury/affordable 
luxury, footwear, and apparel tailoring.

Apparel and footwear manufacturers

30,000
4,000

Retailers and brands

Product type

End uses

Key Coats brands

Apparel & Footwear and 
accessories threads
(c.85% of sales)

Sport/athleisure, denim, ladieswear, menswear, 
children’s wear, leather wear, workwear, footwear, 
and intimates and underwear

Epic, Dual Duty, Seamsoft, Nylbond, Gral, Gramax, 
Astra, Sylko, Knit, EcoVerde, Eloflex and Drybond

Zips, trims and crafting
(c.14% of sales)

Zips, interlinings, reflective tapes, and crafting products 
(Latin America)

Opti, Signal and Connect

Software solutions
(c.1% of sales)

Enabling supply chain productivity gains, increasing 
speed of supply and facilitating compliance

Coats Digital – including FastReactPlan, VisionPLM, 
GSDCost, Intellocut and Intellobuy

Overview
We are experts in the design and supply of 
a diverse range of technical products that 
serve a variety of strategic end-use markets.
Derived from our longstanding global market-
leading A&F thread expertise, which has 
been built up over 250 years, we are able 
to innovate to provide highly engineered 
solutions to meet our customer needs by 
incorporating specific design features into 
various thread and yarn-based products.

Main customer markets
We develop high-technology Performance 
Materials including products for the 
Personal Protection industry, Composites 
and Performance Threads for multiple 
but focussed end-use sectors.

8,500

PM customers

Performance Materials

2021 revenue

$409M
$29M
7.1%

Margin

2021 operating profit

End-use sector

End uses 

Personal Protection
(c.40% of sales)

Combining comfort, safety and protection  
– fire retardant and cut resistant threads and yarns

Key Coats brands

Firefly, FlamePro and Armoren

Composites
(c.25% of sales)

Performance Threads
(c.35% of sales)

Telecoms and Energy, Automotive, Footwear

High-performance threads and yarns for the 
Automotive and Household & Recreation industries 
as well as other technical industrial applications such 
as feminine hygiene

Gotex, Synergex, LatticeTM, Ultrabloc, Aptan XU, Gral 
Binder and Protos Ripcord

Gral, Helios, Gral Quilt, Protos Fil, Epic, Gramax, 
Admiral and Neophil

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

3

Strategic reportInvestment case

There are six elements to our investment case – each element is a 
strength in itself but together they combine to set us apart from our 
competitors. This provides a solid platform from which we can 
innovate, grow and deliver consistently strong shareholder returns.

Throughout 2021 we continued to review each element of our 
investment case and looked to align these more closely to the future 
core operations of our key business segments and the ongoing 
integration of recent acquisitions.

Element

1.  Global market leader in the 

2.  Leading player in the 

3.  Focus on digital, innovation 

Element

4.  Track record of delivering 

5.  Track record of delivering 

6.  Value-adding acquisitions

apparel and footwear 
market

performance materials 
market

and sustainability

continuous improvements 

free cash flow

and operational excellence

Which provides us as an 
organisation with

A strong and defendable core 
business representing some 73%
of Group sales.

Ability to build scale through 
technology, innovation and 
acquisition. Representing some 
27% of Group sales.

Ability to focus on the continuing 
challenges from macro trends that 
are shaping the world and give us 
the tools that enable us to deliver 
value to all our stakeholders.

Thinking ‘beyond the stitch line’ 
to collaborate with internal and 
external stakeholders to repurpose 
our products into new ones and 
use machine learning for new 
ways of operating – fit for the 
digital age.

Innovation and big, bold game-
changing ideas are crucial to our 
success.

Industry leader in sustainability 
agenda, giving us competitive 
advantage as well as to support 
our customers’ ambitious 
sustainability agendas.

21

New products generating $37m 
incremental revenue across A&F 
and PM 

Performance Materials has a global 
presence; building scale both 
organically and inorganically. It 
includes products for the Personal 
Protection industry, Composites 
products and Performance Thread 
products for multiple but focussed 
end-use sectors.

Performance Materials offers 
products that deliver performance 
and safety, and solves industry 
problems through applying our 
vast textile expertise.

Innovation in developing or 
acquiring new competencies and 
technologies – such as carbon and 
glass composites.

19%

Organic sales growth

Continued customer share gains

Strong demand across all 
sub-segments

4

Bold new sustainability targets

Our Science Based Targets were 
approved by the Science Based 
Targets initiative

Key attributes of this element

Global leader in A&F thread 
market, consistently increasing 
market share in a stable market 
(pre/post-Covid).

Leading the response to meet 
changing industry needs – speed, 
personalisation, innovation, cost, 
quality, responsibility and 
sustainability.

Highlights

33%

Sales growth

23% 

Thread market share (up 2% 
versus 2020)

159% 

Increased revenues from our 
EcoVerde product range

For more information visit coats.com/investors

4

Coats Group plc

Which provides us as an 

Focussed improvement 

Strong Adjusted Free Cash Flow 

Ability to build scale in the 

organisation with

programmes and experienced 

and high Return on Capital 

management to deliver margin 

Employed (ROCE).

and other financial improvements.

strategic focus areas which 

are currently fragmented 

competitively.

Key attributes of this element

Ensuring the Group is ‘fit for 

Balancing key cash demands of 

The Group’s acquisition strategy 

purpose’ and agile in the modern 

organic investment, pension 

looks to identify companies with 

high-paced world.

schemes and shareholder returns.

complementary capabilities that 

Productivity gains and 

procurement initiatives.

Investing in energy/waste 

reduction to improve operational 

efficiencies.

Cost and Cash discipline around 

the organisation.

can further strengthen the core, 

technology, innovations, or 

Intellectual Property and which can 

be scaled to deliver growth and 

value for customers and 

shareholders.

Highlights

12.8%

Adjusted operating profit margin, 

Strong cash generation

well ahead of 2020

Inflationary pressures absorbed by 

successful pricing actions and 

self-help productivity programmes

Leverage; building resilience and 

creating a strong platform for 

$113M

0.7X

growth

Growth through acquisitions is a 

key element of the Group’s 

strategy and the Group will 

continue to be disciplined in the 

assessment of acquisition 

opportunities as they arise.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationElement

1.  Global market leader in the 

2.  Leading player in the 

3.  Focus on digital, innovation 

Element

apparel and footwear 

performance materials 

and sustainability

market

market

Which provides us as an 

A strong and defendable core 

Ability to build scale through 

Ability to focus on the continuing 

organisation with

business representing some 73%

technology, innovation and 

challenges from macro trends that 

Which provides us as an 
organisation with

Key attributes of this element

Global leader in A&F thread 

Performance Materials has a global 

Thinking ‘beyond the stitch line’ 

Key attributes of this element

Highlights

Highlights

of Group sales.

acquisition. Representing some 

are shaping the world and give us 

27% of Group sales.

the tools that enable us to deliver 

value to all our stakeholders.

market, consistently increasing 

presence; building scale both 

to collaborate with internal and 

market share in a stable market 

organically and inorganically. It 

external stakeholders to repurpose 

(pre/post-Covid).

includes products for the Personal 

our products into new ones and 

Protection industry, Composites 

use machine learning for new 

Leading the response to meet 

products and Performance Thread 

ways of operating – fit for the 

changing industry needs – speed, 

products for multiple but focussed 

digital age.

personalisation, innovation, cost, 

end-use sectors.

quality, responsibility and 

sustainability.

Performance Materials offers 

changing ideas are crucial to our 

Innovation and big, bold game-

products that deliver performance 

success.

and safety, and solves industry 

problems through applying our 

Industry leader in sustainability 

vast textile expertise.

agenda, giving us competitive 

advantage as well as to support 

Innovation in developing or 

our customers’ ambitious 

acquiring new competencies and 

sustainability agendas.

technologies – such as carbon and 

glass composites.

19%

Sales growth

Organic sales growth

New products generating $37m 

incremental revenue across A&F 

Continued customer share gains

and PM 

Thread market share (up 2% 

versus 2020)

Strong demand across all 

sub-segments

21

4

33%

23% 

159% 

Increased revenues from our 

EcoVerde product range

Bold new sustainability targets

Our Science Based Targets were 

approved by the Science Based 

Targets initiative

For more information visit coats.com/investors

4.  Track record of delivering 
continuous improvements 
and operational excellence

5.  Track record of delivering 

6.  Value-adding acquisitions

free cash flow

Focussed improvement 
programmes and experienced 
management to deliver margin 
and other financial improvements.

Strong Adjusted Free Cash Flow 
and high Return on Capital 
Employed (ROCE).

Ability to build scale in the 
strategic focus areas which 
are currently fragmented 
competitively.

Ensuring the Group is ‘fit for 
purpose’ and agile in the modern 
high-paced world.

Balancing key cash demands of 
organic investment, pension 
schemes and shareholder returns.

Productivity gains and 
procurement initiatives.

Investing in energy/waste 
reduction to improve operational 
efficiencies.

Cost and Cash discipline around 
the organisation.

The Group’s acquisition strategy 
looks to identify companies with 
complementary capabilities that 
can further strengthen the core, 
technology, innovations, or 
Intellectual Property and which can 
be scaled to deliver growth and 
value for customers and 
shareholders.

12.8%

$113M

Adjusted operating profit margin, 
well ahead of 2020

Strong cash generation

Inflationary pressures absorbed by 
successful pricing actions and 
self-help productivity programmes

0.7X

Leverage; building resilience and 
creating a strong platform for 
growth

Growth through acquisitions is a 
key element of the Group’s 
strategy and the Group will 
continue to be disciplined in the 
assessment of acquisition 
opportunities as they arise.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

5

Strategic reportChair’s statement

At Coats, we have the right growth strategy 
and agility to transform our business. We will 
move at pace to adopt new ways of working, 
capturing emerging opportunities, delivering 
further efficiencies, whilst remaining true 
to our purpose of delivering sustainable 
value for all our stakeholders. The Group 
has commenced a number of strategic 
projects to improve margins by optimising 
the portfolio and footprint, improving the 
overall cost base efficiency, and mitigating 
structural labour availability issues in the US.

A key component of our strategy is 
value creation and the disciplined use of 
capital to fund inorganic opportunities to 
build scale and acquire new capabilities, 
technology and talent. We have a robust 
pipeline of M&A opportunities.

We are committed to developing strategies 
that will build our competitive advantage 
and this will be the differentiator between 
us and our competitors. In our Apparel & 
Footwear segment, we are growing faster 
than the market because of our excellent 
value proposition, our global footprint, our 
reputation for quality and our drive towards 
innovative and sustainable products. In the 
Performance Materials segment, there remain 
further high-growth opportunities in both 
composites and personal protection that 
offer exciting new prospects for Coats.

Sustainability and innovation
Sustainability is a core strength for Coats 
which constantly gives us commercial wins in 
the market place. Innovation is at the heart of 
everything we do and is crucial to our success, 
and our dedicated Innovation Hubs mean 
that we continue to evolve and adopt new 
innovative products and techniques. We have 
recently announced that our Asia Innovation 
Hub in Shenzhen, China, will be refocussed 
on the research and development of new 
biomaterials for the future. As a pioneering 
company we continually aim to deliver 
further revenue growth from creating value-
enhancing new products that do not currently 
exist. It is pleasing to note that we launched 
21 new products in 2021, generating $37m 
of incremental revenue, with a healthy 
pipeline of opportunities ahead of us.

In November, Rajiv and I attended the World 
Climate Summit, an official side event of 

COP26, the annual United Nations climate 
change conference, and it was here that 
we announced the acceleration of our 
Sustainability strategy. We publicly committed 
to our sustainability goals and our milestones 
along the way to achieve a net-zero carbon 
footprint. Refer to page 12 for more detail.

With the ever-increasing importance of 
the social and environmental impacts of 
businesses, and the focus on governance 
and reporting of non-financial performance 
data, we have set up a new Board 
Sustainability Committee. This Committee 
will be responsible for Coats’ Sustainability 
strategy, its governance and the monitoring 
of progress. We are proud to commit that 
over time we will move all our products 
to environmentally friendly materials and 
chemicals. The recent approval of our 
Science Based Targets (SBTs) supports 
our goals to reach net-zero emissions by 
2050. Linked to these very important 
goals we have decided that 20% of the 
shares granted to our senior management 
under the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 
will be linked to ESG measures ensuring 
direct accountability for our sustainability 
goals. Refer to page 18 for more detail.

Strategic report 
Coats has a leading market position, with 
a sound strategy, a positive culture and 
a talented team. I am looking forward 
to using my experience and expertise, 
and working with the leadership team 
to help Coats transform by focussing on 
everyday efficiencies, innovation, brand 
building, and global supply chain excellence 
to ensure sustainable value creation.

A world-class team
We have continued to focus on the health, 
safety and wellbeing of our employees. The 
results of this year’s ‘Your Voice Matters’ 
survey continue to reflect high levels of 
employee engagement with a 90% response 
rate and an engagement score of 83 which 
is well above the Glint benchmark of 74. It is 
encouraging that 82% recommend Coats as 
a Great Place to Work (GPTW). The results 
also recognised the wellbeing programmes 
we provide, with 81% of respondents telling 
us that Coats takes a genuine interest in 
employees' wellbeing. We have emerged 
stronger as we remain focussed on our 

Accelerating profitable 
sales growth and 
transforming Coats 
to deliver sustainable 
stakeholder value

Dear Shareholder

Our priority is accelerating profitable 
sales growth and transforming Coats to 
deliver sustainable stakeholder value. 

We started 2021 with confidence, clarity 
and a strong balance sheet. We delivered 
exceptional growth versus 2020 and strong 
growth vs 2019 despite regional Covid 
disruption in Vietnam and India. This clearly 
demonstrates the strength of our global 
operations and the underlying resilience of 
the business model. We will continue to focus 
on strengthening our core business by putting 
our customers at the heart of everything 
we do, whilst investing in our people.

Delivering stakeholder value
Having spent many years in leading global 
businesses with complex supply chains, I have 
watched businesses successfully transform 
by staying alert to changing consumer 
trends. Accelerated profitable sales growth 
is achieved by focussing on the core to drive 
market share as well as a disciplined drive to 
purchase, integrating strategic acquisitions 
internationally, and so establishing new 
markets in new geographies and categories, 
whilst divesting where necessary.

6

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Coats has a leading 
market position, 
with a sound strategy, 
a positive culture and 
a talented team

strategic priorities coupled with protecting 
our business and our customers. I am 
extremely proud of the whole Coats team 
which has demonstrated great resilience 
and dedication, and on behalf of the Board 
I would like to thank all our employees for 
their part in contributing to this success.

I am very proud that in our first year of 
external certification, 83% of our employees 
now work in an accredited GPTW and the 
overall score of 92 in our Health and Safety 
survey demonstrates our strong safety culture.

We recognise the fact that good business 
behaviour is fundamental to strong financial 
performance, and our global code of conduct, 
‘Doing the right thing’ is reinforced through 
continuous communication throughout the 
year, educating our workforce on open and 
honest behaviour and promoting ethical 
standards in their day-to-day work.

Changes to the Board
The Coats Board continues to drive diversity 
from the top. The current composition of 
the Board demonstrates this commitment 
with good ethnic, gender and geographical 
representation. A number of Board changes 
have occurred during the year. Jackie 
Callaway joined Coats, taking on the role 
of Chief Financial Officer at the start of 
2021, and she has already made a valuable 
contribution to both the Board and the 
Group Executive Team. With my move to 
Chair of the Board, I have stepped down as 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee and 
I am delighted that Non-Executive Director, 
Echo Lu has now taken on this position, 
bringing her strong background in general 
management and track record of delivering 
positive change experience to this role. Full 
details of the changes are provided in the 
Nomination Committee Report on page 86.

Stakeholder engagement by the Board 
The Board has a vital role to play in engaging 
and partnering with our stakeholders, and 
throughout 2021 the Board continued to 
engage either remotely or in person. During 
the pandemic and as we emerge from 
the challenges of the restrictions, there 
has been an increased focus on ensuring 
customers are supported appropriately 
and we are committed to communicating 
regularly with our customers to ensure 
customers are at the heart of decision-
making. Employee engagement is key to a 
motivated and connected workforce and 
Fran Philip, our designated Non-Executive 
Director for Workforce Engagement has 
been very active this year meeting a wide 
range of employees, including senior 
executives, across our global business.

The Board has also undertaken reviews in our 
different international operations to listen 
directly to leaders from around the world and 
hear about how Coats’ strategies are being 
implemented on a country-by-country basis, 
whilst gaining local knowledge of competition 
and customer insights. Our people continue to 
provide a rich source of ideas and perspectives 
which are invaluable to the Board.

Going forward, the Board aims to use 
the Group’s free cash flow to fund its 
capex, pension schemes, progressively 
increase the ordinary dividend, finance 
acquisitions, and make further returns 
to shareholders as appropriate. 

Looking ahead
Our leading market position, as well as our 
broad portfolio and geographical footprint 
provides a foundation for sustainable value 
growth. Our priority is to accelerate profitable 
sales growth whilst transforming Coats for 
our future. We will continue to manage costs 
and deliver on our sustainability goals. The 
combination of our strong leadership team 
and our talented and resilient workforce 
ensures we are in an excellent position in 
the marketplace. This is supported by a 
sound strategy and a positive culture.

I would like to express my thanks on behalf 
of the Board to all our employees across 
the world for their exceptional commitment 
and dedication and I look to the future 
with confidence. Coats is well placed 
to deliver transformation and profitable 
sales growth and to create long-term 
sustainable value for all our stakeholders.

David Gosnell
Chair
2 March 2022

In 2021, we undertook an independent 
investor audit and I have personally talked 
to several of our top 20 shareholders to 
consider their insights on our strategy and 
hear about their future requirements. Read 
more about our approach to stakeholder 
engagement on pages 20-23.

Dividend
The Board is mindful of the importance of 
returns to shareholders and, as a result of 
the strength of the Group’s balance sheet, 
the strong growth and recovery out of 
the Covid pandemic, and its confidence 
in the strategy and growth outlook for 
the Group, it is pleased to propose a final 
dividend of 1.50 cents per share, +15% vs 
the 2020 final dividend (of 1.30c). Subject 
to approval at the forthcoming AGM, the 
final dividend will be paid on 25 May 2022 
to ordinary shareholders on the register at 
29 April 2022, with an ex-dividend date 
of 28 April 2022. This recommendation is 
a good demonstration that we are back 
on track with a return to our previously 
published progressive dividend policy.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

7

Strategic reportGroup Chief Executive’s statement

2021 was also a year of significant supply 
chain challenges. Our global scale, 
technology infrastructure, health and safety 
focus, talented teams and strong supplier 
relationships meant we were able to navigate 
Covid-related lockdowns in some of our key 
markets, as well as inflationary pressures, 
supply chain disruption and labour availability 
issues. We quickly identified and reacted to 
these challenges by successfully implementing 
pricing and self-help programmes to offset 
increased raw material, freight and labour 
costs and, at the same time, continuing 
to provide our customers with the high 
quality service they expect from Coats.

The Group saw strong thread market 
share gains in A&F (up 2% to 23%) and 
customer share wins in PM as customers 
prioritised sustainability, quality, speed, 
supply chain flexibility and innovation.
Adjusted operating profit was $193 million 
for the full year. Adjusted operating profit 
margin of 12.8% was well ahead of 2020 
(9.5%) and slightly lower than 2019 (14.3%) 
primarily due to labour disruption in the wider 
US business, and lockdown impacts in Asia in 
Q2 and Q3. A&F adjusted operating margins 
were 15.0%, with PM adjusted operating 
margins of 7.1%, or 14.4% excluding the 
US. Earnings saw a strong recovery towards 
pre-Covid levels as operating profit recovery 
was accompanied by a normalisation of 
our tax rate and lower interest charges.

Strong adjusted free cash flow of $113 
million has led to net debt (excl. lease 
liabilities) at the end of the period of
$147 million, giving 0.7x leverage, below 
the lower end of our target leverage range 
of 1-2x, providing a strong platform to 
take advantage of attractive organic and 
inorganic investment opportunities to 
further accelerate growth in the future.

Strategic enablers: Sustainability, 
Digital and Innovation
Our strategic enablers of Sustainability, 
Digital and Innovation underpin our strategy 
to accelerate profitable sales growth and 
to deliver sustainable stakeholder value.

Sustainability
A key part of our company purpose is to 
make a better and more sustainable world. 
When we launched our sustainability strategy, 
‘Pioneering a sustainable future’, in 2019, we 
laid out ambitious targets for 2022 and 2024. 
We remain committed to those targets and 
have significantly increased our ambitions in 
order to evolve our sustainability strategy and 
increase momentum, as well as to further 
enhance our competitive advantage. We will 
reduce emissions by 46% in this decade and 
reach net-zero by 2050. By 2030, 70% of our 
global energy consumption will come from 
renewables. Our other new targets are:

•  Eco materials: By 2030, all Coats products 
will be made completely independently of 
new oil-extraction materials such as 
polyester and nylon

•  Circularity: We will shift to circularity, 

creating products and packaging solutions 
that enable recycling and reuse, both 
within our own operations and across the 
wider garment industry

We will continue to invest in our sustainability 
strategy and have earmarked $10m to fund 
the scaling up of green technologies and 
materials that are relevant to our industry 
supply chain. Our Asia Innovation Hub in 
Shenzhen, China is being re-purposed to 
focus on the application of biomaterials.

I am particularly pleased 
with the further strong 
growth of our EcoVerde 
range of recycled threads 
and our continued 
progress towards our 
2024 target

Dear Shareholder,

Purpose and strategy
Our priorities are to accelerate profitable 
sales growth and to transform Coats to 
deliver sustainable stakeholder value.

2021 results overview
2021 was a year of demand recovery and 
strong market share gains. Coats delivered 
sales growth of 29% over 2020 and an 
organic sales growth of 6% over 2019. 
Momentum increased throughout the 
course of 2021 with the final two months 
of the year seeing growth of 20% vs 2019 
in both Apparel & Footwear (“A&F”) and 
Performance Materials (“PM”), vs 6% for the 
Group for the four months ended October 
and 1% in the first half of the year.

8

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationStrategic Projects
The Group has commenced a number of 
strategic projects to improve margins by 
optimising the portfolio and footprint, 
improving the overall cost base efficiency, 
and mitigating structural labour availability 
issues in the US. These projects will 
result in anticipated incremental adjusted 
operating profit of $50 million by 
2024. Total cash exceptional costs are 
expected to be around $35 million.

Outlook
The strong end to the year has continued 
into the start of 2022, and despite some 
evidence of stock replenishment from 
customers during this period, we expect 
continued growth for 2022 as a whole. 
We remain confident in our ability to offset 
inflationary pressures through pricing and 
productivity actions. We now anticipate 
the Group’s FY 2022 performance to be 
modestly ahead of our previous expectations.

Rajiv Sharma
Group Chief Executive 
2 March 2022

Meanwhile we have made very good 
progress on our 2022 targets, in particular:

•  One of our 2019 targets was to have 

external social certifications, such as Great 
Place to Work, across all our key sites, with 
over 80% of our employees in certified 
sites by 2022. Last year, we achieved 83%, 
reaching the target a year early

•  We also saw excellent sales growth in 
EcoVerde, our range of 100% recycled 
products, with revenues for the full year up 
159% to $96 million (FY2020 $37 million), 
on track for our 2024 target for all our 
premium polyester threads to be made 
from 100% recycled material

•  We have almost achieved our energy 

reduction target of 7% (6.9% reduction) 
a year early, and expect to deliver 
substantially better than the target in 2022

Digital
Our investment in technology infrastructure 
and digital tools has allowed us to flex our 
supply chain, react to situations with speed 
and ensure we are focused on customer, 
shareholder and employee value creation. 
In 2021 we enhanced our digital customer 
ecosystem, ShopCoats, through which 
customers can, for example, use automated 
bulk and sample ordering and status 
management. We onboarded valuable 
key accounts through system integration, 
refreshed our front-end order system and 
used Microsoft Dynamics CRM to further 
professionalise our sales and customer service 
systems. These tools give us speed, agility, 
lower cost and more customer satisfaction.

We continue to evaluate 
acquisitions in line with 
our strategy and 
investment criteria and 
will remain disciplined in 
our assessment of these 
as they arise

Innovation
We continue to create innovative new 
solutions to solve our customers’ current 
and emerging challenges. During 2021 we 
launched 21 new products across both 
A&F and PM (FY2020 22 new products), 
delivering incremental revenues of $37 
million (FY2020: $13 million). Examples of 
innovation within A&F include Lattice Lite 
Eco, a revolutionary fibre-laying technology 
using sustainable materials to create 
footwear composite materials for the next 
generation of high performance supershoe. 
We also launched EcoRegen during 2021, 
a biodegradable thread made from 100% 
lyocell, and part of Coats’ Eco Journey 
roadmap to produce innovative sustainable 
products which support our drive towards 
a circular economy. In PM, the largest 
selling innovation was a new FlamePro 
product called FlamePro Orbit with lighter 
weight, higher performance and improved 
strength and protection qualities. We also 
developed Epic Patriot for US non-flame 
retardant military applications with a specially 
formulated lubricant. Our innovation pipeline 
to deliver further incremental revenues in the 
future remains strong and we will continue 
to accelerate our innovation credentials and 
solutions in order to deliver tailored solutions 
to meet customers’ design requirements.

Dividend
The Board is mindful of the importance of 
returns to shareholders and, as a result of 
the strength of the Group’s balance sheet, 
the strong growth and recovery out of the 
Covid pandemic, and its confidence in the 
strategy and growth outlook for the Group, 
it is pleased to propose a final dividend of 
1.50 cents per share, +15% vs the 2020 
final dividend (1.30c). Subject to approval 
at the forthcoming AGM, the final dividend 
will be paid on 25 May 2022 to ordinary 
shareholders on the register at 29 April 
2022, with an ex-dividend date of 28 April 
2022. Alongside the interim dividend of 
0.61 cents per share, this makes a total of 
2.11 cents per share for the full year 2021.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

9

Strategic reportOur strategic goals

We have three strategic goals to work towards in order to achieve 
our vision

Our vision is to be the global textiles leader and trusted partner delivering innovation, digital and sustainable solutions with lasting value to all 
stakeholders.

Goal

Description

1.  Profitable sales growth

Apparel & Footwear
Increasing our market share by delivering sustainable, innovative and value-adding product 
and service solutions to our global customer base.

2.  Continuing to strengthen the core

3.  Value creation

Performance Materials
Lead with innovative and sustainable developments in highly engineered products creating 
textile-based industry solutions for attractive and growing end markets.

Employee investment
Continued investment in the development of our employee capabilities so they can reach their 
full potential in a safe, respectful and inclusive workplace.

Customer centricity
Maintain focus to ensure we meet industry demand for speed, personalisation, innovation, 
cost, quality, reliability and sustainability in support of critical elements within the supply chain.

Disciplined use of capital to fund inorganic opportunities to build scale and acquire new 
capabilities, technology and talent.

Our goals are underpinned by the following strategic enablers: 

Digital

Innovation

Sustainability

To stay relevant, we recognise the need to 
evolve in new directions. This requires us to 
think ‘beyond the stitch line’ to collaborate 
with internal and external stakeholders, to 
repurpose our products into new areas and 
use machine learning and artificial 
intelligence to inform new ways of operating, 
fit for the digital age.

Innovation is at the heart of everything we do. 
We recognise that big, bold, game-changing 
ideas are crucial to our success.

We continue to accelerate our innovation 
credentials and solutions to deliver tailored 
customer solutions to meet their design 
requirements.

Sustainability has long been at the core of how 
we do business and is a key driver of our 
strategic decisions. Our sustainability agenda 
is important to all our stakeholders. Not only 
does it give us a competitive advantage, but 
it also allows us to help our customers with 
their own sustainability agendas. 

For details refer to coats.com/sustainability, 
and pages 30-45 in this report.

10

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCase studies

DIGITAL: NEXT GENERATION 
E-COMMERCE

INNOVATION: THE FUTURE OF 
ELECTRIC VEHICLES 

SUSTAINABILITY: CREATING A 
CIRCULAR ECONOMY

ShopCoats is our next generation 
customer-centric e-commerce platform, 
built using modern, highly secure and 
scalable cloud technologies to facilitate 
sales growth and increased market share 
through rapid digital innovation and new 
applications. As a one-stop portal, 
ShopCoats enhances the customer 
experience from requesting a sample to 
placing complex bulk orders across 
multiple product lines. This enables Coats 
to execute new business strategies aimed 
at customer growth and new product 
innovation across its entire customer base.

The data-driven view of all of our 
customers and their behaviour means that 
they are able to make better informed 
decisions on their business, sales and 
marketing strategies. It also provides them 
with the speed and service that they 
demand by automatically interfacing with 
our ERP and bespoke product and 
manufacturing systems, giving 
comprehensive product availability and 
delivery lead times.

In an industry with an ever-increasing 
focus on agility, visibility, sustainability, 
and ease of doing business, the 
digitisation of the key ordering process 
differentiates our offering from 
competitors. This places us in a position to 
deliver new features in weeks rather than 
months; build on our end-to-end 
digitisation of the customer experience; 
and turn opportunities into realities.

Coats joined a team to develop a tailored 
fibre-reinforced composites solution for 
volume manufacturing of structural 
battery enclosures in electric vehicles 
under a US Department of Energy 
cooperative agreement.

This collaboration builds on previous work 
in developing lightweight, intrusion 
resistant composite floor reinforcement 
structures. We are providing expert 
knowledge and innovation in tailored 
fibre-reinforced composites technology to 
help develop a lightweight, high-
performance and cost-effective structural 
battery enclosures. Coats proposed the 
use of Lattice™ and Lattice Conductive™ 
technologies to design and manufacture 
ultra-light composite material products. 
Lattice is an optimised continuous fibre 
laying technique which creates preforms 
with no waste while Lattice Conductive 
allows for integration of conductive paths 
and electronic circuitry in moulded 
composite components. We then use our 
proprietary Computer Aided Engineering 
tools to create a 2D Lattice continuous 
fibre preform that can be fabricated into a 
3D preform mould.

Lattice technology reduces cost by 
generating zero-waste preforms by 
placing fibres only where needed. It is also 
cost effective because there is a 50% 
reduction in the steps required to 
fabricate the 3D preform for moulding.
The development will be resourced from 
our Innovation Hub in Sevier. The project 
is due to run until December 2023.

Coats helps leading apparel and footwear 
brands realise their sustainability 
ambitions. One such example is our 
partnership with a rapidly growing 
premium athleisure company, with whom 
Coats has a longstanding relationship
and through which we highlighted the 
importance of thread and helped them 
set a minimum thread standard. This 
led to our first orders received in 2018 
as they moved to our higher quality 
and more durable thread. Subsequently 
we reinforced our strong relationship 
by supporting the launch of their 
innovation hub. In the next step of the 
partnership, we are now supporting 
them in the transition from virgin to 
recycled polyester to achieve their 
ambition of reaching 100% non-virgin 
polyester in their products by 2025.
The strength of our relationship 
with designers, testing and 
manufacturing gives confidence 
that the quality, reliability, colour 
matching and other characteristics of 
our recycled offering is comparable 
to virgin polyester equivalents.

We are also engaged in discussions to 
explore the use of Eco-B and EcoCycle 
as a part of their circular economy vision 
and are aligned to advancements in 
their supplier selection process, which 
include water and carbon reduction, 
through our own SBTi commitments.
Our sustainability roadmap, our 
investments into innovation, and strong 
relationship mean we are ideally placed 
to help the brand meet their own 
sustainability goals, and in doing so secure 
and enhance our long-term relationship.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

11

Strategic reportOur sustainability strategy

Pioneering a sustainable future

During 2021 we added ambitious new targets 
to our Sustainability strategy, which focus on 
transitioning to sustainable materials, net-zero 
emissions and promoting circularity. These 
targets map out our high-level sustainability 
journey for the future. In 2019 we committed 
to a range of short-term targets against the 
key material issues facing our business and 

while we have virtually achieved two of them 
a year early, these targets continue to be our 
immediate priority for delivery in 2022. The 
targets that mature in 2022 will be replaced 
with interim targets that will continue to focus 
on our key issues. Sustainability practices 
have always been embedded in the way that 
Coats operates. There is a strong belief in 

the Company that being sustainable is not at 
odds with running an effective and successful 
business, but that they are complementary. 
Having a clearly defined Sustainability 
strategy that is integrated into our business 
strategy helps us to accelerate our progress 
in delivering material improvements. 

Accelerating our journey

Net-zero
Coats commits to net-zero 
by 2050. By 2030, 70% 
of our global energy 
consumption will come 
from renewables.

Social impact
Coats commits to making 
sustained progress and will 
develop 2030 targets for 
DE&I, workplace health and 
safety, employee and 
community wellbeing and 
supplier social performance.

Eco materials
By 2030, all products will 
be made completely 
independently of new 
oil-extraction materials.

Circularity
Coats will shift to circularity, 
creating products and 
packaging solutions that 
enable recycling and reuse, 
within its own operations 
and across the wider
garment industry.

Water
Water is currently an 
essential solvent in our 
industrial processes. 
Our goal is to reduce 
the amount we use, 
reuse where we 
can and promote 
the development of 
technologies that use 
less or no water.

Energy
We use energy to run 
our processes both for 
powering motors and for 
providing process heat. 
Our aim is to reduce the 
energy we require, as 
well as to decarbonise 
it, and hence reduce 
our emissions.

Effluent
Water that we use in 
our processes gets 
contaminated and 
our responsibility 
is to minimise that 
contamination and 
to clean the water 
prior to retuning it to 
the environment.

Materials
Our aim is to use 
materials as sparingly as 
possible and to ensure 
that those materials 
are as sustainable as 
possible. Reducing waste 
and transitioning to 
recycled raw materials 
are our targets.

Social
We have multiple 
responsibilities towards 
our employees and 
we take them all very 
seriously and use 
measures of engagement 
to track progress 
alongside other key 
indicators. We also have 
a responsibility towards 
our communities and 
seek to engage them 
through our employees.

Our low-carbon online annual review

More details on our progress to reduce our carbon footprint can be found in our 
Sustainability Report online.

12

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur commitment to innovation

Our innovation fund
Over the next five years we will invest 
$10m in scaling up the development of the 
green technologies and materials that will 
accelerate delivery of our sustainability goals.

Focus on biomaterials
The Coats Innovation Hub – Asia, in 
Shenzhen, China, will have a new 
mission and be re-purposed to focus 
on the application of biomaterials. 
Over the long term, Coats aspires to 
move all products to environmentally 
friendly materials and chemicals.

Roadmap for reducing emissions

2021 Emissions profile

5%

17%

78%

Tonnes CO2e

5%  Scope 1 – 63k tonnes CO2e
78% Scope 2 – 891k tonnes CO2e
17% Scope 3 – 191k tonnes CO2e

$10M INVESTMENT

Scope 1
This is our direct use of fuels in our 
factories. This is mainly used to provide 
heat energy for our processes, but also 
includes fuels used to generate electricity 
and power vehicles on our sites.

Scope 2
This is mainly our use of electricity bought 
from third parties, where the emissions are 
caused in the generation of the electricity. 
In some locations we also buy heat energy 
from third parties and this is included here.

Scope 3
This includes all the indirect upstream 
and downstream emissions that relate 
to our entire product value chain. The 
bulk of these emissions are caused in the 
production of our raw material and in the 
transport of materials from suppliers to us, 
between our units and to our customers.

Science Based Targets (SBTs)
Our approved Science Based Targets on the 1.5°C pathway are shown below.

Scope 1 and 2 emissions

Renewable electricity

Scope 3 emissions

-46.2%

By 2030

100%

By 2030

-33%

By 2030

Coats Group plc commits to reduce absolute 
scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 46.2% by 2030 
from a 2019 base year.

Coats Group plc also commits to increase annual 
sourcing of renewable electricity from 5% in 
2019 to 100% in 2030.

Coats Group plc further commits to reducing 
absolute scope 3 emissions 33% within the 
same timeframe.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

13

Strategic reportMarket trends

What markets do we serve?

Apparel & Footwear (A&F)
Coats is the global market leader in supplying 
premium sewing thread to the A&F industries, 
and is estimated to be over twice the size of 
the nearest thread competitor with a c.23% 
thread market share. The global thread 
market is estimated to be c.$4bn and whilst 
thread only represents 1-2% of the cost of a 
typical garment, it is a critical component in 
the manufacturing process and for the quality 
and performance of the finished product. 
We are one of the few global players of a 
key supply chain component in the $1.4tn 
global apparel and c.$350bn footwear 
industries which are projected to grow at 
low single digits in the medium term. We 
also supply selected zip and trim products, 
and our fashion tech business provides 
software solutions for speed, productivity 
and transparency in customers’ operations. 
Whilst Covid and supply chain constraints 
continued to impact our industry in 2021, 
we expect industry growth rates to return 
to previous levels medium term. In A&F we 
are growing faster than the market because 
of our excellent reputation for quality, our 
value proposition, our global footprint 
and our strong sustainability agenda. 

Performance Materials (PM)
We are global experts in the design and 
supply of highly engineered, performance 
threads, yarns and lightweight composites 
used in a range of industries including 
thermal and cut protective wear, telecom 
infrastructure, automotive and feminine 
hygiene. We estimate the addressable 
market (ie into which we currently or could 
realistically serve near term) is c.$3bn, of 
which c.$2.4bn relates to highly-engineered 
end uses, and hence we estimate we have 
a market share of around 14%. In PM, we 
anticipate mid-high single digit organic 
growth medium-term, with higher growth 
opportunities in both Composites and 
Personal Protection. In Personal Protection we 
expect medium term growth of high single 
digits, in Composites we expect double-
digit growth, and in Performance Thread we 
expect growth to be at or around global GDP.

14

Coats Group plc

Trends that are impacting 
our businesses:

1. Supply chain flexibility
Across the industries we serve, speed to 
market is increasingly a critical differentiator, 
accelerating processes through design, 
development, manufacturing, sourcing 
and retail. Our customers are increasingly 
looking at their own supply chain resilience, 
including reviews of their supply base 
and sourcing geographies. During 2021 
specifically, we saw significant industry supply 
chain disruption with reduced availability 
of raw materials, labour constraints and 
disruption of sea freight operations, all 
contributing to increased inflationary 
pressures. We expect these challenges 
to continue into 2022, increasing the 
importance of speed, agility and supply 
resilience across the industries we serve. 

Trend #1: Our response in the year
We have continued to pivot quickly, 
responding to and supporting our 
customers’ needs in a highly volatile 
environment. Our unrivalled global 
footprint, our scale and agility proved 
invaluable as we delivered high 
levels of customer service and supply 
through multiple external challenges. 
In response to increasing inflationary 
pressures we reacted by successfully 
implementing pricing and self-help 
programmes. In China, we progressed 
in meeting changing customer needs 
leading to higher share of the growing 
domestic market. Beyond Asia, 
we were able to respond to higher 
demand in EMEA and the Americas 
as customers sought out more 
balanced and resilient supply chains. 

2. Living sustainably
Sustainability continues to increase in 
importance across the industries we serve, 
driven by consumer pressures, customer 
strategies and legislative changes. COP26 
delivered further global progress across the 
environmental agenda. This significant shift 
in sentiment and behaviours is manifested 
in areas such as materials innovation, energy 
renewables, water management, waste 
reduction and social justice and compliance. 
Many of our customers are developing 
partner programmes that put sustainability 
at the heart of ongoing collaboration. Our 
expectation is that this trend is irreversible and 
will only increase in importance over time. 

Trend #2: Our response in the year
When we launched our Sustainability 
strategy, ‘Pioneering a sustainable 
future’, in 2019, we laid out ambitious 
targets for 2022 and 2024. We remain 
committed to those targets and have 
significantly increased our ambitions 
in order to evolve our Sustainability 
strategy and increase momentum, as well 
as to further enhance our competitive 
advantage. We will reduce emissions by 
46% in this decade and reach net zero 
by 2050. By 2030, 70% of our global 
energy consumption will come from 
renewables. Our other new targets are:

•  Eco materials: By 2030, all Coats 

products will be made completely 
independently of new oil-extraction 
materials such as polyester and nylon

•  Circularity: We will shift to circularity, 
creating products and packaging 
solutions that enable recycling and 
reuse, both within our own 
operations and across the wider 
garment industry

We will continue to invest in our 
Sustainability strategy and have 
earmarked $10m to fund the scaling up 
of green technologies and materials that 
are relevant to our industry supply chain. 
Our Asia Innovation Hub in Shenzhen, 
China is being re-purposed to focus 
on the application of biomaterials. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information3. Innovative uses of threads, 
yarns and fabrics
Consumers are demanding more innovative 
products in every area of their lives and so 
new thread-based application end uses 
continue to be identified. As a global market 
leader, we are at the forefront of innovating 
threads and yarns to enhance the functionality 
and performance of products in multiple 
end markets. This is a core competency 
in Performance Materials where we have 
developed and grown sales in many new 
products such as flame retardant yarns 
and fabrics used in protective wear and 
composites that deliver high performance, 
lightweight solutions in industries such 
as oil and gas (eg deep water pipes), 
telecom infrastructure and automotive. In 
A&F, we continue to partner closely with 
global brands to support their ambitious 
innovation agendas with a particular focus 
on sustainable and circular thread solutions. 

4. Growth of Asian domestic markets 
and Asia brands
Domestic consumer demand in Asia is both 
significant and expected to grow faster 
than JUSE (Japan, USA, Europe) markets. 
Globally, as a derived demand component, 
sewing thread markets are expected to 
grow by low single digits percentage over 
the medium term, but with higher growth 
in Asia as demographics and consumer 
wealth expands. This is reflected in the 
growth of domestic fashion retail, most 
notably, but not only, in China and India. 
Demand for Composites is increasing due 
to the pace of urbanisation (eg the rollout 
of fibre optic cable networks) and economic 
growth, which means consumers purchase 
more products needing high performance 
materials (eg outdoor goods and passenger 
vehicles). In personal protection, demand is 
being driven by increasing levels of worker 
protection, industry regulation and the need 
for comfort with multi-hazard protection. 

Trend #3: Our response in the year
We have three Innovation Hubs around 
the world which reduce innovation lead 
times for customers. Our innovation 
ecosystem gives us dedicated capacity 
to develop new product solutions 
as well as products in collaboration 
with customers. We launched 21 new 
products in 2021, delivering revenues of 
$37 million. Examples within Composites 
include Lattice Lite Eco, a revolutionary 
fibre-laying technology using sustainable 
materials to create footwear composite 
materials for the next generation of 
high-performance supershoe. In Personal 
Protection, the largest selling innovation 
was a new FlamePro product called 
FlamPro Orbit with lighter weight, 
higher performance, improved strength 
and multi-protection qualities. We also 
developed Epic Patriot for US non-
flame retardant military applications 
with a specially formulated lubricant.

Trend #4: Our response in the year
We continued to develop and execute 
our domestic market growth strategies 
in China and India, building on our 
competitive advantages of product 
range, quality, technical application 
and brand strengths. In Apparel & 
Footwear, we delivered market share 
gains and significant growth in China 
and made strong progress coming out 
of Covid disruption. In Performance 
Materials we delivered significant share 
gains in China in Performance Threads 
with multiple new programme wins 
for automotive safety critical and trim 
applications as well as a very successful 
start to producing and selling FlamePro 
branded flame retardant fabrics in India 
mainly for use in garments destined for 
the middle eastern oil and gas market.

5. Digital
Industry adoption of digital technology 
has accelerated significantly during the 
Covid pandemic as companies look to 
drive faster speeds, increased productivity, 
lower waste and end-to-end supply and 
materials transparency. For example, in the 
apparel industry, adoption of 3D sampling 
technologies has increased rapidly, with 
several brands now developing 30% of 
samplings virtually. Customers have likewise 
adopted production planning, product 
lifecycle, quality systems and material usage 
software in far greater numbers. As a result of 
these trends, customers are demanding higher 
levels of digital integration with their strategic 
partners. We believe that this trend will only 
accelerate further during 2022 and beyond.

Trend #5: Our response in the year
Coats Digital, our Fashion Tech business, 
enables fashion brands, sourcing 
companies, and manufacturers to 
optimise, connect and accelerate business 
critical processes seamlessly, including: 
design and development; method-time-
cost optimisation; production planning 
and control; fabric optimisation and 
shop floor execution. In 2021 bookings 
saw high double-digit growth ahead 
of reported sales growth, indicating 
confidence for continued future growth. 
The order pipeline remains strong for 
2022. We enhanced our digital customer 
ecosystem, ShopCoats, through which 
customers can, for example, use 
automated bulk and sample ordering 
and status management. We onboarded 
valuable key accounts through system 
integration, refreshed our front-end 
order system and used Microsoft 
Dynamics CRM to further professionalise 
our sales and customer service systems. 
These tools give us speed, agility, lower 
cost and more customer satisfaction.

For more information about our 
market environment refer to our 
Investor section online.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

15

Strategic reportBusiness model

Our purpose 
is to connect talent, textiles and technology 
to make a better and more sustainable world

Pioneering 
a sustainable 
future

Developing 
innovative textile 
solutions

Delivering
industry leading
digital services
and embracing
new technologies

Investing in 
and growing 
our talent and
technical expertise

The value we create

Employees
We are committed to the health, safety, rights 
and wellbeing of our employees. Our diverse 
international workforce is highly engaged 
with committed employees who operate in 
an innovative and solution-focussed culture.

>18,000

Employees across 
the globe

Environment
Building on our ‘Pioneering a sustainable future’, 
we laid out ambitious new targets to evolve its 
Sustainability strategy, increase momentum and 
take it to the next level. 

Customers
As customer expectations evolve, we are 
continuing to focus on responsibly sourced, 
sustainably produced products.

40,000

Number of 
global customers

Communities
We actively engage with our local communities 
under our three global pillars of Education, 
Health and Wellbeing and Textiles providing 
educational support to children, food donations, 
DE&I events, thread donations and tree planting.

4

Bold new sustainability 
targets

7,900

More than 40% of our 
employees participated 
in volunteering initiatives

Shareholders
We are committed to delivering superior returns 
and aim to deliver long-term value for our 
investors.

2.11C

Total dividend for 2021

Suppliers
We look for the right balance of global, national 
and local capability and create local, flexible 
supply chains. 

$1BN

Paid to suppliers

16

Coats Group plc

	X Read more about stakeholder engagement on pages 20-23.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur key strengths

Strong customer relationships 
We have longstanding relationships across all levels of our customers’ 
organisations that provide deep market insight. Our global brand 
teams work with top retailers and brands globally. We work with 
30,000 apparel, footwear and accessories customers, 8,500 
Performance Materials customers and c.4,000 retailers and brands 
globally.

Global asset and supplier base 
We are uniquely positioned across the globe to deliver consistently 
high service levels on short lead times, with the ability to flex our 
supply chain to meet customer needs in a fast-moving and ever-
evolving environment. We manufacture on 50 sites, across six 
continents, with 100+ warehouses, the majority of which are 
connected by a global ERP system which allows us to flex our 
supply chain in a volatile environment. We have a diverse and 
global supplier base and carefully manage and monitor our 
supply chain.

Longstanding culture of innovation
We have a longstanding culture of innovation. Our Innovation 
Hubs provide spaces to collaborate with customers, in which we 
can provide new solutions to solve their problems or to improve 
their finished products.

Strong sales and marketing capabilities
Our close interactions with leading global retailers, brands and 
manufacturers give us the ability to quickly respond to specific needs 
and pressures. Our global brand teams liaise closely with our top 
brand customers to ensure a strong network of relationships.

Highly engaged and committed workforce 
We have an innovative and solution-focussed culture with a 
highly engaged, diverse and committed workforce of over 
18,000 employees. 

World-class manufacturing and quality
We manufacture to high ethical, labour and environmental 
standards whilst delivering consistent colour and exceptional 
product quality. Our products are tested and measured against 
stringent safety standards.

Longstanding reputation for responsibility
‘Doing the right thing’ is in our DNA – we have a longstanding 
ethical reputation amongst suppliers to the global garment 
industry, with strong ESG and sustainability credentials.

Industry-leading digital and technical capabilities
We have been at the forefront of digital innovation by component 
suppliers to the global garment industry for several years. We have 
an industry-leading set of digital services including colour sampling, 
online training, e-commerce and supply chain management. We also 
provide technical support to our customers across the shop floor, 
with thousands of digital and technological interventions. 

Ambitious sustainability targets providing 
a competitive advantage
A key part of our purpose is to make a better and more 
sustainable world. We have a very ambitious set of sustainability 
targets across five pillars of sustainability: water, energy, effluent, 
social and materials. We gain competitive advantage from helping 
our customers to de-risk their own supply chains. We also have 
a fast-growing range of sustainable products made from recycled 
threads, as well as innovations in biodegradable and 
water dissolvable threads.

	X Read our investment case on pages 4-5.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

17

Strategic reportKey performance indicators

Performance measures of the Group’s progress
During 2021 we continued to monitor our performance and progress using the consistent range of key performance indicators (KPIs) used in the 
prior year, each of which is a non-GAAP measure. For further details of how these financial Alternative Performance Measures are reconciled to the 
nearest corresponding statutory measure, see note 35 on page 188.

Financial KPIs

KPI

Definition

Why we measure this

Revenue growth1

Linked to our strategic goal

Annual organic growth in sales 
at like-for-like exchange rates.

Measures the ability of 
the Company to grow sales 
by operating in selected 
geographies and segments 
and offering differentiated, 
cost competitive products 
and services.

Performance
(% Year-on-year)

2021 – 29%
2020 – (19%)
2019 – 1%

Adjusted operating 
profit growth2

Linked to our strategic goal

Annual organic growth in 
operating profit, adjusted for 
exceptional and acquisition 
related items, at like-for-like 
exchange rates.

Measures the underlying 
profitability progression of 
the Company.

2021 – 75%
2020 – (43%)
2019 – 6%

Adjusted earnings per 
share growth

Linked to our strategic goal

Annual growth in reported 
EPS from continuing activities, 
excluding exceptional and 
acquisition related items.

Measures the underlying 
progression of the returns 
generated for shareholders.

2021 – 181%
2020 – (65%)
2019 – 1%

Adjusted free cash flow

Linked to our strategic goal

Return on capital employed 
(ROCE)

Linked to our strategic goal

Cash generated from 
continuing activities less capital 
expenditure, interest, tax, 
dividends to minority interests 
and other items, and excluding 
exceptional and discontinued 
items, acquisitions, and UK 
pension recovery payments.

Pre-exceptional operating 
profit from continuing 
operations for the year divided 
by capital employed (property, 
plant and equipment plus net 
working capital) at year end.

Business critical non-financial KPIs

Measures the Company’s 
underlying cash generation 
that is available to service 
shareholder dividends, 
pension obligations and 
acquisitions. 

2021 – 113 
2020 – 28 
2019 – 107

All figures are in $(m)

Measures the ability of the 
Company’s assets to deliver 
returns. 

2021 – 40% 
2020 – 22% 
2019 – 42%

2021 commentary

Significant end market 
recovery across all 
segments and regions after 
Covid impacts in 2020. 
Sales returned to above 
pre-Covid levels.

Profit recovery after 
significant Covid disruptions 
to manufacturing 
operations in 2020.

Significant growth 
underpinned by operating 
profit recovery, a 
normalisation of effective 
tax rate and lower interest 
charges.

Strong cash flows 
underpinned by operating 
profit recovery, alongside 
disciplined approach to 
working capital and capital 
expenditure.

Operating profits back to 
around pre-Covid levels, 
alongside a continued well 
controlled asset base.

KPI

Definition

Why we measure this

Recordable accident rate 
(RAR)

Linked to our strategic goal

Number of work-related injuries 
and illnesses per 100 Full Time 
Employees (FTEs) per year that 
are considered recordable by 
the US Occupational Safety and 
Health Administration (OSHA).

Measures the performance 
of the Company in delivering 
a safe and healthy working 
environment for employees.

Employee engagement 
score

Set a number global surveys 
using the Glint platform.

Linked to our strategic goal

Measures the Company’s 
performance in delivering 
an effective and efficient 
workplace culture and how 
proud and willing people 
are to work towards 
achieving common goals.

18

Coats Group plc

Performance
(% Year-on-year)

2021 – 0.45 
2020 – 0.59 
2019 – 0.50

2021 – 83% 
2020 *
2019 *
2018 – 83%

2021 commentary

Increased focus on training 
and hazard reporting and 
remediation delivered a 
strong reduction in 
incidents.

The first survey with a new 
system had good 
participation rates and 
showed that engagement 
had been maintained at 
previous high levels.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information   
   
  
  
  
Link to strategy

1. Profitable sales growth

2.  Continuing to strengthen the core

3. Value creation

2022 Sustainability KPIs

We have five targets that mature in 2022, one for each pillar of our sustainability strategy. During 2022 we will be formalising our post 2022 
targets for each pillar and these will align with our 2030 commitments as described on pages 12-13 and in more depth on pages 27 onwards, 
including our approved Science Based Targets for emissions reduction.

KPI

Definition

Why we measure this

Performance

2021 commentary

Water Intensity

Target of 40% 
reduction by 2022

Energy Intensity

Target of a 7% 
reduction by 2022

Litres of water used per kilo 
of finished production.

Water is a precious and 
often scarce resource.

kWh of energy used per kilo 
of finished production.

Energy is a significant cost 
to us.

Effluent quality

Target is for 100%  
by 2022

Percentage of effluent 
that is compliant to ZDHC 
Foundational standards 
for effluent and sludge.

We need to make sure that 
water we use is returned to 
the environment in a good 
state.

Employment certification

Target is for 80%  
by 2022

Percentage of employees 
in Coats units that have a 
Great Place To Work (GPTW) 
or equivalent certification.

Employee engagement is 
critical to our operations.

Waste %

Target is to reduce waste % 
by 25% by 2022

Percentage of materials 
used by Coats that are 
classified as waste at some 
point in our processes.

Waste generates lost value.

2021 – 67 
2020 – 76
2019 – 83
2018 – 86

Litres per kilo 
of production

2021 – 8.6
2020 – 9.1
2019 – 9.4
2018 – 9.3

kWh per kilo 
of production

2021 – 82%
2020 – 74%
2019 – 34% 

% effluent that 
is compliant with 
standards

2021 – 83%
2020 – 6%
2019 – 19%

% of global Employees  
covered by a GPTW 
certificate

2021 – 16%
2020 – 16%
2019 – 18%
2018 – 17%

Waste as a percentage 
of materials used

We have made strong 
progress in 2021, achieving 
a reduction of 22% 
against our 2018 baseline.

We have nearly achieved 
our 2022 target a year 
early with a reduction 
of 6.9% against out 
2018 baseline.

We continue to make 
good progress with 
achieving ZDHC 
compliance in our units.

After a drop in 2020 due 
to the pandemic, we have 
made strong progress in 
2021 and have achieved 
our target a year early.

We have achieved 3% 
reduction against our 
baseline. There are various 
projects underway to 
accelerate this in 2022.

2024 Sustainability KPI

We currently have one target that matures post 2022 and this will continue to be part of the targets that we develop for the post 2022 horizon.

KPI

Definition

Why we measure this

Performance

2021 commentary

Sales of recycled material

Target is for 100% by 2024

Percentage of premium 
product sales that are 
made with recycled material.

Recycled materials are more 
resource efficient.

2021 – 19%
2020 – 13%
2019 – 2%

% of premium 
product sales made 
with recycled material

We continue to make 
strong progress in this 
area, steadily increasing 
supply by broadening 
our supplier base.

1.  Revenue growth excludes contribution from acquisitions made during the period.
2.  Adjusted operating profit growth excludes contribution from acquisitions made during the period.

Paying for Performance
The incentive plans used to reward the Directors and selected senior managers include Performance Measures linked to our Key Performance 
Indicators. For more detail see the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 96-113.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

19

Strategic report    
Stakeholder engagement

How we create value for our stakeholders

Responsible business practice is at the core of everything we do. 
For over two centuries our purpose has remained the provision of good 
service and the creation of long-term value for all our stakeholders. 

In order to create this value, it is important to first identify who our 
stakeholders are and understand what matters to them.

Shareholders

Environment

Customers

OUR
STAKEHOLDERS

Communities

Suppliers

Employees

20

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationEmployees

Our 18,000 plus 
workforce is at the 
heart of making our 
business a success and 
we recognise that 
listening to and 
engaging with our 
employees is essential 
to our continued 
success.

Customers

We have been helping 
to connect and form 
the fabric of daily life 
on our planet for over 
250 years, and our 
global footprint 
provides unrivalled 
access to markets and 
customers.

How the Board engaged in 2021
Fran Philip, Non-Executive Director and Board representative for workforce engagement continued her role in 2021 
and was able to carry out a combination of in person and virtual meetings. She met with representative groups from all 
our regions, continued her six-monthly calls with senior representatives of the regions and attended our quarterly 
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Network calls with a range of people from across the Company. Fran shared what she 
had learnt with the Board in September and December. As well as hearing from Fran the Board also had a presentation 
on the employee feedback from the Your Voice Matters survey – our employee engagement survey which took place in 
May – and our Health and Safety survey which took place in September.

What we learnt
The themes from Fran’s meetings showed that employees continue to praise Coats for its handling of Covid. In 
particular they felt safe within our premises and felt that by supporting employee families and local communities, we 
were doing more than other companies. The feedback also showed that there are opportunities for more employee 
recognition.

What we are going to do in 2022
In 2022 Fran will continue her virtual meetings and plans to meet with representatives from every region during the 
year as well as continuing to meet twice per half with senior representatives of the regions and attending the quarterly 
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Network calls. Covid permitting, Fran will increase the number of in person meetings she 
holds.

How the Board engaged in 2021
2021 marked the opening of a new chapter with Coats customers. We commissioned our first Net Promoter Score 
(NPS) survey, a build on previously commissioned research. This research showed that our customers have positive 
feedback when it comes to quality, customer service and reliability. Our sustainability, innovation and technical service 
engagement also drives increased satisfaction. In addition to global customer surveys, we have dedicated commercial, 
sales and marketing teams who connect, collaborate and partner with customers and brands, constantly listening and 
innovating to help bring their visions to life.

What we learnt
Speed and agility continue to be important to our customers and our ability to adapt and offer solutions to support 
customers is a critical industry differentiator. Having a global manufacturing and supply chain presence is a key strength 
for Coats, and has allowed us to be flexible when facing unexpected circumstances such as the temporary closure of 
our Vietnam site due to Covid. At that time, when our customers were struggling to manufacturing end products, we 
were able to offer a speedy solution and had products shipped from China to Vietnam.

What we are going to do in 2022
When it comes to digital, we have spent 2021 refocussing and enhancing the end-to-end digital customer journey, 
making sure that every channel or touchpoint makes it easy for the customer to get what they want or need from 
Coats. For example, during the Covid pandemic, we created a digital app called TechConnect that made it easy for our 
customers to get technical support online. We recently launched a new and enhanced e-commerce platform called 
ShopCoats that allows our customers to seamlessly place orders with us. We have also recently launched a new 
best-in-class Seamworks Cloud tool that helps customers calculate their thread usage and cost with minimal effort – 
reducing cost and wastage. We will continue to enhance and improve customer end-to-end experience through future 
digital applications.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

21

Strategic reportStakeholder engagement continued

Shareholders

The Board maintains 
and values regular 
dialogue with 
shareholders 
throughout the year.

How the Board engaged during 2021
The Chairs of the Board Committees engage with shareholders as and when appropriate and in 2021 our new Chair 
David Gosnell held a series of introductory investor meetings with our key shareholders. Our Senior Independent 
Director, Nicholas Bull, also joined our Head of Sustainability and Head of Investor Relations on a broad series of 
meetings with investors to discuss our sustainability agenda, targets and progress. The Board also engaged an external 
provider to undertake a comprehensive investor audit of both existing and prospective shareholders, in order to 
understand the effectiveness of our communications and address areas of improvement. The traditional face-to-face 
methods of interacting with our shareholders were quickly made obsolete in 2020 as the Covid pandemic led to 
blanket limitations on travel and this trend continued during 2021. We continued to embrace virtual formats for all 
investor interactions, which included results roadshows, investor conferences as well as ad hoc group calls on specific 
topics (eg broker arranged ‘fireside chats’). Whilst we do not expect the virtual format to ever fully replace face-to-face 
interactions, the quantum of investors we have been able to reach around the globe has increased as a result of us fully 
embracing the virtual format. In addition, we have been able to facilitate wider shareholder access to our Board/
management through this virtual forum.

What we have learnt
Regular communication with our shareholders and prospective shareholders remains a key priority. We have continued to 
proactively engage with our key shareholders to keep them updated on the developments in the business.

What we are going to do in 2022
As the world begins to normalise post-Covid, and as physical travel begins to return to normal levels, we will look to 
return to a balance of physical meetings, whilst embracing the new virtual formats that became the norm during 2020 
and 2021. This will allow us to leverage the benefits from both physical interaction and the efficiency benefits of virtual 
interactions. We will continue to engage around all major announcements, and also continue with our increased level 
of engagement with investors on our sustainability agenda.

Environment

Coats is working 
proactively with 
customers and suppliers 
to help them to 
improve the 
sustainability of their 
products, and to 
minimise the 
environmental impact 
of our industry.

How the Board engaged in 2021
During 2021 the Board has continued to increase its engagement regarding environmental matters. Climate change 
continues to be the highest priority issue here, but effluent treatment and continued innovation in new, more 
ecological, products are also high on the Board agenda. Apart from Board discussions members of the Board have 
contributed directly to activities with an environmental focus. The Chair and CEO both attended the World Climate 
Summit held in Glasgow in parallel to COP26 and our CEO participated in two panel discussions during those events. 
The Board advocate for ESG, Nicholas Bull, also attended over 20 dedicated sustainability meetings with investors and 
potential investors at which environmental issues were a major area of discussion. We published our third Sustainability 
Report which detailed the progress towards our ambitious targets for 2022 and 2024 and included our second 
Communication on Progress (COP) as Participants of the United Nations Global Compact, which detailed activities 
supporting the environmentally-focussed Sustainable Development Goals that Coats aspires to contribute to. Having 
signed up to the Science Based Targets programme under the more challenging Business Ambition for 1.5°C target at 
the beginning of 2021 we have developed our proposed targets and these have now been validated by Science Based 
Targets initiative.

What we learnt
We have to take urgent action to ensure that we are doing what we can to reduce and mitigate the climate 
emergency. This will protect our business interests and provide opportunities for growth while also contributing to 
reduce the risk of catastrophic climate change. We see that, not just in terms of climate change, protecting the 
environment is not only a matter of behaving ethically and responsibly but also a means to enhance and grow our 
business, delivering better outcomes to all our stakeholders. Increasingly we need to look at the full life-cycle impact of 
our operations and the products that we produce and develop long-term strategies as a result.

What we are going to do in 2022
Having focussed on the development of our 1.5°C pathway targets in 2021 we are going to develop net-zero pathway 
targets during 2022. Moving forward in the delivery of our 1.5°C targets will involve the Board in reviewing and 
approving projects aimed at transitioning to renewable electricity. We will also focus on delivering our effluent target 
for 2022 and review and agree the next horizon targets for effluent quality. We will also be focussing on the plans to 
deliver the new commitments announced in 2021 and detailed in the Working Responsibly section on pages 26-45.

22

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCommunities

We operate in 50 
countries across six 
continents and seek to 
understand and respect 
the needs of the 
communities in which 
we operate and to 
work together with 
them to our mutual 
benefit.

How the Board engaged in 2021
There is an obvious overlap between our employees and the communities in which we operate, and hence a common 
interest, but beyond that we share the local environment and resources with our neighbouring communities. For these 
reasons Coats needs to work in partnership with these communities. The Board fully recognises this need and supports 
the efforts of the Company to work constructively with communities, but does not have a lot of direct contact with 
community groups, especially as travel has continued to be constrained during 2021. After a difficult year in 2020 
where many community activities had to be curtailed and the remaining activities were mainly focused on pandemic-
related support. The Company has managed to significantly increase its activities in 2021 and return to a broader range 
of activities centred around our core concerns of education, health and wellbeing and textiles, with pandemic-related 
activities around education, and health and wellbeing being at the core of this. In total over 200 programmes were 
undertaken in 2021, which is more than three times what we achieved in 2020. The number of participants in these 
activities has also grown by more than five times compared to 2020. Because of the continued pandemic controls, 
much of this work has taken place remotely or with Covid protocols in place. The Board reviews these programmes and 
is supportive of the actions undertaken.

What we learnt
While the global impacts of the pandemic might have diminished in 2021 there were still serious waves of infection in a 
number of countries in which we operate, requiring continued community engagement activities with this focus, and we 
expect that this pattern will continue as different countries are affected by new variants or periodic flare-ups. Being able to 
respond quickly and in a way that is appropriate to the circumstances will continue to be necessary. We have also recognised 
that the financial and mental hardship caused by the pandemic will continue even after the immediate impacts of infections 
wane, and activities focussed on these areas will be required for the future. We have seen that these kinds of 
engagement build strong links with our communities. Working in partnership with our value chain is an emerging 
opportunity, especially the opportunities of working closely with customers and brands to deliver joint projects in shared 
communities. 

What we are going to do in 2022
We have seen in 2021 that our engagement focus areas continue to be relevant to our communities and we anticipate 
continuing to build on the successes from 2021 with increased activities and greater participation from our employees. 
Sharing ideas between units is important because while local situations are never exactly replicated we have seen 
greater commonality due to the pandemic. The global team managing our community programme has and will 
continue to build greater internal transparency and sharing of ideas. We anticipate that there will be additional 
opportunities to develop broader partnership projects during 2022 and the Board is highly supportive of this approach. 
The Board continues to be strongly committed to proactive engagement with our communities and more details of our 
activities can be found in our Sustainability Report online.

How the Board engaged in 2021
Our long-term partnerships with our suppliers remain a key element to our business performance, where they 
offer additional value in our manufacturing and innovation process. The Board maintains a close alignment with our 
management of our key suppliers and their operating subsidiaries, where we review the performance and alignment 
to our joint goals and objectives. Key areas of attention remain the alignment to our Modern Slavery Statement in 
our Supplier Code of Conduct. We continue to audit and work with our suppliers to maintain this level of commitment 
and address any issues or concerns on an ongoing basis. This has been especially challenging during the current 
pandemic, but we have maintained the audits and checks to ensure adherence.

What we learnt
Our suppliers remain positive about our focus on compliance within our Code of Conduct and support our reviews, 
enabling us all to continue to develop a strong and interlinked mode of working. The standardised process offers a 
deep understanding of Coats’ approach and expectations, and sets a strong base for understanding our working 
relationships while the audit process ensures continued alignment. With the development of our sustainability 
approach, suppliers remain close to our evolution and remain a committed partner in this regard.

What we are going to do in 2022
We will continue developing our close links with our supplier partners and engage with them through our audit 
process and more to ensure we maintain the close alignment and relationship. We continue to introduce measures 
to demonstrate this performance and utilise these as the basis for progressive and positive discussions, where our 
suppliers contribute strongly to our overall partnership relationship.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

23

Suppliers

Our suppliers do not 
just supply 
components, products 
and services to us, but 
are true partners in our 
full process and aligned 
to our requirements on 
compliance, quality, 
sustainability and 
innovation ethos.

Strategic reportSection 172 statement

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 
requires the Directors to promote the success of 
the Company for the benefit of the members 
as a whole, having regard to the interests of 
stakeholders in their decision making (S172 
Factors). The Directors understand the 
importance of taking into account our 
stakeholder expectations and needs, to 
achieve our strategy and accordingly our 
long-term sustainable success. On pages 
20-23 we outline the ways that the Board has 
engaged with our six groups of stakeholders, 
what was learnt and how their input has shaped 
our decisions and what we will do as a result of 
this engagement. 

The Board has had regard to S172 Factors in 
all of its key decisions and you can read more 
about these in the disclosures set out below. 
Further examples of Board engagement are 
set out on page 68.

A summary of our procedures for ensuring the 
correct balance of inputs into the decision 
making process and providing the correct 
conditions to enable the Board, in good faith, 
to make decisions that balance the S172 
Factors include: 

Board information
Leadership and management receive training 
on Directors’ duties and best practice tips for 
preparing and presenting Board papers to 
ensure awareness of the Board’s responsibilities. 
Our Board papers identify the key stakeholders 
for the matters under consideration and provide 
relevant information relating to them. The Board 
also continues to engage with stakeholders to 
understand their views. The Board considers 
relevant metrics in its decision making 
including employee engagement and 
customer NPS scores.

S172 factor

Relevant disclosures

(a)  The likely consequences 
of any decision in the 
long-term.

•  Market trends (page 14)
•  TCFD and Sustainability strategy (Working responsibly 

(page 38) and Sustainability strategy (page 12))

•  Principal risks and uncertainties (page 46)

(b)  The interests of the 

•  Employee engagement (Key performance indicators 

Company’s employees.

(page 18))

•  Stakeholder engagement (page 20)
•  Culture, DE&I, and employee health and wellbeing 
(Working responsibly and Sustainability Report  
(coats.com/sustainability (page 26))

•  Our strategic goals (page 10)
•  Stakeholder engagement (page 20)
•  Principal risks and uncertainties (page 46)
•  Operating review (page 60)

•  Stakeholder engagement (page 20)
•  Working responsibly (page 26)
•  Sustainability Report (coats.com/sustainability (page 26))

Principal risks and uncertainties (page 46)

•  Culture and values (Working responsibly (page 26) and 

Sustainability strategy (page 12))

•  Principal risks and uncertainties (page 46)
•  Whistleblowing and Group Policies (page 36)
•  Audit and Risk Committee Report (page 83)

•  Business model (page 16)
•  Investment case (page 4)
•  Stakeholder engagement (page 20)
•  Investor information and AGM (page 68)

(c)  The need to foster the 
Company’s business 
relationships with 
suppliers, customers 
and others.

(d)  The impact of the 

Company’s operations 
on the community and 
the environment.

(e)  The desirability of the 
Company maintaining 
a reputation for high 
standards of business 
conduct.

(f)  The need to act fairly 
as between members 
of the Company.

24

Coats Group plc

Strategic discussions and decision making
S172 factors are considered in the Board’s 
discussions on strategy, including how they 
underpin long-term value creation and the 
risk implications for business resilience. The 
Group’s culture helps ensure that there is 
proper consideration of the potential impacts 
of decisions in the long-term. See more on 
page 47. The Chair ensures decision making is 
sufficiently informed by S172 Factors and 
appropriately balances the interests of the 
various stakeholders. Additionally, the Board 
reviews and probes the information presented 
and receives assurance where appropriate.

Long-term consequences and high 
standards of business conduct
The Board’s intent is always to maintain 
high standards of business conduct and 
governance in all of the Company’s 
operations, which is critical in maintaining our 
reputation for doing the right thing. On pages 
46-59, read about the ways we considered 
our stakeholders, the long-term impact of our 
decisions and our determination to maintain 
our high standards of business when 
considering our Principal and Emerging risks.

EMPLOYEES

CUSTOMERS

SHAREHOLDERS

ENVIRONMENT

COMMUNITIES

SUPPLIERS

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationBoard discussions  
during the year 

Regional deep dives case study
During the course of 2021, the leadership 
team for each of the seven geographical 
regions presented an overview of the 
end-to-end business activities and 
risks for their area of the business. 

Using this bottom-up lens to review the 
components of the business and understand 
how they contributed to the success, 
including the profitability, of the whole 
Group allowed the Directors to understand 
the culture and range of stakeholders' 
inputs and impacts in each region. This 
information fed into further discussion and 
decisions during the course of the year. 

Detailed pre-read was circulated in advance 
which set out how the region contributed 
to the Group strategy, including the 
ambitions for A&F and PM, and how the 
Group purpose was evident locally.
There was an overview of the market 
growth opportunities with consideration 
of the different needs of key customers 
that were identified by management, 
including a review of NPS survey insights 
where appropriate. Being able to contrast 
the case studies of customer and supplier 
experience across regions enabled insights, 
such as the impact on speed and agility of 
supply chain complexity, that were then 
appropriately shared across the Group. 
Through their review of people 
information, including feedback from 
the workforce, and relevant data from 
employee engagement survey, relating 
to each region, as well as interacting 

directly with the regional management 
teams, the Board gained further insights 
into culture, inclusivity and diversity and 
succession planning as well as providing 
further context for long-term planning.

Local risk reviews provided a fresh 
perspective and included an overview 
of the risks (including in relation to 
reputation and business conduct), 
mitigation strategies and the impact 
of those strategies, and consideration 
of how this affected the Group.

Each region also provided an overview of 
sustainability, environmental and community 
initiatives and impacts. This pre-read 
was discussed in detail with the regional 
management teams and best practice from 
other areas was shared appropriately.

Board decision making during the year

Board decision

Change to Group 
Executive Team 
(GET) and 
management 
structure to move 
from seven 
geographic regions 
to three

Sustainability 
– increasing the 
Group’s ambition

Examples of Board decision making 
during the year

The Board considered the changes in 
ways of working as a result of the 
pandemic, the operational impacts of 
supply chain disruption and changes to 
demand from customers. The long-term 
consequences of realigning reporting 
structures and the impact of ensuring 
practicality of workforce collaboration 
across time zones were noted, and the 
opportunity was taken to align the 
reporting lines for health and safety and 
sustainability. Consideration of the 
employee impact of these changes also 
informed the final decision on structure. 

The Board considered the long-term 
consequences of increasing the Group’s 
sustainability ambitions, when reviewing 
the inputs from each of the perspectives 
of brands, consumers, regulators, 
investors, current and future employees 
and competitors. The important link to 
the Group purpose was recognised as 
were the challenges in the supply chain.

Stakeholders considered

Board decision/outcome

See what we have learnt from 
Customer and Suppliers 
through our Stakeholder 
Engagement on pages 20-23.

See what we have learnt from 
the Environment and Suppliers 
through our Stakeholder 
Engagement on pages 20-23.

Noting the advantages of increasing the speed 
and agility of decision making to allow more 
effective supply chain management and quicker 
responsiveness to customers’ requirements, it 
was agreed to change the reporting lines for the 
markets into three regions. The Board recognised 
the need to ensure the appropriate leadership 
for this new model for employees and the 
execution of the 2022 priorities, and it was 
agreed that the role of Chief Supply Chain 
Officer would be reinstated to the GET together 
with the addition of three new chief operating 
officer roles for Asia, Americas and EMEA.

It was agreed to increase the Group’s 
sustainability ambitions as set out on page 12. 
The Directors further agreed to set up a 
Sustainability Committee to oversee the 
sustainability agenda for the Group. When 
making these decisions, the Board recognised 
the expectations of investors to see ESG matters 
embedded in strategy and the need to continue 
to minimise impact on the environment. You can 
read more about the Sustainability Committee 
on page 78.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

25

Strategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Working responsibly

Highlights of 2021

•  83% of our employees work in a 
certified ‘Great Place To Work’

•  94% participation in our Health and 
Safety survey with an overall score 
of 92

•  Covid Prevention, Protection and 

Education approach

•  55,000 hours of training delivered

•  Movement of our key people 
processes to SuccessFactors

•  Launch of our Career Management 

Framework

Priorities for 2022

•  Develop long-term goals for our social 

impact priorities

•  Holistic approach to health, safety and 

wellbeing

•  Introduction of continuous 
performance conversations

•  Continuation of DE&I actions through 

a concerted focus on Inclusion

•  Capability building for Commercial 

and Manufacturing

•  Maturing the listening strategy

26

Coats Group plc

People

During 2021 our key areas of focus 
for our people were health, safety 
and wellbeing; listening to our people; 
learning and development; improving 
the employee experience through 
digitisation; and diversity, equity 
and inclusion.

In addition, we established our long-
term social impact priorities that focus on 
DE&I, safety, employee and community 
wellbeing and ensuring that our suppliers 
are working to aligned social priorities. 
Having established these priorities, we will 
be working on the long-term goals and the 
intermediate milestone targets during 2022.

Health, safety and wellbeing
In 2021 Covid continued to be an important 
focus for our health and safety efforts. 
While in some countries the impact of 
Covid lessened, in others our teams still 
faced significant risks. In India there 
was a very serious second wave and 
that was later followed in Vietnam.

To support our employees and keep them 
safe from Covid we have put in place several 
measures across the Coats world flexing 
our approach based on the location specific 
circumstances. Our strategy focussed on 
the three pillars of Prevention, Protection 
and Medical Care, and Education.

In the area of Prevention we have facilitated 
Covid vaccinations for our employees by 
delivering them on site, providing paid time 
off for those countries where the local 
government has supplied them and paying 
for vaccinations in countries where they 
are not funded. To date, the percentage of 
employees who have voluntarily submitted 
their Covid vaccination status to us is as 
follows: 52.03% have had their first, 42.39% 
have had their second, and 11.01% have 
had a third vaccination or booster jab. On 
our sites we have enhanced our protection 
through contactless systems, social distancing 
enablement through our webcam system 
and providing private buses for commuting 
as an alternative to public transport.

The pillar of Protection and Medical Care 
saw us continuing to provide the basics 
such as hand sanitiser and face masks 
and building on this by expanding our 
telemedicine provision, private medical 
inpatient insurance, testing and employee 
assistance programmes across the globe.

Education focussed on mental health 
and wellness programmes, working from 
home assistance and broader topics 
impacted by Covid such as addiction 
prevention, health and nutrition 
awareness raising and first aid training.

Specific examples of our approach to Covid 
include India and Vietnam where we faced 
challenges from significant second waves. 
In India we delivered remote medical 
support for physical and mental health 
to all employees including telemedicine, 
counselling and monitoring of vital statistics.

In Vietnam where the government enforced 
a lockdown we gave our employees the 
option to live on site. 350 of our employees 
volunteered to stay on site and in 48 hours 
our team put in place living arrangements 
as well as all the appropriate measures to 
ensure everyone who stayed was safe.

As well as Covid protection we refocussed 
on our journey to zero strategy in 2021. This 
included running our second Journey To 
Zero week, to engage all of our employees 
worldwide. The theme for the event was 
‘Journey to Zero Hero’ which saw more 
than 300 nominations for employees to 
be recognised as going above and beyond 
in the area of health and safety. It also 
incorporated a focus on slips, trips and falls 
which is our number one cause of accidents.

We were really pleased that our proactive 
health and safety initiatives lead to a 
record reduction in recordable incident 
rates, which reduced from 0.59 in 2020 
to 0.45 in 2021. Refer to our Sustainability 
Report for more detailed information.

Our Whistleblowing Hotline has continued 
to provide support to our employees and 
received 98 incidents (compared to 88 in 
2020). Of the investigations that have been 
completed (86%) 30% have been upheld 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationEmployees work in a certified ‘Great Place To 
Work’ facility

Employee training hours

83%
55,000
90%
94%

Employees took part in our Your Voice 
Matters employee survey

Employees took part in our Health and Safety 
survey

(versus 22% in 2020). Nearly half of the 
upheld incidents relate to disrespectful 
behaviour while ethics code violations, health 
and safety issues and unfair employment 
practices make up most of the rest. In all 
cases we take robust action where an incident 
is found to be justified. The geographical 
distribution of incidents by region is broadly 
aligned with our employee distribution which 
indicates that our work to broadly publicise 
the availability of the whistleblowing system 
is successful. For the past few years we have 
used an internally managed hotline, and 
during 2022 this will be complemented by 
an external web-based channel. We feel 
this is an important move so as to offer 
our employees greater confidence that 
the process is secure and independent.

Listening to our people
Our employee listening strategy is 
designed to understand the overall 
employee experience. We respond to the 
feedback to enhance employee engagement 
as well as taking targeted actions to address 
concerns and continuously improve. In 
2021 we ran our own in-house surveys 
and also took part in the external Great 
Place To Work (GPTW) surveys – one of 
the targets of our Sustainability strategy 
is to have GPTW or equivalent awards 
for all key sites by the end of 2022.

In 2021, we continued with our 
comprehensive programme of engagement 
surveys, this time with an external digital 
provider. Our Your Voice Matters survey 
results were extremely encouraging. 90% 
of our employees took part in the survey 
and our engagement score was 83 – well 
above the benchmark of 74. Our switch 
to the new digital survey provider meant 
that, for the first time, our employees could 
leave a comment on any question and we 
received more than 9,500 comments.

In addition to the Your Voice Matters survey, 
in 2021 we ran a Health and Safety survey 
to understand how employees felt about 
our health and safety culture, as well as 
some country specific pulse surveys, pulse 
surveys related to ethics and compliance and 
surveys in advance of opening our offices. 
Feedback from the latter informed our 
policies and helped us address concerns of 

our employees. These pulse surveys were in 
addition to our employee lifecycle surveys 
that take place for new starters and leavers 
providing us the opportunity to compare 
our results with an external benchmark.

In addition to our series of in-house surveys, 
we have also been working with the GPTW 
organisation to achieve its accreditation. 
GPTW uses a combination of employee 
feedback and analysis of our people 
practices to assess our workplace culture. 
By the end of 2021 we were delighted 
that 83% of our employees belonged to 
a certified GPTW. Whether or not the 
teams achieve certification, they all receive 
feedback from the GPTW organisation 
on actions that can be taken to further 
improve the working environment. 

Learning and development
We built on our successful switch to 100% 
online learning in 2020 and delivered 
more than 55,000 hours of training to our 
employees in 2021 through a variety of 
training platforms. These included Minerva, 
our online learning library, Learning zones, 
our remote classroom learning, and Subject 
Matter Expert training. In addition we 
added some new elements to our suite of 
learning programmes including Manager 
Excellence, focussing on critical manager 
skills through short relevant sessions of an 
hour every month for 12 months, and a 
new Mentoring Programme called Unlock 
Your Potential in which senior managers 
are paired with other employees for three 
months to support them to achieve particular 
objectives. While introducing some new 
programmes for our leaders, we continued to 
offer learning opportunities to our individual 
contributors and manufacturing employees.

At the end of the year we moved our 
online learning to SuccessFactors as well as 
introducing an even more comprehensive 
online learning library with a greater breadth 
of modules in multiple languages delivered 
via a wider variety of methods. In the area 
of development, 2021 saw the launch of our 
career management framework. Modern 
career journeys are not simply linear, and 
about upward mobility, they are about 
gaining a broad range of experiences. They 
can be lateral, cross functional, project work 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

27

Strategic reportWorking responsibly continued

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DE&I)
Work on our DE&I strategy continued in 2021. 
Our DE&I Network calls remained a quarterly 
fixture in our global event calendar and we 
also started to connect with our customers 
on this important issue to drive the agenda 
together. We were delighted to be ranked 
45th in the 2021 Hampton Alexander
Report for FTSE 250 companies and 
first in the General Industries
Sector at which point we had 40% women on 
the Board. This has since increased to 50%.

Looking ahead to 2022
In 2022 we will develop our long-term 
goals and intermediate milestones to help 
us achieve our social impact priorities.

In addition, we will build on our 
achievements in 2021 by focussing on a 
more holistic approach to health, safety 
and wellbeing based on the four pillars 
of Physical, Emotional, Financial and 
Community with interventions in the areas 
of Prevention, Protection and Education.

In the area of people development 
we will continue the journey started in 
2021 when we moved our Performance 
Management process to SuccessFactors 
by introducing continuous conversations 
to help us to deliver a higher performing 
culture. We will also continue to progress 
two critical capability building projects 
for the Commercial and Manufacturing 
teams to provide clarity on ‘what good 
looks like’ to drive personal development 
and measurable business outcomes.

We will continue to mature our Listening 
strategy through an integrated approach 
to understanding the overall employee 
experience in an agile way and we will 
start leveraging DE&I data to identify 
and support the relevant initiatives 
and actions at group and local level.

In 2021 we continued our work on living 
wage. We have joined the Fair Wage 
Network and using its data to carry out an 
annual assessment of our remuneration 
across the globe. In 2020 we addressed any 
gaps and this year we assessed ourselves 
against the benchmark again to ensure 
we were still tracking at the right level.

We also initiated a data collection project 
to expand our DE&I data records by asking 
employees to provide some additional 
personal information such as race, ethnicity 
and sexual orientation. Providing additional 
personal information is completely 
voluntary. This initiative is part of a journey 
and will support the development of our 
DE&I strategy with more transparency.

Another important aspect of our DE&I 
Strategy is the work we do in the local 
communities in which we operate. In 
2021, nearly 8,000 employees were 
involved in carrying out more than 200 
activities. These varied from supporting 
our local communications with health 
and safety initiatives such as supporting 
Covid protection efforts and empowering 
women through training programmes.

Looking to the future, as part of our social 
impact priorities, it is our ambition to provide 
a workplace where every single employee 
is free from discrimination, feels respected 
and is treated fairly and equally. We will 
also strive to achieve gender parity in all 
managerial roles, and higher than local labour 
market representation for all other under-
represented communities at Coats locations.

and/or alternative types of employment 
arrangements, for example, part-time. 
Our Career Management Framework gives 
greater visibility to what career options are 
available and helps everyone understand 
what modern career journeys look like 
at Coats. The Framework consists of our 
Career Management Philosophy and Process 
as well as career maps detailing which 
roles are available and how to transition 
between them and supporting materials 
such as career conversation guidelines.

Digitising our processes and connecting 
our people
2021 saw us re-double our efforts on 
the digitisation of our people processes. 
We moved three of our key processes to 
SuccessFactors – performance management, 
learning and recruitment. This is part of the 
continuation of our HR digitisation journey 
to make our processes more efficient 
and enhance the employee experience 
by introducing more user friendly and 
consistent tools. All our people related 
information is now in one place which 
improves data protection and enhanced 
reporting through SuccessFactors enables 
more informed decision making.

In addition we have rolled out our employee 
mobile app – Coats Link. For the first time, 
over 18,000 of our employees can be digitally 
connected. We can already reach more 
employees directly via the app than via email. 
The roll out has been supported by technical 
infrastructure to allow employees without 
their own mobile device to connect and we 
have also provided free wifi for employees 
to connect to with their personal device. 
Coats Link is used to share both global 
and locally specific information through 
targeted channels and it gives employees the 
opportunity to both post and engage with 
content as well as translate information at the 
touch of a button into their own language. 
Coats Link is modernising and simplifying 
our employee communications and well as 
making them more inclusive and secure.

28

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationBoard engagement with the workforce
Introduction
Fran Philip was appointed Board Representative for Workforce Engagement in March 2019. In this role Fran attends a programme of events 
agreed annually with the Chair and Chief HR Officer including meetings with regional managers and making contact with representatives 
from the workforce. In 2021 virtual meetings continued with the same intensity notwithstanding the impact of Covid, travel restrictions 
and lockdowns.

Employees

Fran Philip
NED, Board 
Representative  
for Workforce  
Engagement

The Board

The process

•  Due to continued challenges of Covid, 

most meetings were carried out virtually

•  Fran had face-to-face meetings in 
the US with three separate groups 
of employees

•  Fran had two virtual meetings senior 

representatives of the regions

•  Fran hosted seven virtual sessions 

with 119 employees in 26 countries

•  Fran attended our three DE&I Network 
calls (each were attended by around 
200 employees globally)

•  Fran summarised her findings to the 
Board in September and December 
2021, as well as to the DE&I Network

Focus during the period
The focus of the employee engagement 
sessions continued to relate to Covid, 
although our various regions were all 
in different stages of the pandemic.

•  In Vietnam the conversation focussed 
on the government lockdown and the 
speed with which the team managed to 
transition the Ho Chi Minh site to allow 
employees to live on site. There was a 
sense of positivity from the collaboration 
and resilience shown by the team

•  There was general feedback from across 
the clusters about how the workplace 
is changing, the challenges for some 
of working from home and achieving 
a work/life balance

Actions in response
Looking forward to 2022, in response 
to the feedback in the employee 
engagement sessions which showed 
employees feel safe within our premises 
and praised our support of families and 
local communities, we will look to build 
on the following areas:

•  Continue to focus on the small things 

that make a difference

•  Health and wellbeing including 

nutrition, exercise and mental health

•  Community activities

In 2022, Fran will continue her virtual 
meetings and aim to increase her in 
person meetings subject to Covid.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

29

Strategic reportWorking responsibly continued

Highlights for 2021

•  Developed and announced bold 

new sustainability targets

•  Developed and received approval 
of our Science Based Targets

•  Launching new products that align 

to our circular strategy

Priorities for 2022

•  Our net-zero target and roadmap

•  Deliver on our 2022 sustainability 

targets (see page 12-13)

•  Accelerate delivery on our energy 

decarbonisation roadmap

Comparison of top material issues in 2021 and 
2019 materiality assessments in ranked order:

2021

Pollution

Materials

Water

Energy

GH Emissions

Employee
engagement

2019

Environmental 
compliance

Pollution

Talent attraction

Energy

Water

Business ethics

Talent attraction

Materials

Environmental 
compliance

Waste

Sustainability

Sustainability strategy
Having launched our five pillar Sustainability 
strategy ‘Pioneering a sustainable future’ 
in 2019 with a range of ambitious targets, 
in 2022 we announced a further set of 
challenging targets, including longer term 
ones around emissions reductions and more 
sustainable materials. Most of our original 
targets are focussed on a 2022 horizon so 
it is appropriate that we are now reviewing 
our strategy and looking beyond that horizon 
towards the next challenges we need to 
address and further raising our ambition. 

During 2021 we have updated our 
materiality assessment (as part of our 
biennial programme of materiality reviews) 
and, unsurprisingly, we are seeing increased 
importance being given to climate-related 
and social issues, reflecting the twin crises 
of climate change and the pandemic that 
have had such a major impact in the last two 
years. This new assessment followed the 
same process as the 2019 one: developing 
a list of issues, assessing them for relevance 
to our commercial goals (Profitable Sales 
Growth, Strengthening the Core and Value 
Creation) and for importance to each of 
our key stakeholder groups (Employees, 
Customers, Shareholders, the Environment, 
Communities and Suppliers). Shown in 
the sidebar are the 2021 top eight issues 
compared to the 2019 materiality assessment. 
We have assessed the changes taking place 
and have adapted our strategy by increasing 
our ambition in some of the key areas. These 
new commitments were introduced on page 
12 and are described in more detail below. 

We are also, here and in our stand-
alone Sustainability Report, providing 
an update on progress towards the 
ambitious targets that we set in 2019. 

30

Coats Group plc

Also in 2019 we joined the United Nations 
Global Compact (UNGC) as a Participant, with 
our Board confirming their full commitment 
to the Ten Principles of the UNGC, and 
to promoting action to deliver the United 
Nations Sustainable Development Goals 
(SDGs). This year, again, the Board has 
reconfirmed their commitment to the UNGC 
Principles and the SDGs and the Company 
has renewed its Participant membership. 
We continue to participate in a number of 
activities organised by the UNGC Network UK 
and Coats employees participate in a number 
of working groups within the Network.

As for the last two years, our 2021 
Sustainability Report is our third formal 
Communication on Progress as UNGC 
Participants. That document formally 
renews our commitment and reports on 
our actions and outcomes in support of 
the Principles, covering human rights, 
labour, the environment and anti-
corruption and on the seven SDGs that 
we believe we can materially impact:

•  3 Good health and wellbeing

•  5 Gender equality

•  6 Clean water and sanitation

•  7 Affordable and clean energy

•  8 Decent work and economic growth

•  12 Responsible consumption 

•  13 Climate action

Raising our ambition
Using the platform of our participation at 
the World Climate Summit that took place 
in Glasgow alongside the COP26 conference, 
we announced that over the next five years 
we will invest $10m in scaling up the 
development of the green technologies and 
materials that will accelerate delivery of our 
sustainability goals. Furthermore, the Coats 
Innovation Hub – Asia, located in Shenzhen, 
China, will have a new mission and be 
re-purposed to focus on the application 
of biomaterials. Over the long term, 
Coats aspires to move all products to 
environmentally friendly materials and 
chemicals. We have identified four new 
targets that are aligned with our five existing 
strategy pillars and further our commitments 
in key areas. These new targets include:

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information1. Net-zero 
We are committed to achieving net-zero 
in our value chain by 2050. As a first step 
towards that we have had our Science Based 
Targets (SBTs) to 2030 approved and will be 
reducing our emissions in line with those by 
reducing energy use, switching to renewable 
energy sources and switching to recycled or 
bio-based materials. During 2022 we will be 
submitting our net-zero roadmap to Science 
Based Targets initiative (SBTi) for approval. 
Furthermore, while our SBTs commit us to 
transitioning to 100% renewable electricity by 
2030, which would account for 63% of our 
total energy, we intent to go beyond this and 
ensure that 70% of our energy is renewable 
by 2020.

2. Social impact
We are committed to making further progress 
across our social agenda. This will include 
continued focus on diversity, equity and 
inclusion, workplace health and safety, 
employee and community wellbeing and 
supplier social alignment with our practices.

3. Eco materials
Our commitment is that, by 2030, all 
our products will be made completely 
independently of new oil-extraction materials 
such as polyester and nylon. This will be 
achieved by expanding our programme of 
switching to recycled materials and increasing 
the use of bio-sourced materials. We have 
already launched, in 2021 our first new 
bio-sourced thread which is a regenerated 
cellulosic thread produced from sustainably 
managed forestry materials.

4. Circularity
We will shift increasingly to a circular model 
for our products and packaging. We will also 
provide our customers with product and 
packaging solutions that enable recycling and 
reuse, and the launch of our new dissolvable 
thread that assists in garment dismantling at 
the end of life is one step on this journey.

Our five sustainability pillars
1. Water
Like many parts of the textile industry, water 
is currently an important resource in our 
production processes. It is used principally 
in direct or indirect connection to our 
dyeing processes. It is the solvent we use 
for transferring dyes onto fibres and then 
for rinsing and washing our threads. It is 
also the means by which we apply heat to 
the dyeing processes, using super-heated 
steam. Elsewhere in our operations we use 
it for applying coatings, for humidification 
and for chilling. Our aim, in the long term, 
is to dramatically reduce, or eliminate 
entirely, the use of water in dyeing, and we 
are actively involved in developing digital 
dyeing technology through our investment in 
Twine. This is one of the promising routes to 
reducing water use in textile dyeing. During 
2021 we have had a Twine dyeing machine 
in our Innovation Centre in Turkey and have 
been developing the colour management 
systems that will allow us to deploy it as a 
sampling technology in the first instance. 

In the meantime we are focussed on reducing 
our current water use, both by identifying 
and eliminating any water wastage and 
by redesigning our processes to require 
less water. Our ambitious goal is to reduce 
our water use intensity (litres per kilo of 
production) by 40% by the end of 2022 
against our 2018 baseline. This is a very 
challenging goal as it came after a 28% 
water use reduction which we achieved 
in the period from 2013 to 2018. After 
a difficult year in 2020 due to pandemic 
disruptions, we have accelerated progress 
towards our 2022 target with a number of 
global working groups, established under 
our 'Cleaner and Lighter' programme, being 
dedicated to identifying and spreading 
best practice from unit to unit. As a result 
of this our water intensity in 2021 reduced 
by 22% compared to our 2018 baseline. 

We still have a long way to go to reach our 
2022 target, but in the last quarter of 2021 
our rate of reduction accelerated to 28% 
so we are in a good position going into the 
final year for achievement of this target.

2. Energy
We use energy in our operations in two 
forms: heat energy, in the form of super-
heated steam, which is normally generated 
by the burning of fuels in our boilers, and 
electrical energy that is mainly used for 
powering motors to run machines or drive 
pumps. The dyeing process utilises most of 
our heat energy, while spinning and twisting 
operations are heavy users of electrical 
energy, as is dyeing, both for running pumps 
and for powering dryers. Overall dyeing is our 
most energy intensive process and there is an 
obvious link between the above mentioned 
activities to reduce water use and a benefit in 
energy use reduction in dyeing. Our target is 
to reduce our energy intensity by 7% in 2022 
compared to our 2018 baseline. During 2021 
we have implemented a pilot programme 
for extensive metering and dynamic energy 
management across five major sites and are 
planning to extend this to additional sites in 
2022. We also had a major focus on energy 
reduction on our Indian spinning sites, the 
single largest users of electrical energy in the 
Group, and through focussed team working 
across all areas to identify and measure 
savings opportunities a reduction of 9% 
of energy consumption had been achieved 
by year end, with further improvements 
expected in 2022. The work described 
above in terms of water saving has also had 
a significant impact in energy reduction as 
around 50% of our energy is used to heat 
water, so the savings have impacted both 
targets. Because of the pandemic, the focus 
of energy saving activities in 2020 were 
limited to smaller projects at individual site 
level rather than global projects, but in 
2021 we have seen a significant recovery 
in energy saving work. Because of these 
projects we have made good overall progress 
in 2021 with a reduction of intensity of 
6.9% compared to 2018, so we have nearly 
achieved our 2022 target a year early. 
Energy saving activities will continue to 
deliver further reductions during 2022.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

31

Strategic reportWorking responsibly continued

Scopes:

Scope and category definitions

Scope 1 Emissions from fuels we burn directly (gas, oil, diesel etc)

Scope 2 Emissions from energy we buy from third parties (electricity and steam)

Scope 3

All other 
upstream and 
downstream 
emissions 
related to our 
value chain

Category 1 Emissions from purchased products 
and services

Category 3 Upstream energy emissions

Category 4 Emissions from transport and distribution

Other Scope 3 emissions

% of total 
emissions 
in 2019

6%

19%

52%

4%

7%

12%

We also have a commitment under our 
energy pillar to shift as much as possible of 
our sources of energy to certified renewables. 
While 34% of our energy in 2018 came from 
renewable sources according to our supplier 
data, only 3% was certified as renewable. We 
have been using energy contract negotiations 
to extend the certification cover we have for 
existing renewable sources and also pursuing 
new suppliers that are expanding renewable 
energy supplies in markets that allow that. 
We have an agreement in place in Mexico 
that will see us transition to renewable 
electricity there by the middle of 2022, 
although the government is showing signs of 
renationalising the energy market which could 
void this contract. We are in discussions with 
developers for off-site renewable electricity 
supply in Vietnam, Indonesia and the USA.

By the end of 2021, 7% of our electrical 
energy was certified as renewable. 
Subsequent to our target setting in 2019 
we made the commitment at the beginning 
of 2021 to develop Science Based Targets 
(SBTs) that align to the Business Ambition 
for 1.5°C pathway (under the Science Based 
Targets initiative (SBTi)) and to achieve net-
zero by 2050. During 2021 we developed 
our baseline inventory and our targets for 
the 1.5°C pathway and submitted them 
to SBTi for validation. These targets were 
approved and published early in 2022. SBTi 
have also now established their framework for 
submission and validation of net-zero targets 
and we will be working on submissions 
for these during the early part of 2022.

Our roadmap to achieve reductions 
in our Scopes 1 and 2 are focused on 
energy and water reduction activities as 
outlined above, but principally also on 
the conversion of our Scope 2 energy to 
certified renewable sources. For Scope 3 
the principal routes to reduction in the 
three categories mentioned in the table 
above are conversion to recycled materials, 
transitioning to renewable energy and 
switching to low or zero carbon transport.

In 2021 our absolute emissions for all three 
Scopes increased from the 2020 level as our 
industrial activity increased subsequent to 
pandemic disruptions in 2020. Our Scopes 1 
and 2 absolute emissions were 7% below our 
2019 baseline notwithstanding a 5% increase 
in production. Our Scopes 1 and 2 relative 
emissions (emissions intensity in kilos CO2e/
kilo of production and tonnes CO2e/$million 
of sales) reduced by 12% and 7% respectively 
against out 2019 baseline and 7% and 10% 
against 2020. These reductions have largely 
been achieved by energy saving activities as 
there has not been a significant transition 
yet to renewable energy sources. Scope 3 
absolute and relative emissions increased 
mainly due to logistics challenges during 2021 
leading to higher transport emissions and an 
increase in the upstream energy conversion 
factors. We expect to see the shift to recycled 
raw materials and the switch to renewable 
energy sources having an increasing impact 
on Scope 3 emissions in the near future.

32

Coats Group plc

The full detail of emissions both absolute 
and relative is shown below.

Absolute Greenhouse gas emissions

Thousands of tonnes of CO2e

2021

2020

2019¹

Scope 1 Direct2

62.7

51.3

64.6

Scope 2 Indirect3

Location based 

216.1 186.2 235.3

Market based

190.7 165.9 209.2

Scope 3 Value Chain4 891.3

671 849.2

1  2019 data includes Pharr HP (acquisition completed 
11 February 2020) numbers to provide a like-for-like 
comparison.

2  Direct emissions relate to the use of fuels to 

generate energy on group facilities. This is mainly 
the use of oil and gas to generate heat in the form 
of steam for use in processing, but it also includes 
some on-site generation of electricity using diesel or 
gas fired generators and the use of diesel, petrol and 
LPG for on-site transport.

3  Indirect emissions relate mainly to the purchase of 
electricity from third party suppliers. Most of this is 
electricity that is taken from local grids, but does 
include some on-site generation of electricity or 
steam from third party suppliers.

4  Scope 3 value chain emissions cover all other 

emissions that occur throughout our product and 
business value chain. This includes the cumulative 
emissions to produce our raw materials and capital 
equipment and installations, product and people 
transport at all stages, downstream processing and 
consumer use of our sold products and treatment 
for our waste and our products at the end of 
their life.

Scope 1 and 2 emissions from our five UK 
office locations in 2021 were 59 tonnes CO2e 
and represented 0.02% of our total global 
emissions.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationGreenhouse gas emissions intensity1
Greenhouse gas emissions intensity per unit 
of production (kg CO2e per kg of finished 
product)

Full details on emissions of all reportable 
greenhouse gas emissions and details 
on the reporting methodology used 
for the above figures can be found in 
our Sustainability Report online.

Scopes 1 & 22

Scope 3

Total

2021

2020

20193

2.64

9.27

2.84

8.78

2.99

9.26

11.91 11.62 12.24

Greenhouse gas emissions intensity per sales 
value (tonnes CO2e per million $ sales)

Scopes 1 & 22

Scope 3

Total

2021

2020

20193

169

593

761

187

577

764

182

564

746

1  We have used these two ratios for several years. The 
first uses volume of finished goods production in 
tonnes and hence relates directly to the industrial 
activity that drives emissions, while the second 
uses group turnover and hence relates to overall 
commercial activity. 

2  Figures are calculated on a market basis for 

Scope 2 emissions

3  2019 data includes Pharr HP (acquisition 
completed 11 February 2020) numbers 
to provide a like-for-like comparison.

Energy Consumption

Million kWH

2021

20201

20191,2

Direct (Fuels)

319.7 260.3 317.5

Indirect (Electricity, 
Steam)

481.1 409.2 513.9

1  Figures for 2020 and 2019 have been restated 

compared to the 2020 report as some purchased 
steam was previously incorrectly classified as direct 
energy

2  2019 data includes Pharr HP (acquisition completed 
11 February 2020) numbers to provide a like-for-like 
comparison.

Energy consumption in our five UK office 
locations in 2021 was 0.312 million kWh and 
represented 0.04% of our global energy 
consumption. 

The following methodology is used for calculating emissions and energy consumption:

Boundary

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

All emissions from operating companies that are consolidated in the Group 
financial statements are included. Operational joint ventures are included 
based on equity share.

Fuel consumption data is collected from all units monthly, based on metered 
or invoiced consumption converted into kWh. This is converted into emissions 
using DEFRA gross calorific value conversion factors published each year.

Electricity or steam purchase volumes are collected from all units monthly. 
All electricity kWhs are converted using IEA country level conversion factors 
for the location based data. For the market based data certified renewable 
electricity purchased is not included and the remainder is converted at the 
same IEA country factors.

Scope 3 emissions are calculated annually using multiple sources for data 
(including suppliers, lifecycle assessment data providers and industry data 
sources). Each category is calculated with the best available set of data 
sources, and is consistent over the 3 reported years. 

More detail on methodology is available in our Sustainability Report online.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

33

Strategic reportWorking responsibly continued

3. Effluent
While our long-term vision is to cease to use 
water for dyeing, as long as we continue to 
use water-based technology we will need 
to carefully manage our effluent to avoid 
detrimental impacts on the environment and 
to ensure that the water we discharge can 
be used by others where necessary. Since 
2011 all of our units have been working to a 
stringent, internal set of effluent standards. 
We have now, since 2019, replaced these 
with the Zero Discharge of Hazardous 
Chemicals (ZDHC) standards. We joined 
ZDHC in 2016 as we recognised that this 
association was gathering momentum 
across the textile industry offering, for the 
first time, the goal of creating common 
standards that would be applicable across 
the whole industry. Our target is to have all 
units meeting the ZDHC standards by 2022. 
Work on upgrading treatment processes and, 
crucially, ensuring that they are run reliably 
and consistently has continued during 2021, 
and thanks to this 82% of our effluent was 
compliant by the end of 2021 (74% in 2020). 
This figure combines treated effluent and 
sludge compliance as appropriate according 
to the ZDHC standards. Our Cleaner and 
Lighter programme has been instrumental 
in continuing to make progress in this area 
and as part of this process we are not only 
looking at ensuring adequate treatment of 
post dyeing effluent, but also reducing the 
amount of chemicals used in the dyeing 
process as that reduces the treatment load in 
the effluent plant. We will continue to pursue 
our goal of 100% compliance during 2022.

4. Social
For this pillar of our Sustainability 
strategy please refer to the Working 
Responsibly, People section on page 26.

5. Materials
Our target is to transition all of our premium 
polyester products to recycled polyester raw 
material by 2024. We have continued to make 
good progress towards this goal in 2021 with 
19% of our premium sales coming from our 
EcoVerde range of recycled products, up 
from 13% in 2020. The supply of high quality 
recycled fibres continues to be challenging, 
and is the main factor determining the rate of 
conversion. Prior to 2021 all of our material 
came from Japanese waste collection and 
processing sources because of the high 
quality of material achieved. We have now 
successfully expanded our supply chain to 
include materials from China and will be 
looking to qualify further sources of supply 
in 2022 and beyond. We are also initiating 
work on chemically recycled polyester from 
textile waste as we consider this to be an 
essential component in the recycled and 
largely circular supply chain of the future. 

Waste reduction is our other target, with 
a goal of reducing by 25% in 2022 from 
our 2018 baseline. Having completed the 
introduction of a new and comprehensive 
waste reporting catalogue in 2020 we have 
focused in 2021 on the high volume waste 
areas, most of which are not related to our 
products themselves but are packaging 
materials from suppliers and sludge from 
effluent treatment plants. Through our 
Cleaner and Lighter programme we have 
a number of workstreams focused on 
reductions in these areas. During 2021 we 
have reduced our waste percentage against 
our 2018 baseline by 3%, and expect to 
see this reduction accelerate in 2022 as 
the programmes continue to deliver.

Sustainability management
Sustainability at Coats is led by the Board and 
the creation of a new Board Sustainability 
Committee from the start of 2022 reinforces 
this involvement. Strategy development and 
monitoring of action plans at an executive 
level is championed by the Group Chief 
Executive and the whole Group Executive 
Team (GET). Delivery of the strategy is 
managed by the Sustainability Delivery 
Team (SDT). This is led by three members of 
the GET, the Chief Legal & Risk Officer and 
Group Company Secretary, the Chief Supply 
Chain Officer and the President, Apparel & 
Footwear. The Head of Sustainability manages 
the SDT which comprises around 25 other 
members from a range of functional areas 
working in four sub-teams. Each of these has 
a designated area of responsibility for delivery 
of SDT workstreams or representation for 
stakeholders in the SDT. There are then a 
large number of people in the organisation 
associated to the SDT via their participation in 
projects related to sustainability. We are clear 
that delivery of our Sustainability Strategy 
requires the participation and support of 
the whole organisation. The SDT meets 
monthly, and there are a number of sub-team 
meetings as per the needs of their workplans. 
Underpinning all of our sustainability efforts is 
a deep commitment to running our business 
in an ethical, responsible and transparent way. 
We expect our employees and our suppliers 
to behave ethically in all their dealings relating 
to our business. All our senior employees 
and those with customer or supplier facing 
roles receive regular training in ethics and 
compliance, including on modern slavery. 

34

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationThese training programmes, available in 12 
languages, form part of the induction for 
new starters and are done biennially for all 
relevant employees. This regular training was 
last done in 2020, and was delivered to over 
4,200 employees during that year and will 
be repeated during 2022. We support the 
United Nations Guiding Principles on Business 
and Human Rights in all our operations. 
Underpinned by our global policies, we 
uphold the requirements of the United 
Nations Declaration of Human Rights and 
the Convention on the Rights of the Child, 
the core International Labour Organisation 
Conventions and The Organisation for 
Economic Co-operation and Development 
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. 
We uphold the aims of the California 
Transparency in Supply Chains Act of 2010 
and the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 and 
publish on our website a statement on 
our actions to prevent modern slavery in 
our operations and in our supply chain.

Reporting
Our goal is to make our sustainability 
reporting as clear and transparent as possible, 
and we fully support the aims of the Taskforce 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) and are progressively including their 
recommendations into our reporting and 
our 2021 disclosures are included on page 
38. We want to make it as easy as possible 
for all of our stakeholders to understand the 
sustainability profile of our business. Each year 
we are broadening the scope of our reporting 
and making it easier for interested parties 
to find the information that they need. A 
full data pack that contains all our published 
sustainability data is available to download 
on the sustainability section of our website. 
We have used the Global Reporting Initiative 
(GRI) reporting guidelines since 2011 and 
this year again we report against the latest 
version, the GRI Standard. A full mapping 
of our report against the GRI Standard is 
available on our website, and we have also 
developed and made available again this 
year a mapping of our data against common 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) criteria. We will be following closely, 
during 2022, the development of the 
newly formed International Sustainability 
Standards Board (ISSB) in order to be 
able to adopt the recommendations as 
appropriate at the earliest opportunity.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

35

Strategic reportWorking responsibly continued

Non-Financial Information Statement

Policy

Description

Health and Safety Policy

This policy outlines our commitment and actions for the prevention of injury and ill health, 
and ensuring health and safety excellence across our business.

l

s
e
p
i
c
n
i
r
p
e
p
o
e
P

l

Ethics Code 

The purpose of the Ethics Code is to ensure that employees across Coats have a clear 
understanding of the principles and ethical values that the Company wants to uphold. 
It applies to all employees in all Coats Group companies globally.

Speak Up Whistleblowing Policy 

The policy outlines the reasons for maintaining high standards of ethical and legal business 
conduct and describes the procedures for reporting acts which are thought to contravene 
these standards. Also outlined are the actions to be taken by the Company.

Employment Standards 

As a global employer, Coats strives to follow ethical employment standards and believes the 
human rights of its employees are an absolute and universal requirement. Coats subscribes 
to the United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the Convention of the 
Rights of the Child.

Equal Opportunities Statement 

The Company supports equal opportunities in employment and considers it to be an integral 
part of our employee relations policy.

Modern Slavery statement 
(including a statement on 
transparency in supply chains)

This statement has been prepared for the year ending 31 December 2020 and is in accordance 
with the requirements of the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 and the California Transparency in 
Supply Chains Act of 2010. Furthermore, we support the United Nations Guiding Principles on 
Business and Human Rights throughout all our operations.

Living Wage Policy

The Committee also reviewed and approved the adoption of a policy to establish a minimum 
Living Wage, as an enhancement to any local legally mandated requirements, across all of our 
locations and based on sourcing data from independent organisations.

36

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
Policy

Description

Anti-bribery and Anti-corruption 
Policy 

This policy outlines the control of actual and suspected corruption and bribery within Coats, 
and the processes to be followed in the event of actual or suspected instances of corruption 
or bribery being discovered.

Gifts and Entertainment Policy 

This policy sets forth the rules related to employees accepting and offering gifts, 
entertainment, hospitality and meals from and to current customers, suppliers, joint venture 
partners, brand representatives and others conducting (or proposing to conduct) business, 
directly or indirectly, with Coats.

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

Competition Law Policy 

This policy supports Coats’ commitment to observing and complying with all applicable 
competition laws, rules and regulations wherever it operates around the world while acting 
with the highest ethical standards, in an open and honest way.

Supplier Code 

The Supplier Code outlines our expectations required of suppliers and covers labour practices, 
environmental management, responsible sourcing of materials and products, and business 
conduct.

Restricted Substances List

As part of Coats Product Safety programme, we require that all Coats’ suppliers of raw 
materials, dyes, chemicals and packaging materials meet the highest standards appropriate for 
their end use. A comprehensive list of restricted chemicals is revised and reissued to all of our 
material suppliers every year.

s
r
e

i
l

p
p
u
S

Conflict Minerals Policy 

Environmental Policy 

Animal Welfare Policy

t
n
e
m
n
o
r
i
v
n
E

Climate Change Policy

Coats is committed to the responsible sourcing of all raw materials and purchased goods and 
we continually review our approach to ethical and sustainable supply chain management. This 
policy refers specifically to our approach to avoiding ‘Conflict Minerals’ entering our supply 
chain and supplements our wider supply chain management standards.

We take our responsibility to the environment very seriously and this policy lays out our 
approach. Coats senior management has defined objectives and targets to ensure that we 
deliver on this policy and additional details on progress can be found in our Sustainability 
Report.

Materials sourced from animals are present in a tiny proportion of our products (less than 
0.01% of sales). Nevertheless, the policy covers all the materials and products we buy, and 
special attention is given to Angora and Merino wool, as they can raise specific ethical 
concerns.

We are committed to doing what we can to limit the impact of climate change and will 
always follow the scientific consensus on future impacts in assessing how to address this 
challenge.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

37

Strategic reportOur climate disclosures

Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) report

Coats Group plc has complied with the requirements of LR 9.8.6R by including climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the TCFD 
recommendations and recommended disclosures. We started working on TCFD disclosures in 2019 and during 2020 we developed Board and 
management governance structures and completed our first iteration of scenario risk analysis by developing three scenarios based on the Shared 
Socioeconomic Pathways (SSPs) endorsed by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and used in the development of the Sixth 
Assessment Report on climate change. The three scenarios we built are shown below.

CO2e emissions level

SSP used

Scenario name

Low

Medium

High

SSP1

SSP3

SSP5

Sustainability ‘Taking the Green Road’

Regional Rivalry ‘A Rocky Road’

Fossil Fueled Development ‘Taking the High Road'

2030

1.47°C

1.52°C

1.60°C

Global Temperature increase over pre-industrial levels

2045

1.56°C

2.03°C

2.25°C

2070

1.49°C

2.91°C

3.50°C

2100

1.35°C

4.07°C

5.05°C

For each of these scenarios we modelled the physical impacts on our operations and supply chain and looked at the risks and opportunities 
that might occur, focusing on 2030, 2045 and 2070 horizons. During 2021 we have taken the risks and opportunities identified in that first 
iteration and explored the likely financial implications. Further work on this will continue during 2022 and beyond, as we enhance our analyses.  
The first full set of TCFD recommended disclosures is shown below.

Coats governance structure for climate-related risks and opportunities 

Coats Board

	X Overall responsibility for setting strategic direction, overseeing strategic implementation – 

including sustainability strategy and delivery – and for overseeing effectiveness of climate risk 
management and controls, reviewing Group’s climate risk profile and setting risk tolerance.

Sustainability Committee

	X Primary responsibility is for sustainability strategy 
and governance including on climate-related 
issues. As part of its role in governance it receives 
updates on KPI performance from the Group 
Executive Team and these include on mitigating 
actions related to climate change.

Group Executive Team

	X Responsible for operational delivery of Group’s sustainability strategy, 
including day-to-day management of operations and responsibility for 
monitoring detailed performance of all related aspects of Group’s 
business.  Necessarily, this includes many elements of practical 
climate-related risk management.

Audit and Risk Committee

	X Monitors and reviews effectiveness of climate-
related risk management systems and internal 
controls, as well as approving reporting 
statements on those internal controls and 
climate-related risk management.

Group Risk Management Committee

	X Responsible for formulating risk management 
strategies and monitoring and refining risk 
management activities, metrics and profiles for 
climate-related risks across Group.

Key

   Report for 
evaluation 

   Direct and 
monitor

38

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationGovernance
a) Describe the board’s oversight of 
climate-related risks and opportunities.

b) Describe management’s role in 
assessing and managing climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

Risk Management
a) Describe the organisation’s processes 
for identifying and assessing climate-
related risks.

The Board of Directors is ultimately accountable for climate related risks and opportunities. The 
Board receives regular updates from the Group Executive Team (GET) and from relevant Board 
sub-committees. The GET is responsible for operational delivery of the Group’s sustainability 
strategy, including day-to-day management of operations and responsibility for monitoring 
detailed performance of all related aspects of the Group’s business. Necessarily, this includes 
many elements of practical climate-related risk management. Two Board sub-committees have 
important roles to play in managing climate-related risks and opportunities. The newly 
established Sustainability Committee primarily oversees sustainability strategy and governance 
including on climate-related issues, and in this role it receives updates on KPI performance from 
the GET including on mitigating actions related to climate change. The Audit and Risk 
Committee monitors and reviews the effectiveness of climate-related risk management systems 
and relevant internal controls, as well as approving reporting statements, such as TCFD 
disclosures, on those internal controls and climate-related risk management. 

The Group Executive Team (GET), led by the Group Chief Executive, is responsible for 
operational delivery of the Company's sustainability strategy, including day-to-day management 
of operations and responsibility for monitoring detailed performance of all related aspects of 
Group’s business. Necessarily, this includes many elements of practical climate-related risk 
management. Progress on agreed actions are reported directly to the Board, the Sustainability 
Committee and the executive Group Risk Management Committee (GRMC) as appropriate. 
Management of the specific climate related risk management processes lies with the GRMC, 
which is responsible for formulating risk management strategies and monitoring and refining 
risk management activities, metrics and profiles for climate-related risks across Group. The Head 
of Sustainability is responsible for the delivery of climate-related risk assessment work which is 
reported into the GET and the GRMC where it is evaluated and decisions on proposed strategy 
changes and action plans are discussed prior to Board endorsement. He convenes a cross 
functional team to assess the risks and opportunities. The cross functional team includes 
representation from supply chain, commercial and financial functions. Monitoring of progress 
on agreed actions is reported to the GET on a bimonthly basis.

As noted above, the company has established a scenario-based approach to assessing climate-
related risks. Three scenarios have been developed using IPCC Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 
(SSP) data, supplemented by WRI Aqueduct data and climate predictions that are site specific to 
company locations. A cross functional team works through the scenarios and timelines, 
envisaging the future described in the scenario and explores all the potential impacts that it 
could have on the business. These are then distilled down into identified risks and the team sets 
about building a narrative of how each risk could manifest under each scenario and timeline, 
both at a wider business model level and at a site specific level. Assessment of the financial 
impact of the risks is done to identify those that could have a material impact on the business. 
The company uses an external regulatory register, Enhesa, to identify current and potential 
climate-related regulatory issues and these are taken into account in the risk assessment.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

39

Strategic reportOur climate disclosures continued

b) Describe the organisation’s processes 
for managing climate-related risks.

c) Describe how processes for 
identifying, assessing and managing 
climate-related risks are integrated into 
the organisation’s overall risk 
management.

Metrics and Targets
a) Disclose the metrics used by the 
organisation to assess climate-related 
risks and opportunities in line with its 
strategy and risk management 
processes.

b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if 
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions, and the related risks.

c) Describe the targets used by the 
organisation to manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities and 
performance against targets.

The nature of climate risks and opportunities is that they are long term and themselves change 
relatively gradually, unless there is a substantive change in the scientific consensus such as 
through a new IPCC report that requires urgent reconsideration of the impacts on our 
scenarios. There are short terms mitigating actions that are identified for immediate action, 
and these address both risks that have a financial impact and those that don't. There are other 
potential mitigating actions that can be actioned at a suitable time in the future depending on 
how climate change develops compared to our scenarios. The immediate agreed mitigating 
actions are reported to the GRMC on a quarterly basis but they also form part of our company 
strategy and are built into operational plans for the year and are managed through the GET on 
an ongoing basis. The Board Sustainability Committee provides oversight on a quarterly basis. 
An example of this in practice is the action plan agreed to commit to Science Based Targets 
which was, in part, a mitigating action to manage transitional customer expectation risks. The 
GET and the GRMC have both reviewed progress towards submission on a regular basis up to 
the targets being approved in early 2022.

Climate change has been identified as a Principal Risk within the company’s risk management 
system. This means that it is a permanent item for review and assessment at regular, quarterly 
GRMC meetings and that the Board reviews it as a risk on at least an annual basis. Through 
this mechanism climate related risks are fully integrated into the company’s risk management 
system. In addition to this the Board reviews key sustainability KPIs on a monthly basis including 
KPIs relating to climate issues, where appropriate.

The company measures Scopes 1, 2 and 3 emissions. To manage the principal emissions 
reduction opportunities within these it measures the electricity source mix and the amount 
of certified renewable electricity within that. It also measures energy and water intensity metrics 
as these are both contributory to emissions reductions. It measures the sales growth of recycled 
materials and the percentage they represent of all sales, and the sales growth in light-weighting 
products.

Scopes 1, 2 and 3 emissions are disclosed separately in this report and, in more detail, in our 
Sustainability Report (Link). The principal risks related to these emissions are the ones that could 
endanger delivering on the company’s targets for reduction in line with the 1.5°C Pathway and 
Net-Zero by 2050. The most material of these risks are inadequate opportunities to transition to 
renewable electricity and lack of reliable supply of recycled raw materials, and the company has 
robust programmes to manage these risks.

The company has developed proposed Science Based Targets which have been validated and 
approved by Science Based Targets initiative. These commit to emissions reductions of Scopes 1, 
2 and 3 emissions in line with the 1.5°C Pathway, and are crucial in managing the risk of not 
meeting customer expectations. The wording of these targets is as follows: Coats Group plc 
commits to reduce absolute scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 46.2% by 2030 from a 2019 base 
year. Coats Group plc also commits to increase annual sourcing of renewable electricity from 
5% in 2019 to 100% by 2030. Coats Group plc further commits to reducing absolute scope 3 
emissions 33% within the same timeframe.

The main lever for Scope 3 emissions reductions is the transition to recycled materials and the 
company has announced a target to be using no new oil-based materials by 2030. The first 
milestone on this is the long-established goal to transition all premium polyester to recycled 
raw materials by 2024.

40

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationStrategy
a) Describe the climate-related risks 
and opportunities the organisation 
has identified over the short, medium 
and long term.

Transitional Risks
Risk

Short term (<10 years)

In general terms the transitional risks relate to our low carbon scenario and have a greater short 
term potential impact while the physical risks are significantly greater in the high carbon 
scenarios and increase in their potential impact over time. In determining the materiality of risks 
and opportunities we have taken into account the absolute magnitude of the financial impact, 
the level of future certainty and the horizon in which the impact manifests and the relationship 
of the impact to the life of any impacted asset.

Failure to meet 
customer 
expectations 
in terms of 
transitioning 
to a low carbon 
model and 
thereby losing 
sales.

Introduction 
of carbon taxes 
leading to 
increased 
energy prices.

At the time of completing our initial scenario analysis work in 2020 this 
was classified as a substantial risk, but since then the actions taken by 
the company have effectively mitigated this risk. It will continue to be 
monitored as a risk in the future as failure to deliver on our emissions 
reduction targets and to develop and launch new low carbon products 
and processes would immediately raise the profile of this risk.

Our low carbon scenario includes the assumption that carbon taxes will 
necessarily be one of the levers used to achieve rapid de-carbonisation 
of energy and industrial products and processes. This is unlikely to be an 
issue under the higher carbon scenarios.

Inability to 
source sufficient 
renewable energy 
to meet emissions 
reduction targets.

Energy market regulatory challenges still exist in many of the countries 
in which we operate, and these can make the transition to renewable 
electricity difficult or impossible at the moment. We have also seen cases 
of governments stepping back from delivering on the regulatory changes 
that they have committed to, so there are uncertainties around our ability 
to fully transition. We assess this risk as the alternative cost of buying 
Energy Attribute Certificates (EACs) to cover our requirements where 
we cannot gain access to certified renewable energy itself.

Medium term (~25 years)

Long term (~50 years)

No identified risk.

No identified risk.

No identified risk.

The potential for this risk 
will continue over this 
horizon as brands continue 
to work, with their supply 
chains towards a net-zero 
target by 2050, but as in 
the supply chain, the risk 
for Coats is failing to 
delivery on the strategy we 
have put in place and 
therefore this is not seen, 
today, as a significant risk.

We anticipate the carbon 
taxes will continue to be an 
important lever on the road 
to net-zero, but the 
likelihood of them having 
to increase is probably low 
as the scale advantages in 
low carbon energy should, 
by this time, be well 
established. Therefore our 
scenario models a high 
initial (short term) tax and a 
drop in tax in subsequent 
horizons.

The potential cost impacts 
of sourcing EACs will 
continue, but we expect 
that the regulatory hurdles 
that lead to this 
requirement will have 
diminished substantially 
in this horizon as more 
countries establish 
functioning renewable 
energy markets.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

41

Strategic reportOur climate disclosures continued

Medium term (~25 years)

Long term (~50 years)

No identified risk.

No identified risk.

Transitional Risks continued
Short term (<10 years)
Risk

Inability to obtain 
sufficient recycled 
raw material 
to enable full 
transition of 
product range 
to lower carbon 
footprint 
products.

When we completed our initial scenario analysis work in 2020 the 
supply of high tenacity recycled polyester fibre was constrained and was 
preventing us from achieving a faster transition from virgin to recycled 
polyester. Since recycled polyester has a roughly 40% lower emissions 
footprint than virgin fibre this is a risk in terms of achieving our emissions 
reduction targets. This supply constraint has eased as we have managed 
to expand the number of approved suppliers considerably in the last 
18 months and currently there is no supply constraint on our growth 
of recycled produce sales and the growth is dependent on customer 
dynamics. With the aid of external consultants, we have also established 
that the number of projects underway to increase the supply of recycled 
polyester for the textile industry in general will mean that supply will 
consistently exceed demand beyond 2025 and that therefore for the 
horizon we are looking at here this is not a material risk.

Physical Risks
Risk

Increase in flood 
damage risk, in a 
few Asian units.

Short term (<10 years)

Medium term (~25 years)

Long term (~50 years)

We have made extensive use of the World 
Resources Institute Aqueduct tools to model 
water related issues under our different scenarios 
in all of our operations. We have established the 
current baseline for flood risk in all of our units, 
both for riverine and coastal flooding, and 
assessed how that changes in different scenarios 
and timelines. While in some locations the riverine 
flood risk diminishes, there are others where, by 
2030, we can start to see an increase in risk that, 
under the higher carbon scenarios, accelerates 
thereafter. Coastal flood risk either remains static 
(for those units not exposed to it) or increases, but 
not substantially in this horizon.

Under the higher carbon scenarios 
we see an increase in both riverine 
and coastal flood risks in this horizon. 
In our low carbon scenario the risks 
remain relatively flat. Most of these 
increased flood risks occur in Asian 
units, with Indian and Bangladesh 
units being most exposed to riverine 
flooding, with Chittagong, Bangladesh 
being the only major plant with a 
relatively high exposure. Shenzhen, 
China, is the unit most exposed to 
increased coastal flooding risk while 
some other units in Bangladesh and 
Vietnam also appear to be at growing 
risk in this horizon, and we will 
be doing more granular work on 
understanding the nature of these 
risks during 2022.

Riverine and coastal flood 
risks will continue to increase 
in the high carbon scenarios. 
Chittagong, Bangladesh 
continues to be at the highest 
risk for a major plant, with 
risks also growing in Dakar, 
Bangladesh and Hanoi, 
Vietnam as well as for a 
number of smaller units 
in India. Shenzhen, China 
continues to be the unit at 
most risk of coastal flooding, 
while the increasing risks in 
Bangladesh and Vietnam will 
be explored further as for the 
medium term horizon.

42

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationPhysical Risks continued
Risk

Short term (<10 years)

Disruption of 
water supply in 
some units.

We have been using the Aqueduct tool for some 
years to assess water stress at all of our locations 
and have used this to identify locations where 
the high level of water stress might lead to future 
disruption of water supply. There are no 
significant short term risks identified.

No identified risk.

Possible need for 
plant relocation 
in a small number 
of locations most 
impacted by high 
heat.

Medium term (~25 years)

Long term (~50 years)

Our high carbon scenarios would see 
the risks of water stress increasing and 
extending to additional units during 
this time horizon. The highest risks for 
major plants are in our Pakistan plants. 
Turkey, Egypt, Brazil and Sevier USA 
are also major plants with increasing 
risks. Increased water recycling would 
be required across these and some 
other smaller units to ensure continued 
access to water.

Under our different scenarios we have 
modelled the number of extreme heat 
days that are likely to occur in our 
different locations. We see the 
potential for high heat days (days over 
35°C ) to be happening sufficiently 
frequently in a small number of units 
in Thailand, India and Pakistan for this 
to be an area of growing concern, 
though probably not to the extent 
that would require plant relocation.

High carbon scenarios see 
continued growth of water 
stress in the same locations as 
before with the same need to 
increase water recycling levels 
to prevent shortages.

In the high carbon scenarios 
the number of extreme heat 
days continues to climb with 
Thailand, India, Pakistan and 
Vietnam all being areas of 
concern. It is possible that 
during this horizon we reach 
the point at which some 
planned realignment of plant 
capacities and withdrawal 
from extreme heat locations 
begins to become advisable. 
We anticipate that this would 
happen in conjunction with 
realignments by our 
customers.

Opportunities
Opportunity

Short term (<10 years)

Medium term (~25 years)

Long term (~50 years)

Growth in 
light-weighting 
products aimed 
at transport 
markets.

Several years ago we identified an opportunity to build a new business 
segment in producing lightweight components for the transport industry, 
especially in automotive. The need to reduce emissions from transport 
and to extend the range of electric vehicles means that the demand for 
light-weight components will continue to grow as it spreads progressively 
from luxury to utilitarian models.

Light-weighting 
opportunities will continue 
to spread across the 
transport sector, but 
probably at a reduced rate 
of growth.

It is difficult to 
anticipate this 
opportunity 
on such a time 
horizon.

Increased market 
share with 
apparel and 
footwear brands.

While loss in market share with brands was identified as a potential 
climate-related risk, building market share on the back of meeting their 
expectations for supply chain partners that will help them to cut their 
Scope 3 emissions is a clear opportunity and one that some leading 
brands have already made explicit to their partners.

Consolidation of brand 
supply chains around 
suppliers that deliver on 
climate change 
commitments will continue, 
but at a reduced rate.

It is difficult to 
anticipate this 
opportunity 
on such a time 
horizon.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

43

Strategic reportOur climate disclosures continued

b) Describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities on the 
organisation’s businesses, strategy and 
financial planning.

44

Coats Group plc

The company has assessed the risks and opportunities above and has attempted to quantify 
the scale of these in financial terms under the different scenarios and time frames and, 
using this methodology, has created a range of financial impacts per issue before applying 
any mitigation actions. The company has then looked at mitigating actions and the impact 
that they can have on the potential risks, and has thus created a post-mitigation range of 
financial impacts per issue. At the moment the assessment of mitigation actions has focussed 
on transitional risks as these are the shorter term risks. Physical risk mitigation from extreme 
weather has to be addressed at site level as that is where the physical risks are manifested 
and this will require more detailed analysis of possible mitigating options – for the moment, 
therefore, we have assumed that there is no mitigation possible for those physical risks, 
which is a worst case scenario. The one exception to this is the risk of water shortages due 
to increased water stress and this is detailed below.

The transitional mitigation actions proposed have also been analysed in terms of the potential 
costs. Most of them do not incur any additional cost to the business (for example developing 
Science Based Targets), and where there is some additional cost then that is immaterial. Most 
of the mitigating actions are already agreed within the company strategy and are currently in 
various stages of implementation.

The principal opportunities have also been assessed and quantified in the same way as the risks, 
with a range of possible outcomes according to the scenarios and timeframes. Actions are 
already underway to ensure that the business is able to make best use of these opportunities 
and the activities related to these are described elsewhere in the strategic report.

As noted above the risk of loss of sales from failing to meet customer expectations has 
currently been fully mitigated under the company’s climate strategy and so is not seen as a 
material financial risk at this moment. This risk will be reassessed continuously as any failure to 
deliver on the company climate strategy will raise the possibility of this risk becoming material.

The most significant financial risk is of carbon taxes. Under our low carbon scenario, SSP1, 
these could be introduced in the next few years and increase rapidly through to 2030 after 
which they would stabilise. Our high carbon scenarios, SSPs 3 and 5, don’t envisage there 
being any carbon taxes. Under SSP 1 we expect that the range of carbon taxes could be 
between $80 and $160 per tonne of CO2e, and we anticipate that this would apply to our 
Scopes 1 and 2 emissions. Clearly this will only happen if there is the sort of global political 
consensus on tackling climate change required to convert aspirations into actions, which has 
not so far been the case. Without remediation, and hence based on current emissions levels 
persisting, the potential for carbon taxes under scenario SSP1 would see an additional annual 
cost of between $24m and $48m by 2030. Post-mitigation, where mitigation is taken as 
delivery of our Science Based Targets for emissions reduction, this annual cost increase would 
range from $13m to $26m. We see the pre-mitigation potential costs remaining broadly 
constant through 2045 and 2070 while the post-mitigation costs would drop to immaterial 
levels by 2045 and beyond.

Not being able to transition to renewable electricity as quickly as necessary means that there 
is a risk of having to purchase EACs to meet emissions reduction targets. We have evaluated 
this cost based on a weighted basket of current EAC prices across some of our units and we 
consider that this financial risk is currently immaterial across all time horizons . We recognise 
that prices for EACs, which currently have a wide range (from around $0.25/MWh to $13/
MWh), might increase or decrease in the coming years and we will need to continue reviewing 
this risk in case an increasing price trend makes this risk material. We consider anyway that 
this risk to be largely remediated by our current plans for transitioning to renewable electricity, 
though in some significant countries (eg China) the regulatory framework to allow this is not 
yet in place, so there are some unknowns in terms of the speed of transition.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationc) Describe the resilience of the 
organisation’s strategy, taking into 
consideration different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2°C or lower 
scenario.

Analysis of the risks from extreme heat and riverine floods has shown that these are immaterial 
risks through 2030 and 2045. Further work is needed to confirm the level of risk in 2070 but 
on current assessments this is also immaterial.

In the case of coastal flooding risk this is focussed in a small number of units and even 
under the worst case, high carbon, scenario it has been assessed as immaterial across all time 
horizons. As noted above additional work will be done in 2022 to better assess at a more 
granular level the risks across some of the units that have been identified as being at risk in 
2045 and 2070.

The risk of water shortages in terms of plant stoppages is very difficult to quantify, so the 
approach taken here is to assess the potential capital and operational costs of the effluent 
treatment plant upgrades that would be necessary to recycle enough water to mitigate this 
risk. We have assessed this across all units and the potential capital implication is consistent 
with the rate of investment that we have been making in effluent treatment plants for a many 
years now and so is seen as an immaterial additional cost. The additional operational costs are 
also immaterial.

In terms of the opportunities, the potential additional operating profit in 2030 ranges from 
around $45m to $70m. This comes from increased market share with apparel and footwear 
brands and growth in sales of our light-weighting products, mainly into the transport market. 
To achieve this growth we anticipate a capex cost of between $6m and $9m in 2030 (in the 
light-weighting opportunity the assumption is that the company will use manufacturing 
partners). Looking beyond 2030 at this stage is difficult, but continued growth in these 
segments will continue to be an opportunity.

The short term risks are principally transitional risks related to the company’s low carbon (SSP1) 
scenario. The strategy that the company has in place to implement Science Based Targets for 
emissions reduction, to transition to renewable electricity and to convert to recycled materials 
is a robust response to these risks. Regulatory access to renewable electricity in some countries 
and ongoing growth in supply of recycled material are both key uncertainties, but the company 
has in place very active programmes in both of these areas to mitigate these risks The company 
is also actively developing the main new business opportunity in the short term. The medium 
to long term risks are mainly physical risks more closely associated with higher carbon scenarios 
(SSPs 3 and 5). The nature of these risks is that they are location specific. Our robust business 
continuity plans which are regularly updated and refined will assist in ensuring that we have 
robust contingency plans in place. Nevertheless, the company has not yet developed climate-
related unit-specific mitigation plans and these will be addressed in the near future as part of 
the ongoing management of these risks. Currently our overall assessment indicates that the 
opportunities are of the same broad order of magnitude as the risks and are linked to the 
same scenarios so are well balanced.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

45

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Effective risk management is essential to smartly 
and prudently achieve our strategic goals

Overview

Risk is inherent in all business activities, 
and as a global industrial manufacturer, we 
maintain a comprehensive risk management 
framework that serves to identify, assess 
and respond to such risks. Our approach is 
focussed on the timely identification of risks 
and related opportunities, combined with 
their appropriate mitigation and escalation. 
We have embedded throughout the Group 
the structural means to identify, prioritise 
and manage the risks involved in all of our 
activities, including through consideration 
of those risks on a combined basis as was 
clearly the case when considering and 
managing the various ongoing potential 
impacts of Covid. This enables us to run our 
business effectively and deliver our strategy 

in the knowledge that the likelihood and/
or impact associated with such risks is 
understood and managed within our risk 
tolerance and the opportunities associated 
with those risks are appropriately leveraged.

Governance structure

The Group is constantly alert to new and 
emerging risks. We operate a formal 
governance structure to manage risk across 
the Group and assign clear accountability 
for managing our risks. Overall responsibility 
for reviewing the Group’s risk profile and 
setting risk tolerance, as well as assessing 
the Group’s principal risks, rests with the 
Board. However, the management of 
risk using our common risk management 
framework is embedded throughout our 

global manufacturing, distribution, sales and 
other business operations, as well as our 
enabling functions, with all our employees 
having an important role to play. The current 
unpredictable environment presents us 
with heightened levels of risk whilst the 
pandemic persists, and with added pressure 
from inflation and as global supply chains 
are squeezed. In order to address those risks 
as swiftly and efficiently as possible, the 
membership of the Group Risk Management 
Committee has been extended to include 
senior operational executives from each of the 
geographic regions across the Group, which 
will further enhance the joining up of the 
top-down and bottom-up approach set out 
in the chart below. Additional relevant subject 
matter experts are invited to contribute 
to discussions on specific issues such as 
climate change, cyber security, effluent 
treatment, specific people-related issues etc.

Top-down 
Define risk 
tolerance, 
monitor 
exposure, 
oversight of 
risk 
management

The Board*

	X Identifies which risks are most important for the Group, effectiveness of risk management and reviews the Group’s 

risk profile

	X Sets risk tolerance in the aggregate and, in particular, for each of the principal risks

	X Monitors risk experience

Group Executive Team (GET)

Audit and Risk Committee (ARC)

	X Responsible for operational delivery of the 
Group’s strategy, including day-to-day 
management of operations and responsibility for 
monitoring detailed performance of all aspects of 
the Group’s business. Necessarily, this includes 
many elements of practical risk management

	X Supports Board in monitoring the effectiveness of 
the systems of risk management and internal control

	X Reviews reports from Group Executive Team (GET), 
Group Risk Management Committee (GRMC), 
Group Internal Audit (GIA) and the external auditor 
relating to effectiveness

Business Units/Enabling Functions/Senior 
Management/Risk Champions

	X Responsible for identifying, managing and 

mitigating appropriate sets of risks

	X Regularly review a broad range of individual 

current strategic and operational risks

	X Monitors key risk indicators

	X Reports and provide feedback to GRMC, GET, 
Audit and Risk Committee and the Board

Group Risk Management Committee (GRMC)

	X Responsible for formulating risk management 
strategies and policies and monitoring risk 
management throughout the Group

Key

   Report for 
evaluation 

   Direct and 
monitor

*  The Board has appropriate regard for all the factors set out in S172 
of the Companies Act 2006 in its consideration of risk and other 
matters. You can read more about this on pages 21-22 in the 
S172 Statement.

Identify, 
monitor, 
report
Bottom-up

46

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCulture

Risk tolerance structure

The Board is keenly aware that the 
effectiveness of our risk management is 
dependent not only on systems and processes, 
but also on behaviours. At Coats, there is a 
culture of openness and transparency in how 
we make decisions and manage risk. During 
2021, we continued to review and reinforce 
our Ethics Code and supporting policies, 
training, communications and compliance 
activities – this also included further training 
and auditing in relation to our comprehensive 
Supplier Code. Our focus on reinforcing 
ethical business behaviour and compliance has 
been enhanced through an ongoing Coats 
Ethical Culture programme – ‘Doing the Right 
Thing’ – at both Group and local levels.

Ethics and integrity, along with health and 
safety, are at the core of our organisation’s 
DNA, and we continue to reinforce our ethical 
culture in order to mitigate against potential 
scenarios which could put the organisation at 
risk. Employees are proactively encouraged, 
through training, discussions, recognition 
and other means, to act with integrity and 
to question any unethical behaviour. 

During 2021, the Company also procured 
an externally hosted whistleblowing 
hotline to complement the robust existing 
arrangements that were already in place. 
Ethics training has continued throughout 
2021 and we have continued to broaden that 
training, making it ever more inclusive. As we 
became accustomed to a remote working 
environment, we took ever-increasing 
advantage of the technology we have and 
continued to leverage the opportunities of 
remote working. We increased the number 
of training sessions, and since there was no 
necessity to travel, we continued to extend 
training to more people across the business. 
We pursued our programme of ‘Doing the 
Right Thing’ with the use of different forms of 
technology. We used tools such as Coats Link 
(the Group’s new employee mobile app) and 
Microsoft Teams to maximise the effectiveness 
of our communications with our workforce 
which drove greater understanding, 
engagement and transparency amongst 
employees across the Group. See page 
78 for further information on the Board’s 
role in monitoring culture and ensuring 
alignment with strategy, values and purpose.

Our well established and embedded risk tolerance structure is determined using four categories 
which are listed below:

Very risk averse Where we are very cautious and seek to minimise the financial and 

reputational risk as far as possible. Mitigation costs are accepted albeit that 
they might exceed the potential loss

Risk averse

Where we are cautious and seek to reduce the financial and reputational risk. 
Mitigation actions are proportional and based on cost effectiveness

Somewhat risk 
tolerant

Where we are willing to take some financial and reputational risk to achieve 
our objectives. Mitigation actions are again proportional and based on cost 
effectiveness

High degree of 
risk tolerance

Where we are willing to take significant financial risk to achieve our objectives. 
Mitigation involves an active management of risk-return trade-offs

Identification and management of risk

Understanding the risks that our business is 
exposed to, and deploying strategies that 
ensure residual exposures remain within 
acceptable parameters, is key to managing our 
business well. Our risk framework is based 
around four categories of principal risks 
(strategic, external, operational and legacy), as 
well as key and emerging risks which are used 
to build the Group Risk Register, which is 
managed by our GRMC. The Board Directors 
oversee the management and mitigation of the 
principal risks, while senior executive 
management oversee the management and 
mitigation of the key risks.

Principal risks are overseen by Board Directors 
and key risks are overseen principally by senior 
executive management. Minutes from this 
Committee are reviewed by the Audit and Risk 
Committee (ARC). We also ensure that, beyond 
specific risk deep dives, risks are appropriately 
considered in the decisions that are made at 
Boardroom level – see S172 on pages 24-25.

During 2021, the ARC and the Board received a 
number of presentations from senior executives 
on a number of risks including the principal risks, 
and gave input on the steps planned to mitigate 
these risks. The risks are considered not only in 
isolation but also the correlation between risks 
and the likelihood of one risk occurring at the 
same time as another or even triggering it, and 
the potential combined impact of that and any 
further mitigating actions that can be taken. In 
2021, the Board and the ARC also reviewed the 
effectiveness of the Company’s risk 
management and internal controls. A significant 

number of recurring reviews of the Group’s key 
internal controls and mitigating actions, including 
their linkage to managing the Group’s principal 
risks appropriately, took place. Examples include: 
standing and regular updates from the CEO/
Group Executive Team to the Board on Health & 
Safety, Sustainability, People, Performance, M&A 
and legal and environmental matters. The Board 
also received updates on regional and unit-level 
risk governance, management and mitigation as 
part of the regional deep-dive presentations 
from India, Bangladesh, Vietnam, China, EMEA, 
North and Central America, and South America.

The identified principal and key risks for the 
Group form a key part of the work performed 
in the above reviews to ensure that the most 
pertinent risks are being regularly monitored on 
a day-to-day basis, with findings on this 
reported to the ARC and Board for review, 
input and direction. Based on the principal and 
key risks of the organisation, our Group Internal 
Audit (GIA) team updates and embeds the 
relevant Group risks in its audit process, for 
instance, compliance with anti-bribery and 
corruption requirements, the risk of internal 
fraud, sustainability-related risks and IT/cyber 
security controls.

Every quarter, GIA reviews the Group Risk 
Register and local Risk Registers from the 
cluster management committees. This review 
includes an assessment of the risk management 
practices of the business units/regions in areas 
such as the frequency and adequacy of the 
regional risk management committee meetings, 
minutes of the meetings and following through 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

47

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

on actions contained in the local risk register. Periodically, a horizontal scanning of risks is also conducted and is discussed as a standing item in the 
GRMC. GIA also reviews how risks are identified and mitigated across various clusters in the organisation and provides suggestions for improvement as 
required. This provides an assurance that risk management activities are carried out regularly and consistently throughout the Group and that the risks 
are reviewed and kept up to date by the respective stakeholders. These updates/key highlights are then presented and discussed in the GRMC meetings. 
Taking the insights from these GIA and business unit/cluster risk management activities and focussing on the risks that may impact the strategic 
objectives of Coats, the Board has defined 11 principal risks, as well as a number of additional key and emerging risks within that Group Risk Register. 
These risks, and the steps we have taken to mitigate these risks, are detailed on the following pages. Throughout the year, the Board has kept each of 
the principal risks under review with support from the GET and the GRMC. The Board also undertook a comprehensive assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Group, along with the current levels of risk tolerance for each of those risks. Due to the ever-changing global risk environment, the following 
risks have been updated since the last report:

CHANGE OF RISK DESCRIPTION

1.  Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) scale ambition risk has been re-named M&A programme ambition risk, in light of the Group’s 
increasing ambition in the scale of its acquisition programme and its ability to source, satisfactorily acquire and integrate suitable targets.

2.  Talent and capability risk has been changed to: Risk of failure to attract, retain and develop talent and capability, given business 

changes, growth in new areas and labour availability challenges.

3.  Economic and geopolitical risk arising from political, economic and demand uncertainty – across both key Asian and developed markets  

– including risk to free trade conventions has been changed to: Economic and geopolitical risk arising from political, economic and demand 
uncertainty – across both key Asian and developed markets – including risk to free trade conventions as well as global inflationary pressures.

4. Environmental non-performance risk given changing standards and increasing scrutiny resulting in disruption of existing business, fines 
and/ or reputational damage has been changed to: Environmental non-performance risk given changing standards, increasing scrutiny, 
customer and investor demands and expectations and scale of Group’s own self-imposed standards and ambitions, creating commercial, 
financial and reputational risks as well as opportunities.

PROMOTED

DEMOTED

Risk of supplier non-performance and/or unavailability and/or price increases of raw materials, 
labour and freight is promoted to being a principal risk with an emphasis on the freight/logistical 
challenges element given, in particular, the widespread freight and logistical challenges. Consequently the 
risk trend for this risk has also increased from stable to increasing.

Pensions risk has been demoted from a principal risk to a key risk, given that the latest valuation has been 
completed and signed off with no amendment in deficit recovery payments and with additional robust 
hedging strategies in place. See page 58 for more information.

FROM STABLE TO INCREASING Risk of failure to attract, retain and develop talent and capability trend has increased from stable to 

increasing, in light of the heightened labour availability challenges in various parts of the world.

FROM INCREASING TO STABLE Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) programme ambition risk trend has decreased from increasing to stable, 

in light of the robust process being followed under the regular oversight of the Board.

FROM INCREASING TO STABLE Risk of ever-increasing customer expectations and the Group’s continuing ability to meet and 

exceed those expectations as part of its strategic growth ambitions has decreased from increasing to 
stable, due to the very close ongoing attention and actions taken by the management team under the 
regular oversight of the Board.

FROM INCREASING TO STABLE The risk trend for Health & Safety has decreased from increasing to stable, in light of the actions taken by 
the Executive team and the pattern of the various metrics presented to the Board regularly throughout 2021.

Link to strategy

1. Profitable sales growth

2.  Continuing to strengthen the core

3. Value creation

Risk trend

Increase

Stable

Decrease

48

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationOur principal risks, along with a summary of the measures we have put in place to manage and mitigate them, are set out in the table below. As 
stated above, the Board will continue to keep the management and mitigation of these principal risks, as well as the appropriateness of this list and 
the constantly changing broader risk environment, under ongoing review.

Principal risk
1. STRATEGIC
M&A programme ambition 
risk in light of the Group’s 
increasing ambition in the scale of 
its acquisition programme and its 
ability to source, satisfactorily 
acquire and integrate suitable 
targets.

Risk trend

Link to strategy

Action/mitigation

Originating and executing M&A opportunities is a key focus for the Group. A key component of our 
strategy is value creation and very carefully considered and disciplined use of capital to fund inorganic 
opportunities to build scale and acquire new capabilities, technology and talent. The Board has approved a 
set of criteria to source and evaluate acquisition opportunities, aligned to Group divisional strategy. These 
criteria include both financial parameters, such as revenue growth and EBITDA margins, and non-financial 
parameters, such as innovation and sustainability credentials. All M&A projects are overseen and closely 
monitored by the Board and by senior executive management. Clear M&A processes have been developed 
and include identification and evaluation of opportunities, specified roles and responsibilities for all aspects 
of M&A projects, along with focussed project management resources during both execution and 
integration phases. 

Specific M&A risks and mitigations include failing to achieve required financial returns by either overpaying 
for a target or under-delivering on the business case. This risk is managed by deep sector knowledge 
brought by executive management, an experienced M&A team which leverages specialist external advice on 
valuations, and focussed diligence to satisfy the Board that the commercial fundamentals are robust.

The risk of failing to fully integrate the target company into the Group is managed by a dedicated 
integration management office (IMO), involved from the diligence phase onwards and leveraging internal 
and external diligence resources, to facilitate successful integration of the target company. A key focus of 
the IMO is enabling delivery of the business case, whilst managing people and culture change to ensure 
sustained success. 

The risk of failing to capture synergies is managed by ensuring that synergy cases are robust and achievable, 
and are reviewed by internal and external experts. The IMO plays a key role in ensuring the integration 
allows for effective synergy delivery in line with the business case. In addition to a well-resourced 
acquisitions team, we leverage wider internal resources and external advisers in specialist areas such as 
valuation, financing, due diligence and integration. Post-completion/integration reviews are also conducted 
to ensure that learnings are identified and built into subsequent projects as part of a continuous 
improvement process. Significant work has been completed in 2021 and we have a robust pipeline of 
opportunities.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

49

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk

Action/mitigation

Risk of ever-increasing 
customer expectations
and the Group’s continuing 
ability to meet and exceed 
those expectations as part of 
its strategic growth ambitions.

Risk trend

Link to strategy 

Faced with unprecedented challenges as the world emerges from Covid, customer expectations continue to 
evolve across speed to market, productivity, innovation, quality and sustainability. Coats as a global supplier, 
industry partner and thought leader is well-placed to help our customers meet their own challenges by 
rising to these higher expectations. To this end, we continue to engage intensively with our customers on a 
daily basis to understand, anticipate and meet these expectations. In 2021, we carried out customer surveys 
with manufacturers, brands and OEMs and continue to engage daily with multiple customer and industry 
stakeholders, influencers and decision-makers. Furthermore, we engaged in an in-depth study with industry 
experts to anticipate sustainability trends and expectations. This close engagement with customers has 
allowed us to deliver outstanding customer value during 2021. In collaboration with our customers, we 
helped them navigate the significant disruption caused by Covid lockdowns in Asia, leveraging our 
operational footprint and supply agility. In China, we have responded to the speed requirements of the 
domestic market, eliciting favourable customer feedback and stronger orders. We have also supported 
customers in their moves to build more resilient and closer-to-market supply models, servicing their needs 
across multiple markets and new suppliers.

Our sustainability innovations have met and exceeded customer needs, evidenced by the significant increase 
in sustainable product sales, partnerships with customers like Decathlon in Diversity & Inclusion and the 
development of new products to progress the industry circularity agenda. Our Technical Services teams in 
both Apparel & Footwear and Performance Materials continued to support customers in their drive for 
higher productivity, improved quality and accelerated innovation, delivering over 6,000 direct customer 
engagements in the year. We have also acted to improve and automate customer service processes, 
creating more time for customer value-adding activities in key markets. Responding to the accelerating pace 
of industry change, Coats Digital has invested in SaaS transition for its industry-leading Fashion Tech 
software solutions as well as developing technology partnerships for greater customer impact.

In 2021, we launched 21 new products across all our industry segments. In our Performance Materials 
business, we started industrial production of preforms for a leading US automaker, using our Lattice 
composite technology and our innovative Lattice LiteTM solution has now been adopted by a number of 
high-profile sports brands for their high end running shoes. At the same time 2021 saw us extend the 
Lattice range to Lattice ProtectTM which offers lightweight, super strong components for safety shoes. 
Amongst the other products launched were our new range of reflective tapes – Signal Lucence which is a 
sew-on tape phosphorescent powered by VizLite DT. These reflective tapes offer a third layer of visibility 
working when there is reduced light or no primary light. They are lightweight and recharge via UV rays 
meaning there is no need for batteries.

We continue to develop our innovation ecosystem, building increased capacity to create new product 
solutions as well as products in collaboration with customers and suppliers. At COP26 we announced the 
repurposing of our Shenzhen Hub to focus on the research and development of bio-based and recycled 
materials, working towards our commitment that by 2030 all Coats products will be made completely 
independently of new oil-extraction materials. We are already making huge strides in this area with our 
EcoVerde ranges, and in 2021 we launched our EcoRegen lyocell-based product which is made using fibres 
that are made from sustainably sourced wood pulp, which is a 100% cellulosic material and thus totally 
biodegradable.

50

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Principal risk

Action/mitigation

Risk of ever-increasing 
customer expectations 
continued

Risk of failure to attract, 
retain and develop talent 
and capability
given business changes, growth in 
new areas and labour availability 
challenges.

Risk trend

Link to strategy 

The key mega trends influencing Performance Materials demand intensified in 2021. We have seen 
continued development of advanced composites with more innovation around processes, resins, fibres, 
substrates, matrices and finishes to build custom composite parts for numerous end uses. The race to 
reduce weight in passenger cars continues, with more and more focus on EV and battery ranges. In 
Personal Protection, increased worker protection remains a key theme with more industry regulation and 
the need for comfort with multi-hazard protection. Our customers and their customers are becoming ever 
more demanding, looking for increased performance from the materials they use, be this for chemical and 
corrosion resistance, flexibility, noise control or performing well at temperature extremes. At the same time 
high-performance materials must be increasingly sustainable, whether this is with moves to more recycled 
raw materials or increased material durability to minimise waste and product degradation. On top of the 
direct sustainable benefits of performance materials they are increasingly used to improve other production 
processes, for example in clean energy production by improving the efficiency of production methods. 
Guided by our purpose, we will continue to strive to deliver sustainable value and long-term benefits for our 
customers and all our stakeholders.

Despite the economic challenges brought by the pandemic, 2021 has seen critical labour shortages and 
specific skill gaps in the labour markets where Coats operates – particularly the US, Brazil and China, which 
have become increasingly competitive. In order to ensure that Coats retains, attracts and develops the right 
talent with the right skill sets, the Board’s and senior management team’s close focus on talent 
development and wellbeing continued in 2021.

Following our successful switch to 100% online learning in 2020, we delivered more than 55,000 hours of 
training to our employees in 2021 through a variety of training platforms. We added some new elements to 
our suite of learning programmes including Manager Excellence, focussing on critical manager skills through 
short, relevant sessions of an hour every month for 12 months, and a new Mentoring Programme called 
Unlock Your Potential in which senior managers are paired with other employees for three months to 
support them to achieve particular objectives. While introducing some new programmes for our leaders, we 
continued to offer learning opportunities to our individual contributors and manufacturing employees. We 
also initiated a capability building project for our commercial team which will be further reinforced in 2022.

As part of our employee listening strategy, which provides an integrated approach to understanding the 
overall employee experience, we continued with our comprehensive programme of engagement surveys, 
this time with our new external provider. The results were extremely encouraging. 90% of our employees 
took part in the survey and our engagement score was 83 – well above the benchmark of 74. We also took 
part in the external Great Place To Work surveys. By the end of 2021 we were delighted that 81% of our 
employees belonged to a certified ‘Great Place To Work’. Whether or not the teams achieve certification, 
they all receive feedback from the ‘Great Place To Work’ organisation on actions they can take to further 
improve the working environment. We continued to deliver key employee health and wellbeing 
interventions in 2021 covering three main areas – Prevention, Protection and Medical Care, and Education. 
We introduced a range of global as well as local initiatives like mental health and wellness programmes. We 
also actively monitored the Coats markets considering the minimum wage increases and we continued our 
work on living wage to ensure that all employees receive a wage that is sufficient to afford a decent 
standard of living in their country or location.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

51

Strategic report 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk
2. EXTERNAL 
Economic and geopolitical risk 
arising from political, economic 
and demand uncertainty – across 
both key Asian and developed 
markets – including risk to free 
trade conventions as well as 
global inflationary pressures.

Risk trend

Link to strategy 

Action/mitigation

The Group closely monitors the impact of the Covid pandemic on demand as well as monitoring the 
implications of other areas of economic risk on the Group. Our global reach and local knowledge give us 
the agility and insights needed to operate and develop our business prudently and successfully during 
periods of economic volatility. Additionally, the Group’s global footprint allows us to quickly respond to any 
changes in regional supply chains that may arise as a result of the pandemic. Demand has been very strong 
during 2021; however, the Covid pandemic continues to cause significant uncertainty, particularly around 
localised disruption to our operations and supply chain, but we have a clear playbook and proven 
experience in dealing with such localised disruptions and minimising the impacts.

Regional lockdowns like in India and Vietnam during 2021 caused operational challenges for the Group, 
although our fast response and global footprint meant that we were able to weather these challenges and 
continue to serve our customers. To the extent that the pandemic has a more prolonged impact on the 
global economic environment, there may be a negative impact on consumer spending and further potential 
localised disruption to our operations and supply chain – a risk for which we remain alert and prepared. 
During 2021 we also faced higher than normal inflation for many, our key raw materials, freight, labour and 
energy costs. For raw materials, freight and labour, the challenges were not just in relation to the high costs, 
but went much wider with reduced availability and reliability impacting service lead times. We have taken 
swift actions to counter this high inflation through a combination of self-help initiatives (productivity 
improvement and cost control measures) and pricing actions; we have also addressed supply chain 
disruptions through leveraging our global footprint, long term relationships with global suppliers and 
holding higher stocks as needed (see further actions referred to in Supply risk on page 54).

Cyber risk
Risk of cyber incidents leading to 
corruption of applications, critical 
IT infrastructure, compromised 
networks, operational technology 
and/or loss of data.

Risk trend

2021 was another year where the pandemic dictated that the workforce remain not just socially distanced, 
but also that the bulk of the administrative workforce was forced to work remotely. This was accomplished 
with largely the same procedural and technical controls initiated in 2020, which allowed us to manage the 
changing risk landscape that become more apparent with the remote workforce and the increase in attacks 
against the employees themselves and their home networks. To minimise threats, we employed technical 
controls and further education, informing our workforce about common attacks, social engineering 
schemes, etc and informing them to be diligent in adhering to the Group-level processes to keep 
themselves, their personal information, and the Company’s data and systems secure.

Link to strategy

Our programme to defend against email-based threats, includes continuous security awareness training, 
routine phishing simulation campaigns, and deployment of an additional context-based email security 
solution (Q2 2021). Despite the increase in phishing threats being detected in both 2020 and 2021, we have 
not seen an increase in phishing-related incidents, largely credited to the existing and additional protections.

Additional enhancements to our cyber programme added in 2021 were an improved cybersecurity asset 
management solution in Q3 2021 and SASE solution in Q4 2021. The enhanced asset management solution 
gives further insight to show any coverage gaps to security agents and controls. The SASE solution gives 
additional visibility, control, and improves end-user experience. Coupling these with our managed Security 
Operations Centre (SOC), which has been in place for the past three years, we continue to mature our 
programme to better protect the data of our organization, our customers, and our business partners.

52

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Principal risk

Action/mitigation

Climate change risk arising from 
either (i) the impact of failing to 
sufficiently address the need to 
decarbonise the Company’s 
operations and reduce emissions, 
leading principally to commercial 
and reputational risks and the 
financial risk of emissions taxes or 
other legislative changes, or (ii) 
the physical impact of climate 
change on the Company’s 
operations and business model, 
and that of its customers in the 
textile supply chain.

Risk trend

Link to strategy

During 2021 we have progressed our work on climate change risk analysis by moving from a largely 
qualitative assessment of risks to a quantitative assessment of the potential financial impacts. This has 
allowed us to identify those risks that are more material to our business and where it is imperative to focus 
on remedial actions.

As during 2020, this work has been carried out using the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) methodology, published as a technical supplement to their 2017 report. Included within this report 
on pages 38-45 is our first full report on the recommended TCFD disclosures, including the relevant 
financial disclosures.

The progress of this work has been reported to the GRMC at each of their quarterly meetings and was 
reviewed by the ARC in their December 2021 meeting and again in February 2022.

Since we started work on climate risk analysis we have made substantial progress with our climate strategy, 
which was early on identified as a critical mitigating action, and have developed and had approved Science 
Based Targets for emissions reduction under the 1.5°C pathway. As a result of these actions, one of the 
principal transitional risks we identified initially, that of failing to meet customer expectations and thus 
losing sales, has been effectively mitigated and currently is not a risk. The most significant remaining 
transitional risk is from the possibility of the introduction of carbon taxes and this is detailed in our TCFD 
disclosures. Obviously here also delivery of the emissions reduction targets that we have established will 
have a very significant mitigating effect on any carbon tax regimes that are introduced. There is a risk of 
failure to achieve our emissions reduction targets because of inadequate opportunities to transition to 
renewable electricity and a lack of reliable supply of recycled raw materials; however the Company has 
robust programmes in place to manage these risks.

We have done a first analysis of the growing physical risks and have established the nature and potential 
scale of these risks, and the localities potentially impacted by flood and extreme heat risks under each of 
our scenarios. As detailed in our TCFD disclosure, these risks apply to our longer term horizons under higher 
carbon scenarios and are limited to specific units, mainly in Asia. More detailed work now needs to be done 
to review these medium to long terms risks with our business continuity plans for these particular sites and 
determine what, if any, mitigation options exist at each site potentially impacted. 

In parallel to this risk analysis work, we have also identified and studied the potential opportunities coming 
from climate change and these are detailed in our TCFD disclosures on pages 38-45. During 2022, we will 
also be adjusting our methodologies, where necessary, to the revised TCFD guidelines issues in October 
2021 (2021 TCFD Implementing Guidance and 2021 Metrics Targets Guidance 1).

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

53

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk

Action/mitigation

Risk of supplier non-
performance, unavailability 
and/or price increases of raw 
materials, labour and freight 
and/or logistical challenges 
causing major disruption to 
Coats’ supply chain.

Risk trend

The Group conducts scenario analysis and continuity planning in relation to each of our key raw materials, 
as well as labour and freight, to assess what counter measures can be put in place if certain events were to 
occur. Regular assessment of financial performance of key suppliers and evaluation of suppliers’ own risk 
management plans is undertaken, and our dependency on key suppliers and raw materials is reviewed 
frequently. The ramifications of the Covid virus continue to impact global supply chains, limiting availability 
of certain feedstocks and raw materials. This, coupled with a difficult sea freight market dynamic, has 
reduced the possibility of arbitrage and agility in global trade to respond to local shortages as they arise. To 
mitigate that, we continue to assess our global stocking policy for strategic raw materials, taking forward 
positions where possible where we can foresee shortages and expanding our supplier base where 
necessary.

Link to strategy 

The Group applies a similar approach towards freight, where in 2021 the Group saw an extremely volatile 
freight market with increasing rates for sea and air freight and with a very low reliability level mainly caused 
by port congestions, equipment shortages and a high demand in the US to import goods from China. To 
mitigate the risks, the Group is constantly enhancing planning accuracy and has increased the number of 
global and local forwarders and moved to a monthly tender based on spot rates instead of a long term 
agreement. 

In relation to labour, where 2021 saw labour shortages coupled with labour inflation, the Group, and 
specifically the Board and the senior executive team, remained intently focussed on talent development and 
wellbeing as described in more detail in the Talent and capability risk on page 51. 

Spanning all these areas, the Group has also moved quickly to implement a combination of self-help 
initiatives (productivity improvement and cost control measures) and pricing actions as referred to in 
Economic and geopolitical risk on page 52.

54

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Principal risk

Action/mitigation

Environmental 
non-performance risk
given changing standards, 
increasing scrutiny, customer and 
investor demands and
expectations and scale of Group’s 
own self-imposed standards and 
ambitions, creating commercial, 
financial and reputational risks
as well as opportunities.

Risk trend

Link to strategy

Our Sustainability strategy, launched in 2019, is fundamental to our mitigation plan for this risk, as many of 
the actions required are part of that strategy implementation. The progress on delivery of our strategy is 
detailed in our annual Sustainability Reports that are published simultaneously with our corporate Annual 
Reports. Detailed below are the principal actions taken during 2021 that impact and mitigate this risk. We 
are implementing a harmonised global system to effectively manage our energy and environmental impacts 
in a documented, systematic way. This includes an environmental management system (EMS) aligned to ISO 
14001, and an energy management system aligned to ISO 50001 with many elements of the EMS now 
digitised.

To assist us to achieve the energy and water targets detailed in the sustainability strategy and to more 
closely align to ISO 50001, we are implementing an energy management software system that we are 
currently piloting at five of our sites. This project involves adding hundreds of electricity, gas and water 
meters in addition to humidity and temperature sensors to understand how we can run production batches 
more efficiently, whilst minimising the energy and water used to do so. We further improved our 
monitoring and measurement platform for sustainability reporting, to incorporate a digital analytical tool 
that assists us to perform deep dives on sustainability metrics down to manufacturing site level. This allows 
us to target underperforming sites whilst using best practice from those sites consistently meeting interim 
targets.

These tools will help us meet our 2022 sustainability targets for water, energy and waste. Following the 
completion of Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) legal compliance audits for all of our global 
manufacturing units, we now track new and updated EHS legislative requirements, thereby improving our 
compliance to EHS legal requirements. We also manage all environmental permits and licences we hold in 
each country we operate in, on a permits management system.

Our environmental incident management system ensures that we have a consistent and transparent way of 
managing environmental incidents that occur, and we implement corrective and preventative actions to 
prevent reoccurrence through a risk-based approach. Online analytical monitoring equipment provides
real-time data for our effluent treatment plants that discharge direct to natural waterways, to ensure we 
meet local permit conditions and Zero Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals (ZDHC) limits and to meet our 
2022 effluent treatment plant targets. As a result of this, and other measures, we improved our compliance 
to ZDHC in 2021 and continued to make strong progress towards our target of 100% compliance in 2022.

Our global Business Continuity Plan includes environmental emergency preparedness and response plans, 
and we track environmental risks through an environmental aspects and impacts management system. Our 
environmental management plans are run through a series of workstreams to ensure key stakeholders have 
an input into their delivery through a define, measure, analyse, improve and control (DMAIC) process. These 
environmental and governance measures are managed through a digital energy and environmental 
management system.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

55

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Principal risk
3. OPERATIONAL 
Health and safety risk 
of (i) safety incident(s) leading to 
injury or fatality involving our 
employees or other interested 
parties such as contractors, 
visitors, onsite suppliers etc along 
with potential resulting 
prosecution, financial costs, 
business disruption and/or 
reputational damage; and/or (ii) 
physical and mental health issues, 
including as a result of the 
pandemic, impacting wellbeing, 
engagement, productivity and 
talent retention.

Risk trend

Link to strategy

Bribery and anti-competitive 
behaviour risk
of breach of anti-corruption law 
or competition law, resulting in 
material fine and/or reputational 
damage.

Risk trend

Link to strategy

Action/mitigation

The Board has continued to receive and discuss with management – as a priority at each Board meeting – 
detailed reviews of health and safety performance and monitoring of progress against established annual 
health and safety targets and objectives. Senior management and employees throughout the Group 
likewise remain intently focussed on creating an injury-free work environment.

A key focus for 2021 was to continue our effective pandemic response and to execute our plans for a safe 
and effective recovery. Through the development and implementation of a comprehensive recovery matrix 
and continuation of our previously effective workplace controls, we are successfully and safely managing 
the risk of Covid in the workplace and resuming business as usual where and when it is safe to do so.

While the health of our workforce and effective pandemic response was a key focus of 2021, we also 
continued pursuing our Journey to Zero safety strategy that was launched in 2019. While focussing on 
proactive and preventive actions as well as leading indicators, we identified a series of targeted global 
objectives, including a company-wide Journey to Zero week, various targeted prevention campaigns, a new 
safety culture survey, and we conducted over 700,000 hours of safety training.

All of our proactive, preventive actions translated into the following results for 2021:
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

24% reduction in work-related recordable injury rate (0.45 vs 0.59 in 2020)
6% reduction in lost time case rate (0.34 vs 0.36 in 2020)
23% reduction in days lost per lost time injury
91% reduction in eye injuries
38% reduction in slip/trip injury rates

The Group continues to maintain clear and well-publicised policies and processes, spanning bribery, 
anti-corruption and anti-competitive behaviour along with a number of other ethics issues, including in
relation to partners, contractors and suppliers. These are reinforced with those latter stakeholders through a 
comprehensive Supplier Code (covering initial due diligence processes, onboarding, training, ongoing 
compliance and auditing). These policies are reviewed and updated annually. There is extensive online
and face-to-face training and regular communications through a range of channels, including through 
leveraging the support of our global ethical culture champions network. During the pandemic, the ethical 
culture champions across the Group were asked to reinforce key ethical messages in light of the potential 
heightened risk of corruption in these uncertain times. Additionally, a sub-committee of the GRMC 
comprising key business and functional leaders, meets quarterly to consider a range of ethics risks (including 
closely monitoring key risk indicators for those risks), legislative and regulatory developments and mitigation 
plans. The risks are also considered at cluster level during regular local risk management meetings.

The Group actively maintains a whistleblower system, enabling employees and others who are aware of, or 
suspect, unethical behaviour to report it confidentially. Awareness of the system, together with the risks 
and the policies, has been increased through an ongoing Ethical Culture Campaign which operates at a 
Group and local level. As noted above, we have also now procured an externally hosted whistleblowing 
hotline, which further strengthens the robust existing whistleblowing arrangements that were already in 
place. See page 27 for more details.

56

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationAction/mitigation

The Board continues to monitor developments very closely and oversees the strategy in relation to the 
Lower Passaic River proceedings.

Principal risk
4. LEGACY 
Lower Passaic River legacy 
environmental matter
Detail of the Lower Passaic River 
legacy environmental matter can 
be found in note 28 on page 173.

Risk trend

Link to strategy

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

57

Strategic reportPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Key risks
In addition to these principal risks, the Group has also identified a 
number of key risks. These are monitored by the GET and the GRMC, 
who receive regular updates, and periodic deep dives, on them from 
the risk champions assigned to each risk.

An example of such a key risk is the risk of disruption to our business 
operations as a result of events such as pandemics, fire or water 
shortages, or natural catastrophes (flood, hurricane, monsoon, 
earthquake, etc). Discussions on this risk, and the steps taken to 
mitigate it, include regularly stress testing the business continuity plans 
prepared by units and functions across the Group, to ensure we are 
able to respond quickly and effectively to any such event.

Emerging risks
The 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, which came into effect 
from 1 January 2019, requires Boards to assess emerging risks in 
addition to principal risks. In adherence with this, we have integrated 
emerging risks into our current risk management practices monitoring 
the internal and external business environment to identify and review 
new and emerging risks to the Group. 

The Board and management continue to remain alert to emerging 
risks. These are identified through internal discussions and activities as 
well as conversations with external third parties and insights from 
observing and reflecting on the broader environment in which the 
Group operates.

The 2020 outbreak of Covid resulted in these business continuity plans 
being activated and remaining activated throughout 2021. This 
included the immediate implementation of procedures to protect our 
employees and anyone entering our premises, along with actions to 
limit the financial impact on the business and proactively leveraging our 
global footprint and supply chain to provide the best possible service to 
our customers.

The list of key risks also includes a number of potential disruptive risks 
arising from, for example, new competitors and new technology. The 
GET, GRMC and Board, as appropriate, continue to monitor these 
potential disruptive risks and also the opportunities that these may 
present.

Following the completion and sign-off of the 31 March 2021 triennial 
valuation of the Coats UK Pension Scheme, Pensions Risk has been 
reclassified from a principal risk to a key risk. The basis for this 
reclassification is that there has been no amendment in deficit recovery 
payments, which will continue on the current terms until 31 December 
2028. The Coats UK Pension Scheme is currently over 85% (2020: 
80%) hedged against interest rate and inflation movements by 
reference to the Technical Provisions liability. Under the current deficit 
recovery plan, it is expected that the current deficit for the Coats UK 
Pension Scheme will be extinguished by 31 December 2028. See note 
10 on pages 151-159 for more details.

58

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationLong Term Viability Statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the revision of the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code, the Directors have assessed the longer 
term viability of the Group over the period to December 2024.

The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference to the 
Group’s current position and prospects, as detailed in the Strategic 
Report. This takes into account the Group’s business model, strategy, 
approach to allocating capital and the potential impact of the principal 
risks and how these are managed. The Directors have also considered 
committed finance facilities which, following the refinancing exercise 
concluded in April 2021, have maturities which range from 
approximately 31 months to over five years.

The Group’s strategic objectives and associated principal risks are 
underpinned by an annual budget and Medium Term Plan process, 
which comprises financial projections for the next three years (2022 – 
2024). The Medium Term Plan represents a common process with 
standard outputs and requirements at the Group level. The Board 
reviews the Medium Term Plan annually. Although this period provides 
less certainty of outcome, the underlying methodology is considered to 
provide a robust planning tool against which strategic decisions
can be made.

The Directors have considered a range of severe but plausible scenarios 
that explore the Group’s resilience to the potential impact of the 
principal risks as set out on pages 49-57, as well as other risks that 
could crystallise during the medium term.

After assessing the potential impact of the principal risks, a severe but 
plausible scenario relating to the global economic environment was 
modelled. The Directors have also taken into account a number of 
assumptions that they consider reasonable within these assessments 
including:

•  The assumption that funding facilities will continue to be available 

throughout the period under review: the core US private placement 
borrowings are due in 2024 and 2027 and the revolving facility 
matures in 2024, with the ability for two one-year extensions. It has 
been assumed that the 2024 US private placement borrowings are 
successfully refinanced and that a one year extension is obtained for 
the revolving facility in 2024;

•  The assumption that following a material risk event, the Group 

would adjust capital management to preserve cash; and

•  The assumption that the Group will be able to mitigate risks 

effectively through other available actions.

Based on this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of the assessment.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

59

Strategic reportOperating review

Revenue2

By segment

Apparel and Footwear

Performance Materials

Total

By region

Asia

Americas

EMEA

Total

Adjusted operating profit2,3

By segment

Apparel & Footwear

Performance Materials

Total adjusted 
operating profit

Exceptional and acquisition 
related items

Operating profit5

Adjusted operating 
margin2,3

By segment

2021 
$m

2020 
$m

2019 
$m

FY 2021
vs FY 2020
inc/(dec) 
%

CER1 
inc/(dec)

Organic1 
inc/(dec) 
%

FY 2021
vs FY 2019
inc/(dec) 
%

CER1 
inc/(dec)

Organic1 
inc/(dec) 
%

1,094

409

1,504

846

375

282

823

341

1,163

629

315

219

1,063

326

1,389

800

323

266

1,504

1,163

1,389

156

42

164

29

193

(14)

179

96

15

111

(7)

103

33%

20%

29%

34%

19%

29%

29%

72%

93%

33%

21%

29%

33%

20%

31%

29%

72%

92%

33%

19%

29%

33%

19%

31%

29%

72%

94%

3%

26%

8%

6%

16%

6%

8%

5%

29%

11%

6%

23%

10%

11%

5%

8%

6%

6%

2%

10%

6%

5%

6%

6%

(30)%

(28)%

(28)%

198

75%

74%

75%

(2)%

(1)%

(1)%

(7)

191

14.7%

12.8%

74%

74%

74%

(6)%

(4)%

(4)%

340bps

340bps

340bps

30bps

10bps

10bps

270bps

260bps

280bps

(570)bps

(560)bps

(420)bps

14.3% 330bps

330bps

340bps

(140)bps

(160)bps

(100)bps

Apparel and Footwear

15.0%

11.6%

Performance Materials

Total

7.1%

12.8%

4.4%

9.5%

1  Constant Exchange Rate (CER) are 2020 and 2019 results restated at 2021 exchange rates. Organic vs 2020 on a CER basis includes like-for-like contributions from Pharr HP (post acquisition date of 

February 2020). Organic vs 2019 on a CER basis includes like-for-like contributions from ThreadSol (post acquisition date of February 2019) and excludes contribution from Pharr HP (acquired in February 
2020). 2 Includes contribution from bolt-on acquisitions made during the period. 3 On an adjusted basis which excludes exceptional and acquisition-related items.

60

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information2021 results overview
In A&F we are growing faster than the market because of our excellent reputation for quality, 
our value proposition, our global footprint and our drive for innovative and sustainable products. 
In PM we continue to grow our customer share, and we see high growth opportunities in both 
Composites and Personal Protection, combining our innovative and differentiated product 
offerings.

Group revenues of $1,504m increased 29% vs 2020 on a reported basis as the business 
recovered from the Covid pandemic. Group revenues on an organic basis increased 6% vs 2019 
with continued accelerating momentum, delivering a performance above pre-Covid levels; this 
included accelerating momentum throughout the year with 20% growth vs 2019 in November 
and December (vs 1% at the half year, and 6% in July to October).

Group adjusted operating profit of $193 million increased 75% (FY2020: $111 million, FY2019: 
$198 million). Adjusted operating margins were up 330bps to 12.8% (FY2020: 9.5%, FY2019: 
14.3%).

Adjusted earnings per share (EPS) for the period increased to 6.8 cents (2020: 2.4 cents, 2019: 
7.0 cents), back towards pre-Covid levels as operating profits and tax rates normalised from the 
significant disruption seen in 2020.

Apparel & Footwear (A&F)
Our A&F business benefited from a robust recovery in demand and saw strong thread market 
share gains (up 2% to 23%) as it leveraged its key customer relationships, its strong sustainability 
credentials, its market-leading product ranges and technical services, and its flexibility and agility 
in a turbulent supply chain environment.

The division saw strong growth of 33%, demonstrating the strength of our global footprint and 
ability to support customers during Covid lockdowns across Asia in Q2 and Q3. Our global 
accounts programme, in which we dedicate customer relationship resources to our key brands 
and retailers, saw excellent new customer and programme wins.

All of our regions (US, Europe and Asia) benefited from positive end market sentiment. Trends 
towards Sports and Athleisure as well as casualisation continued to accelerate through the 
second half whilst online adoption, a shift towards premium products and supply chain 
digitisation advanced further. Supplier consolidation, nearshoring and the customer need for 
speed were also prominent trends and unsurprisingly, our customers continue to place increasing 
emphasis on their own sustainability agendas. The ongoing demand shift from West to East and 
growth in domestic Asia also played to our strengths, with strong growth from domestic China 
brands and revenue for our China domestic business up 36% vs 2020.

All of the A&F sub-segments had strong revenue growth in 2021; A&F thread up 34%, zips and 
trims up 29%, Latin America Crafts up 8% and Coats Digital up 22%. Coats Digital, our Fashion 
Tech business, enables fashion brands, sourcing companies, and manufacturers to optimise, 
connect and accelerate business-critical processes seamlessly. In 2021 bookings saw high 
double-digit growth ahead of reported sales growth, indicating confidence for continued future 
growth. The order pipeline remains strong for 2022.

Adjusted operating profit for A&F increased 72% vs 2020. Adjusted operating margin was up 
340bps to 15.0% vs 2020. This was as a result of excellent commercial and operational delivery, 
pricing actions and procurement self-help initiatives more than offsetting heightened inflationary 
pressures and the Covid disruptions during the year.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

61

Strategic report 
Operating review continued

2019 comparatives
As noted above, our A&F business had a strong year with revenues up 5% vs 2019 levels despite 
Covid-related lockdowns in Asia. By sub-segment, A&F thread revenues (c.85% of segment 
revenue) were up 6% vs 2019, with zips and trims (c.9% of segment revenue) up 13% in the 
second half to end the year flat vs 2019.

A&F adjusted operating margins were 30bps ahead of 2019 despite Covid-related lockdowns in 
Asia as a result of excellent commercial and operational delivery, tight control of discretionary 
spend, and supported by volume recovery.

Performance Materials (PM)
To more clearly align to the growth opportunities for the PM segment, the Group is changing 
the way in which it operates and reports the sub-segments of the division. From 2022 the Group 
will divide PM into Personal Protection (c.40% of divisional revenue), Composites (c.25%) and 
Performance Thread (c.35%). Performance Thread will be made up of the majority of the former 
Household & Recreation, Transportation and Other Industrial Applications sub-segments. The 
medium-term growth rates expected for each sub-segment are high single digits for Personal 
Protection, double-digit for Composites, and global GDP growth for Performance Thread. There 
is no change to the overall growth expectations of the division of mid-high single digit growth 
medium term.

Revenues recovered well in all segments, with organic growth of 19% vs 2020, including a 
recovery in Personal Protection which grew by 40% in November and December to end the year 
up 12% on an organic basis.

The division saw further customer share gains as well as new customer wins in the second half 
across all sub-segments, such as a Composites programme with a leading sports footwear 
manufacturer for its premium marathon shoe, increased share with automotive suppliers in 
Performance Thread, and Oil & Gas customers in Personal Protection.

Overall, PM revenues grew 21% on a CER basis (20% reported), consisting of organic growth of 
19% and a 2% contribution from the acquisition of Pharr HP. Organic revenue growth 
performance vs 2020 was underpinned by all sub-segments with strong demand in Composites 
(+32%), Personal Protection (+12%) and Performance Thread (+20%).

Adjusted operating profit increased 92% on a CER basis to $29 million and at an adjusted 
operating margin level, PM margins were up 260 bps to 7.1%, in line with guidance of mid to 
high single digits. PM margins for the year were however adversely impacted in the US by labour 
availability issues and labour inflation. Excluding the US business, PM margins were 14.4% 
indicating a healthy recovery of margins elsewhere in the segment.

2019 comparatives
Compared to 2019 PM saw organic revenue growth of 8% with all segments performing 
strongly (and in line with the trends described above); Composites was up 15%, Performance 
Thread was up 10% and Personal Protection recovered in November and December to end the 
year flat vs 2019 on an organic basis.

Operating margins remained down on 2019 (560bps on a CER basis) primarily as a result of the 
operational impacts of labour disruption in the wider US business, but saw an improving trend in 
the second half.

62

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationGeographical performance
We saw strong recovery across all regions with significant growth vs 2020 driven by improving 
end market sentiment and Coats’ strong customer proposition.

In Asia, we saw revenue increase by 33%, driven by key A&F markets. This was 6% up on 2019 
revenue levels, as this region saw the fastest recovery from Covid, despite some ongoing impacts 
in the period, most notably in India which suffered lockdowns in the second quarter and in 
Vietnam in the third quarter. Performance in China saw strong sales to domestic brands and in 
Bangladesh sales to the apparel export market were healthy. PM also performed well in Asia 
with growth in China as well as in India which saw increased production due to US demand. 

Our Americas business saw organic revenues grow by 19% vs 2020, with 2% organic growth vs 
2019 after an improved second half and growth in Brazil and Colombia. Consumer demand 
remains strong in the US across all PM segments. In Europe, which was also impacted 
significantly by Covid last year, we saw revenues grow by 31% vs 2020, and 10% above 2019. 

This strong recovery was driven by the recovery in PM in telecom composites and transportation 
as fibre optics and automotive sales remained robust, led by our key markets in Spain and 
Turkey. Zips also saw a recovery in demand.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

63

Strategic reportFinancial review

64

Coats Group plc

Revenues
Group revenues increased 29% on a reported and organic CER basis, as all markets recovered 
strongly having been adversely impacted by the Covid pandemic in 2020. All commentary below 
is on a CER basis unless otherwise mentioned. Compared to pre-Covid (2019) levels, revenues in 
the year were up 6% on an organic basis, as demand accelerated during the year, and this was 
despite the ongoing Covid disruption seen across Asia in Q2 and Q3.

Operating profit
At a Group level, adjusted operating profit increased from $111 million in 2020 to $193 million 
(2019: $198 million) and adjusted operating margins were up 330bps to 12.8% (2019: 14.3%). 
The table below sets out the movement in adjusted operating profit during the year:

2020 adjusted operating profit

Volumes impact (direct and indirect)

Pricing/Mix

Raw material inflation

Freight inflation

Other cost inflation (eg labour, energy)

Productivity benefits (manufacturing and sourcing)

Normalisation of SD&A costs

Others (eg FX)

2021 adjusted operating profit

Exceptional and acquisition related items

2021 reported operating profit

$m

111

129

37

(25)

(20)

 (17)

 22

(34)

(9)

193

(14)

179

Margin %

9.5%

12.8%

11.9%

The direct and indirect volume impact of the Covid disruption, particularly in H1 2020, was a 
significant headwind on profits and margins in the prior year, as lower utilisation of factories led 
to an under recovery of manufacturing overheads. As a result of the ongoing strong Covid 
recovery, these volume impacts were largely reversed during the year, albeit there was some 
adverse impact felt, particularly in relation to Asia in Q2 and Q3 due to further lockdowns which 
produced manufacturing under recoveries in those quarters.

As a result of increasing oil prices in the latter part of 2020 and throughout 2021 we saw 
year-on-year inflationary headwinds on raw material costs, sea freight as a result of container 
availability and other costs such as labour and energy. As in previous periods we were successful 
in mitigating these inflationary pressures with productivity benefits and pricing / surcharges. We 
expect these inflationary pressures to continue into 2022; the pricing actions taken throughout 
2021 position us well to continue to offset these.

We moved decisively to underpin our SD&A cost base during 2020 by minimising discretionary 
spend (for example travel, staff bonuses, Long Term Incentive Plans and consulting costs) and 
variable costs of selling. As expected, these savings normalised in the year as the business 
recovered, and resulted in a $34 million normalisation of our SD&A costs. As a result of these 
factors, the Group’s adjusted operating margins significantly increased to 12.8% (FY2020: 9.5%).

On a reported basis, Group operating profit (including exceptional and acquisition-related items) 
was $179 million (2020: $103 million). See below for a breakdown of these exceptional items. 
Exceptional and acquisition-related items are not allocated to segments, and as such the 
segmental profitability referred to above is on an adjusted basis only.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationForeign exchange
As the Company reports in US Dollars and given that its global footprint generates significant 
revenues and expenses in a number of other currencies, a translational currency impact can 
arise. For the full year, this impact was minimal on sales, and a marginal headwind on an 
adjusted operating profit, primarily due to movements in the Turkish Lira, Euro, and Colombian 
Peso. At current exchange rates (31 December 2021) we expect a c.2% headwind on revenues 
for the Full Year 2022.

Free cash flow
The Group delivered an adjusted free cash flow of $113 million in the year (2020: $28 million). 
This was a significant improvement on 2020 as the trading of the business continued to recover 
from the Covid disruption in 2020, as well as a disciplined approach to capital expenditure in the 
Covid recovery phase ($31 million), and despite some investment in working capital (inventory 
levels up $63 million year-on-year) to support our service levels during the strong demand 
recovery.

Non-operating results
Adjusted earnings per share (EPS) for the year increased to 6.8 cents (2020: 2.4 cents). This 
significant increase was due to the recovery in adjusted profit before tax (up from $86.4 million 
to $172.5 million), and the expected normalisation in the underlying effective tax rate to 31% 
(2020: 39%) as profitability returned to pre-Covid levels. The increase in adjusted profit before 
tax was due to the increase in adjusted operating profit ($82 million increase), and a net interest 
charge which was $4 million lower year-on-year (see below for further details).

Net finance costs in the year were $21.8 million (pre-exceptional), a $3 million decrease 
year-on-year (2020: $24.8 million). The key drivers of the decrease in net finance costs in the 
year were a $0.5 million reduction in interest on bank borrowings due to lower interest rates, 
and lower corporate facility utilisation compared to 2020. In addition, there was a $2.6 million 
favourable movement year on year in relation to foreign exchange rate movements. These were 
partially offset by a $1.3 million increase in interest on lease liabilities due to certain new leases 
taken out during the year.

The taxation charge for the year was $54.4 million (2020: $37.4 million). Excluding the impact of 
exceptional and acquisition-related items and the impact of IAS19 finance charges, the effective 
tax rate on pre-tax profit was 31% (2020: 39%). As profitability normalised to pre-Covid levels in 
2021, so did the effective tax rate, as expected.

The reported tax rate was 33% (2020: 47%), which includes the impact of exceptional and 
acquisition related items.

Profit attributable to minority interests was $19.7 million and was predominantly related to 
Coats’ operations in Vietnam and Bangladesh (in which it has controlling interests). This was 
25% above the 2020 level ($15.8 million), which is lower than the overall adjusted operating 
profit growth for the Group (up 75% on 2020), which reflects the relative strength of 
performance of those territories during 2020.

Exceptional and acquisition-related items
Net exceptional and acquisition-related items before taxation were $9.5 million (2021: $6.8 
million). These include strategic project costs of $3.7 million and acquisition-related items of 
$15.8 million. Strategic project costs were offset by a credit in relation to the recognition of a 
historic indirect tax claim within Brazil which is now deemed virtually certain and resulted in a 
$5.8 million exceptional credit within operating profit and a further $4.2 million exceptional 
interest income.

Strategic project costs of $3.7 million relate to the commencement of a number of strategic 
initiatives during 2021. It is anticipated that cash exceptional costs in the order of $35 million will 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

65

Strategic reportFinancial review continued

be incurred in relation to these and further strategic initiatives across 2022 and 2023 in total. 
The resulting benefits are anticipated to deliver incremental adjusted operating profit of $50 
million by 2024.

Acquisition-related items of $15.8 million consisted of the amortisation of intangible assets 
acquired in previous acquisitions ($3.3 million), transaction costs in relation to the pursuit of 
strategic acquisition opportunities during the year ($12.4 million), and acquisition earnouts ($0.1 
million). Growth through acquisitions is a key element of the Group’s strategy and the Group will 
continue to be disciplined in the assessment of acquisition opportunities as they arise. The Group 
looks to identify companies with complementary capabilities that can further strengthen the 
core, technology, innovations, or Intellectual Property and which can be scaled to deliver growth 
and value for customers and shareholders.

Cash flow
The Group delivered $113 million of adjusted free cash flow in the year (2020: $28 million). This 
free cash flow measure is before annual pension deficit recovery payments, acquisitions and 
dividends, and excludes exceptional items.

This adjusted free cash flow performance was significantly ahead of 2020 as a result of the 
recovery of adjusted operating profit, alongside continued well controlled net working capital 
outflows ($15 million outflow) despite a number of inflationary pressures on our cost base and 
an investment in inventory to support supply chain disruption.

Capital expenditure was above 2020 ($15 million) at $31 million, as we invested selectively in the 
most appropriate opportunities in the Covid recovery phase. Minority dividend payments of $17 
million were incurred (2020: $18 million) which relate to the repatriation of cash from local 
operations to the Group. Tax paid was $48 million, broadly in line with 2020, which was lower 
than the P&L charge as it reflects some timing benefit from the lower tax charge in 2020, which 
benefited the first half.

The Group generated a free cash flow of $33 million in the year (2020: $23 million outflow), 
which primarily reflects the adjusted free cash flow of $113 million, offset by UK pension 
payments of $42 million (being $33 million of ongoing deficit recovery payments and 
administrative expenses, and $9 million catch up of deferred 2020 payments), shareholder 
dividends ($27 million), and exceptional costs of $11 million.

As a result of the above free cash flow, net debt (excluding the impact of lease liabilities) as at 
31 December 2021 was $147 million (31 December 2021: $181 million). Including the impact of 
lease liabilities, net debt as at 31 December 2021 was $246 million (31 December 2020: $247 
million).

Capital expenditure
Capital expenditure for the year was $31 million (2020: $15 million). As we continue to recover 
out of Covid, and in order to continue to support our longer-term growth strategy and further 
reinforce our strong environmental compliance credentials, we anticipate capital expenditure to 
be in the $35-45 million range for 2022.

Pensions and other post-employment benefits
The net surplus for the Group’s retirement and other post-employment defined benefit liabilities 
(UK and other Group schemes), on an IAS19 financial reporting basis, was $21 million as at 
31 December 2021, which was $247 million lower than 31 December 2020 ($226 million 
liability). This decrease was primarily due to movements on the UK scheme.

The Coats UK Pension Scheme, which is a key constituent of the Group defined benefit liabilities, 
showed a $108 million IAS19 surplus at 31 December 2021 (£80 million), which was $237 million 
better than at 31 December 2020 (deficit of $129 million, or £94 million). This improvement 

66

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
predominantly relates to net actuarial gains of $203 million (higher discount rate due to higher 
corporate bond yields, experience gains and asset outperformance), and $37 million employer 
contributions (excluding administrative expenses).

In agreement with the trustees of the Coats UK Pension Scheme, and as part of the wider Covid 
underpinning actions, in 2020 we agreed to defer the remaining deficit recovery payments for 
that year (April-December inclusive), to provide an additional c.$21 million of headroom cover. 
The catch up of these payments commenced in May 2021 and will be evenly spread over a 
period of around 18 months. As a result, total payments in 2021 were $42 million (which 
includes $9 million in relation to the start of the catch-up of the 2020 deferred contributions).

UK triennial update
The effective date for the latest UK scheme triennial valuation was 31 March 2021. This valuation 
was successfully completed and agreed with the Trustees during the year, ahead of schedule, 
with a resulting Technical Provisions deficit of £193 million which is £59 million lower than the 
previously agreed valuation in 2018. As a result of this valuation, future contributions remain at 
the previously agreed levels of £22 million ($29 million) per annum (indexing) up until 2028, and 
result in the pay down of the deficit slightly earlier than originally planned. The Group will 
continue to pay the scheme administrative expenses and levies of around $5 million per annum. 
Together with the remaining catch up of deferred 2020 contributions, 2022 payments are 
expected to be around $46 million.

Balance sheet and liquidity
Group net debt (excluding lease liabilities) as at 31 December 2021 was $147 million ($246 
million including lease liabilities), which was lower than 31 December 2020 ($181 million), and 
reflects strong cash management as noted above.

At 31 December 2021, our leverage ratio (net debt to EBITDA; both excluding lease liabilities) 
was 0.7x and remains well within our 3x covenant limit, and slightly below the lower end of our 
target leverage range of 1-2x. Our interest cover covenant also maintained significant headroom 
at 31 December 2021 at 28x vs a covenant of 4x. These covenants are tested twice annually at 
June and December, and are monitored throughout the year. Committed headroom on our 
banking facilities was around $330 million at 31 December, which remains at a comfortable level 
allowing us strategic optionality to consider the most attractive organic and inorganic 
investments in the post Covid recovery phase.

Going concern
On the basis of current financial projections and the facilities available, the Directors are satisfied 
that the Group has adequate resources to continue for at least the next 12 months and, 
accordingly, consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements. Further details of our going concern assessment, financial scenarios and conclusions 
can be seen in note 1. 

Jackie Callaway
Chief Financial Officer 
2 March 2022

The Strategic Report comprising pages 1–67 was approved by the Board and signed on its 
behalf by the Group Chief Executive.

Rajiv Sharma
Group Chief Executive
2 March 2022

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

67

Strategic report 
Chair’s introduction

Regional deep dives – a fresh view of governance
In 2021, the Board approved a programme of seven deep dives into 
our regions that were presented and discussed at Board meetings 
throughout the year. The presentations covered a wide range of topics 
including markets, performance and operations, competitors and risk, 
as well as considering stakeholders through this lens such as key 
customers and suppliers, our workforce in the markets and ESG 
matters, including the impact on the communities in which they 
operate. This fresh approach enabled the Board to review the business 
on a holistic basis to gain greater understanding of each region’s role in 
contributing to the success of the Group, including new stakeholder 
insights. The Board invited members of the leadership team from each 
of the seven regions to these meetings to engage directly and to 
understand the talent within that business. The feedback from both 
the Board and from the leadership teams was wholly positive with all 
parties benefitting from this new lens and it is intended that the Board 
will continue to track progress against the agreed actions and monitor 
alignment to overall strategy as part of the updates to be presented 
in 2022.

Board and Committee activities and effectiveness
Agile and flexible ways of working and meeting are going to be key to 
companies succeeding in the future and I am delighted that our Board 
has transitioned to the ‘new normal’ seamlessly. The Board continued 
to meet remotely for the first half of 2021, in line with the guidance in 
force at the time. Our AGM was held using electronic means with only 
the Directors required to form a quorum attending in person. 
Shareholders and the remainder of the members of the Board were 
able to listen to the business of the meeting and ask questions via a 
teleconference facility. However, during the second half of the year, 
the Board mixed virtual and face-to-face meetings to maximise 
effectiveness and efficiencies. We were able to proceed with our 
planned away week in the USA to visit some of our factories and meet 
with the workforce and some of our other stakeholders. This face-to-
face engagement provides additional value to the Board discussions 
and you can read more about both the schedule of Board meetings 
and the areas covered at the away week on page 80. Recognising that 
the Board can meet effectively virtually and being ever mindful of our 
environmental impact, we plan to continue holding several of our 
scheduled meetings virtually in 2022 and beyond.

Continuing the theme of Board effectiveness, this year the Board and 
its Committees again undertook an internally facilitated effectiveness 
review in accordance with the requirements under the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 (Code). Details of the Board review, its 
outcomes and how this will inform the development of the Board’s 
objectives for 2022 can be found on pages 81 to 82. You can read 
about the results of the surveys undertaken by the Committees in their 
individual reports and review the results of the independent review of 
effectiveness of our Internal Audit function, conducted by 
the Chartered Institute of Internal Auditors, in the Audit and Risk 
Committee Report on page 87.

Dear Shareholder,

On behalf of the Board, it is my pleasure to present the corporate 
governance report for the year ended 31 December 2021, which 
provides insights into the Board’s and its Committees’ activities 
this year.

Our stakeholders
Central to enabling our ambitions is understanding the views of our 
stakeholders by regular and meaningful engagement at all levels of the 
Group. These views inform our decision making and you can read more 
about who we have identified as our key stakeholders, our interactions 
during 2021 and the impact this has had on our approach on pages 20 
to 23. In an environment of continued uncertainty, I am proud of the 
engagement of our people and their determination and commitment 
to finding creative solutions to drive progress. The Board has had two 
sessions reviewing the outcomes of and the actions taken in relation 
to the feedback received via the Your Voice Matters employee 
engagement survey (more information is set out on page 27). Fran 
Philip, our designated Non-Executive Director for Workforce 
Engagement has had another busy year, engaging remotely and in 
person with our workforce and the insights from this are detailed on 
page 29. In addition, the Board has had regular talent reviews and a 
health and wellbeing deep dive to deepen our people insights. During 
the year, we also conducted a customer experience deep dive and the 
Board continued to use analytical data, such as net promoter scores 
(NPS), to monitor trends in customer satisfaction. We commissioned an 
independent investor study to understand how the Company was 
perceived and valued by existing and prospective shareholders, to again 
ensure we were challenging our own views and assumptions. Upon 
appointment, I engaged with some of our largest shareholders to 
understand their views and expectations. Nicholas Bull, our Senior 
Independent Director, has also attended numerous calls this year to 
discuss environmental, social and governance (ESG) and sustainability 
matters with some existing and prospective shareholders and he has 
shared his insights with the Board.

68

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSustainability
As set out elsewhere in this Annual Report, and also in our 
Sustainability Report (available on www.coats.com/sustainability), 
we have enhanced and added to our sustainability ambitions in 2021 
and we have also taken decisions to further develop the governance 
structure that supports and helps us to deliver these challenging goals. 
Our newly formed Sustainability Committee is comprised of three 
Non-Executive Directors and the Group Chief Executive, and it is 
responsible for the oversight and monitoring of the Company’s 
Sustainability strategy and initiatives. You can read more about this on 
page 78 and review the Sustainability Committee’s Terms of Reference 
on the Corporate Governance section of our website, www.coats.com. 
The Sustainability Committee will enhance the Board’s focus on the 
environmental and employee engagement-related social elements of 
ESG. We have also updated the terms of reference for our other Board 
Committees to reflect their enhanced role in ESG monitoring and 
oversight, by including the Remuneration Committee’s focus on the 
remuneration-related social element, the Nomination Committee’s 
focus on the diversity and inclusion-related social element and the 
Audit and Risk Committee’s focus on the governance element. The 
Board has also recently approved a climate change strategy as well as 
reviewing and updating our other environmental policies. You can also 
see information about our compliance with the Task Force on Climate-
Related Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations on pages 38 to 45. Coats 
is a member of the FTSE4Good UK Index and I am pleased that we 
have maintained our position on the 92nd percentile in 2021.

Governance, culture and goals
This is the third year of reporting under the Code and I am pleased to 
confirm that Coats has applied the principles and our statement of 
compliance with the relevant provisions is set out on page 70. We 
continue to focus on the key themes of sustainability, diversity, 
engagement with our stakeholders, fair remuneration structures and 
the strengthening of corporate culture. This report gives an insight into 
how we maintain and monitor our robust processes to ensure that 
good governance and behaviours are at the heart of everything that 
we do.

Our purpose, ‘to connect talent, textiles and technology to make a 
better and more sustainable world’, continues to guide and inform 
decisions made at every level of the Company. Coats has a strong and 
established culture, which is supported by our foundations and our 
principles, and shapes the way we work. Our resilience and 
performance following the pandemic is due to our business model and 
all our people continuing to act in line with our high standards of 
ethical behaviour in ‘doing the right thing’ and driving our sustainable 
growth and the customer outcomes we desire. The Board takes its role 
of setting and monitoring culture, values and ethics seriously, as set out 
on page 77, and led in our operations by the Group Chief Executive 
and the rest of our Group Executive Team (GET) and senior 
management teams.

We continue to ensure good governance is present at all levels and all 
areas of the Group. There are reliable Group-wide systems in place to 
monitor all aspects of governance and, as set out on the pages of this 
Annual Report, the Board and its Committees regularly review 
information about our strong health and safety culture (see page 26), 
our approach to assessing and monitoring risk (see pages 46 to 58), 
monitoring sustainability data in real time, and encouraging and 
investigating any disclosures made by workforce or other stakeholders 
either directly or through our internally hosted Group ethics channel or 
via an externally hosted web service whistleblowing hotline. You can 
read more about the statistics relating to whistleblowing allegations, as 
well as the Board’s role in monitoring the regime, in the Directors’ 
Report on page 93.

Diversity and inclusion
Our people enable us to succeed. The way in which we attract and 
retain talent has been revised as a result of Covid. The global workforce 
is expecting increased flexibility in when, where and how they work; 
successfully managing these expectations, balanced with an attractive 
company culture, while demonstrating the effective implementation of 
an ambitious strategy, all combine to attract and retain a diverse and 
highly effective team. You can read more about our Diversity Policies 
and how we review and manage talent to ensure an inclusive working 
environment in our Nomination Committee Report on pages 89 to 91 
as well as in the People section on pages 26 to 28. 

Board composition
I was honoured to succeed Mike Clasper as Chair of your Company in 
May 2021. On both your and the Board’s behalf, I used the AGM as an 
opportunity to formally thank Mike for his tremendous contributions to 
our Company. Following these changes we took the opportunity to 
review and refresh the composition of the Remuneration and Audit and 
Risk Committees in line with Code and you can read more about this in 
the Nomination Committee Report on page 90. During the course of 
this year, Jackie Callaway succeeded Simon Boddie as Chief Financial 
Officer. As set out in last year’s report, Simon stepped down from 
the Board in March 2021.

Dividend
The Board is mindful of the importance of returns to shareholders and 
it is pleased to declare a final dividend of 1.50 cents per share (2020 
final dividend: 1.30 cents). Subject to approval at the forthcoming 
AGM, the final dividend will be paid on 25 May 2022 to ordinary 
shareholders on the register at 29 April 2022, with an ex-dividend date 
of 28 April 2022.

David Gosnell
Chair
2 March 2022

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

69

Corporate governanceChair’s introduction continued

The UK Corporate Governance Code
Compliance Statement
Coats complied with all the relevant provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (Code) during the course of the year ended 
31 December 2021, with the exception of provision 38 (alignment of executive director pension contribution rates with those available to the 
workforce). Jackie Callaway was appointed in December 2020 with a pension benefit which was aligned to the workforce. Phased arrangements 
are in place for Rajiv Sharma which limited his pension benefit with effect from 1 January 2020 to a fixed amount and his pension benefit will 
reduce to 12% to ensure compliance by 31 December 2022, as detailed in the Remuneration Report on page 111. Similar arrangements were in 
place for Simon Boddie prior to his retirement from the Board in March 2021. The Board considers it appropriate that there is a phased transition of 
the pension benefits for existing Executive Directors who originally had a contractual entitlement to a higher level of pension benefit.

Other information relating to the corporate governance structures is set out over the following pages.

Board leadership and Company purpose 

Promoting the long-term sustainable success of the Company 

Generating value for shareholders  

Contributing to wider society 

Purpose, values and strategy, and how these and our culture are aligned 

Resources available to allow Coats to meet its objectives and measure  
performance against them 

Control framework 

Stakeholder engagement 

Workforce policies and practices 

Division of responsibilities 

The Chair 

Division of responsibilities 

Non-Executive Directors 

Information and support 

Composition, succession and evaluation 

Succession planning 

Board diversity 

Board evaluation 

Audit, risk and internal control 

Independence and effectiveness of internal and external audit functions 

Fair, balanced and understandable reporting 

Principal risks 

Remuneration 

Remuneration policies and practices support strategy and promote  
long-term sustainable success 

A formal and transparent procedure for developing policy on executive remuneration 

70

Coats Group plc

Read more

Page 4

Page 16

Page 20

Pages 16 and 77

Page 18

Page 87

Page 20

Page 36

Read more

Page 75

Page 75

Page 75

Page 78

Read more

Page 90

Page 91

Page 81

Read more

Pages 87 to 88

Page 85

Page 46

Read more

Page 96

Page 96

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationHow governance supports strategy

Strategic goal
Profitable sales growth

Key stakeholders 

  (Read more on page 10)

Strategic goal
Value creation

Key stakeholders 

  (Read more on page 10)

Shareholders Customers

Suppliers

Workforce

Shareholders Customers

Suppliers

Workforce

The Board’s governance role
The Board approves the Group’s strategy and annual operating 
plan, reviews subsequent progress and makes decisions related to 
matters reserved for the Board in order to support the delivery of 
this strategy.

Areas of focus in 2021:

•  Deep dives conducted for seven regions covering operations, 

strategy, stakeholders, risks and ESG matters

•  In-depth review of Coats’ digital strategy and global accounts

The Board’s governance role
The Board reviews key proposals relating to business capability.

Areas of focus in 2021:

•  Regular review of people matters including talent and succession 
plans and updates from our designated Non-Executive Director 
for Workforce Engagement’s meetings with employees on culture

•  Independent review of shareholders’ perceptions and how 
Company was valued by existing and prospective investors

•  Considering acquisitions and divestments as identified and 

•  In-depth review of Composites strategy and the segmented 

determining appropriate course

supply chain service model

•  Reviewing the Group’s dividend policy

•  Considering and monitoring the Group’s risk appetite and 

principal risks and uncertainties and conducting appropriate 
reviews of health and safety, with a focus on commuting and 
‘lost time’ accidents

Strategic goal
Continuing to strengthen the core

  (Read more on page 10)

Key stakeholders 

Workforce

Customers

Suppliers

Environment Shareholders

The Board’s governance role
The Board reviews the strategy for sustainable growth and leverages 
its collective experience to advise on related matters.

Areas of focus in 2021:

•  Received updates on employee views and engagement, and 

reviewed results of Your Voice Matters survey and the progress 
on actions

•  Deep dive conducted into health and wellbeing 

•  Ensured the Company remains at the forefront of developing and 

embedding best practice in responsible business behaviour

•  Considered the appropriate management structure for the 

business and approving changes to the GET and approving the 
transition from seven to three regions

“Good Board governance is key  
for any organisation that wants to 
appropriately represent all of the 
Company’s stakeholders. This applies 
to risk management, resource 
allocation at a high level and, very 
importantly, all elements of talent 
strategy, to name a few.”

Jakob Sigurdsson
Non-Executive Director

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

71

Corporate governance 
 
 
Board of Directors

David Gosnell OBE 

N   S

Rajiv Sharma 

S

Jackie Callaway 

Chair of the Board since 19 May 2021

Group Chief Executive

Chief Financial Officer since 1 April 2021

British

Singaporean

New Zealander

Appointed 2 March 2015 (David stepped 
down as a member of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and as the Chair and a member of 
the Remuneration Committee on 1 May 2021, 
ahead of his appointment as Chair of the 
Board)

Appointed as an Executive Director in March 
2015, Group Chief Executive since 1 January 
2017 

Appointed 1 December 2020

Key skills and experience
•  Strong and deep supply and procurement 

Key skills and experience
•  30 years’ global multi-industry leadership 

Key skills and experience
•  Strong finance track record
•  Experience across multinational 

background in global multinational 
companies

experience

•  Growth, digital, sustainability and 

manufacturing and supply chain businesses

•  International and strategic mindset

acquisitions track record

External appointments
Rajiv joined Coats in November 2010 as Global 
CEO Industrial and was responsible for 
developing and executing a growth strategy. 
He has lived and worked in the US, Europe 
and Asia.

Non-Executive Director of Senior plc. Rajiv has 
been on the board of joint ventures at both 
GE and Shell and held management positions 
with Saab, Honeywell, GE and Shell.

External appointments
Previously Chief Financial Officer of Devro plc, 
one of the world’s leading manufacturers of 
collagen products for the food industry. Prior 
to that, Jackie was Group Financial Controller 
of Brambles Ltd, the ASX top 20 supply chain 
logistics company.

Member of Australian Institute of Company 
Directors since 2017.

Qualifications
Rajiv holds a degree in Mechanical 
Engineering, as well as an MBA from the 
University of Pittsburgh, USA.

See the Group Chief Executive’s statement on 
page 8.

Qualifications
Jackie is a Fellow of the Chartered 
Accountants Australia and New Zealand, and 
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales. She has a Bachelor of 
Business Management Studies from the 
University of Waikato, New Zealand.

External appointments
Was previously Chair of Old Bushmills Distillery 
Company Ltd and a Non-Executive Director of 
Brambles Ltd. David retired from Diageo plc in 
2014 where he had most recently held the 
role of President of Global Supply and 
Procurement. Prior to joining Diageo, David 
spent 25 years at HJ Heinz in various 
operational roles.

Qualifications
David is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Engineering and Technology and holds a 
Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical and 
Electronic Engineering from Middlesex 
University. He has completed Supply Chain 
Manufacturing – Drive Operational Excellence 
at INSEAD (Singapore).

See the Nomination Committee report on 
page 89.

Key to Committee memberships

Committee chair

Committee member

A  
N  
R  
S  

Audit and Risk

Nomination

Remuneration

Sustainability

72

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
Nicholas Bull 

A   N   R   S

Anne Fahy 

A   N

Hongyan Echo (Echo) Lu 

N   R  

Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

British

Irish

British/Chinese

Appointed as a Non-Executive Director and 
Senior Independent Director on 10 April 2015 
(Nicholas was appointed as a member of the 
Remuneration Committee on 1 May 2021)

Appointed 1 March 2018

Appointed 1 December 2017

Key skills and experience
•  Global financial services and banking 

experience

•  International business experience and 

Key skills and experience
•  Experienced audit committee chair with 
extensive financial and internal controls 
experience

Key skills and experience
•  Global business experience gained in 

different sectors in Europe, Asia and the 
US

insights, especially in China

•  Global business and developing markets 

•  Strong background in general 

•  Advocate for ESG and SRI matters at the 

experience

Board

management and track record of 
delivering positive change

External appointments
Chair of Fidelity China Special Situations plc, 
Deputy Chair of Conran Holdings Ltd, Trustee 
of the Design Museum, Camborne School of 
Mines Trust, The Creative Education Trust and 
the Conran Foundation and a member of the 
Advisory Panel of INTO University. Previously 
served as Chair of De Vere, Chair of the 
Advisory Board of Westhouse Securities and 
of Smith’s Corporate Advisory Limited and a 
member of Council of the University of Exeter. 
Nicholas had a global career in banking with 
Morgan Grenfell (subsequently Deutsche 
Bank), Société Générale and ABN AMRO.

Qualifications
Nicholas has a BSc in Chemistry from the 
University of Exeter and is a Fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants in England 
and Wales.

External appointments
Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit 
Committee of SThree plc and Non-Executive 
Director of Nyrstar NV. Trustee of Save the 
Children; formerly a Non-Executive Director of 
Interserve. Previously at BP, Anne gained 
extensive experience of global business, 
developing markets, risk management, 
internal control, compliance and strategy 
development in the aviation, petrochemicals, 
trading and retail sectors.

External appointments
A member of the Advisory Board for Diversity 
in Hospitality, Travel and Leisure. Previously 
Chief Executive Officer of Haulfryn Group Ltd, 
a UK leisure business, and Managing Director, 
International of Holland & Barrett 
International, Managing Director of 
Homebase Ltd as part of Home Retail Group 
plc. Echo spent ten years at Tesco plc in a 
variety of senior leadership roles. Echo was a 
Non-Executive Director of Dobbies Garden 
Centres.

Qualifications
Anne is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in Ireland and has a Bachelor of 
Commerce in Economics, Accounting and 
Business from University College Galway, 
Ireland.

Qualifications
Echo has a Bachelor of Arts in International 
Economy and Finance from Fudan University, 
Shanghai and a Master of Science in Industrial 
Relations and Human Resources from West 
Virginia University.

Anne’s extensive business experience and her 
deep knowledge and understanding of 
internal controls, combined with her 
experience from service on other audit 
committees, provides the Company with a 
highly qualified Audit and Risk Committee 
Chair with unique perspectives in the 
Boardroom.

See the Audit and Risk Committee report on 
page 83.

Echo became Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee with effect from 1 May 2021, 
having served on the Remuneration 
Committee since her appointment to the 
Board in December 2017. Her background and 
qualifications in Industrial Relations and 
Human Resources provide the Company with 
an ideally experienced Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee.

See the Remuneration Committee report on 
page 96.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

73

Corporate governanceBoard of Directors continued

Fran Philip 

N   R   S

Jakob Sigurdsson 

A   N

Independent Non-Executive Director, 
Designated Non-Executive Director for 
Workforce Engagement

Independent Non-Executive Director

Board profiles (excluding 
Executive Directors)

Length of service

American

Icelandic

Appointed 1 October 2016

Appointed 1 October 2020

Key skills and experience
•  Extensive speciality retailing business 

experience

•  Deep background in product innovation, 

design and development

Key skills and experience
•  International business experience across a 
diverse range of sectors with particular 
emphasis on growth in new or developing 
markets

•  Workforce dynamics experience

•  Strong background in general 

management and track record of 
delivering positive change

17% 0–3 years
50% 3–6 years
33% 6–9 years

External appointments
Non-Executive Director of Vera Bradley Inc., 
Sea Bags, Totes Isotoner and Vista Outdoor 
Inc. Previously Fran worked for The Gap, 
Williams-Sonoma and The Nature Company, 
and LL Bean, where she initially served as 
Director of Product Development, Home 
Furnishings, going on to hold a number of 
roles including Vice President, Affiliated 
Brands, before becoming Chief Merchandising 
Officer until her retirement. Fran was 
previously a Non-Executive Director of Regent 
Holdings and an industry executive for 
Freeman Spogli.

External appointments
Chief Executive Officer of Victrex plc, an 
innovative world leader in high-performance 
polymer solutions. Jakob has more than 20 
years’ experience in large multinational 
companies, both listed and private, including 
nine years with Rohm & Haas (now part of 
Dow Chemical) in the US, as well as Chief 
Executive of food manufacturer Alfesca in 
Europe and Chief Executive of Promens.

Between September 2016 and June 2017, 
Jakob was Chief Executive Officer of VÍS, the 
largest Icelandic insurance and reinsurance 
company. He has held various Non-Executive 
roles and was a Member of the University of 
Iceland Council and a Non-Executive Director 
of the Icelandic Technology and Development 
Board.

Qualifications
Fran has a degree in English and Sociology 
from Bowdoin College, Maine, and an MBA 
from the Harvard Business School.

Qualifications
Jakob has a BSc in Chemistry from the 
University of Iceland and an MBA from the 
Northwestern University.

See the People section on page 29 for more 
information about workforce engagement.

Relevant Functional Experience

21% People
10% Legal
21% Risk
21% Finance
10% Technology / Digital
17% Customer

Geographic Experience

29% Global Business Experience
19% US Market Experience
28% European Market Experience
24% Asia Market Experience

74

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCorporate governance

Leadership and engagement

The Board
The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Group and for ensuring leadership within a framework of effective 
controls. The key roles of the Board are:

•  setting the strategic direction of the Group, including consideration of strategic acquisitions;

•  overseeing implementation of the strategy by ensuring that the Group is suitably resourced to achieve its strategic aspirations;

•  encouraging entrepreneurial leadership by providing a framework of prudent and effective controls which enables risk to be assessed and 

managed;

•  ensuring that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Group to meet its objectives; 

•  overseeing returns to shareholders and monitoring the share price; and

•  setting and monitoring the Group’s culture, supported by its values, and ensuring alignment with the Company’s purpose and strategy.

Chair

Senior Independent Director

Non-Executive Directors

•  Primarily responsible for overall 

•  Provides a sounding board to 

•  Contribute to developing our strategy.

the Chair.

•  Leads the appraisal of the Chair’s 
performance with the other Non-
Executive Directors annually.

•  Acts as intermediary for other 

Directors, if needed.

•  Available to respond to shareholder 
concerns if contact through the 
normal channels is inappropriate.

•  Scrutinise and constructively challenge 
the performance of management in 
the execution of our strategy.

•  Bring their diverse expertise to the 
Board and Board Committees.

•  Devote such time as is necessary 
to the proper performance of 
their duties.

effectiveness of operation, leadership 
and governance of the Board.

•  Leads the Board, sets the agenda and 
promotes a culture of open debate 
between Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors. Ensures that there is a focus 
on Board succession plans to maintain 
continuity of skilled resource. 
Responsible for CEO succession.

•  Provides advice and acts as a 

sounding board to the Board and 
management. Has regular contact 
and interaction with the Group Chief 
Executive.

•  Ensures effective communication 

with our shareholders.

Company Secretary

•  Provides support to the Board and ensures information is made available to the Board in a timely manner.

•  Supports the Chair on meeting management arrangements including setting the agendas for the Board, administering Board effectiveness 

reviews, ensuring appropriate Board training and coordinating Board inductions.

•  Provides advice on corporate governance matters. All Directors have access to the advice of the Company Secretary.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

75

Corporate governanceDelegated Authorities
The Coats Delegated Authorities policy 
is an internal document that sets out 
the delegations below Board level. It is 
reviewed and approved annually by 
the Board. It provides a structured 
framework to ensure the correct level 
of scrutiny of various decisions covering 
matters including contracts, capital 
expenditure, tax, treasury and human 
resourcing decisions.

Corporate governance continued

Governing documents

Articles of Association
The Articles of Association set out the 
rules agreed between shareholders as 
to how the Company is run, including 
the powers and responsibilities of the 
Directors.

Coats’ Articles of Association were 
approved for adoption at the 2021 AGM 
and these now reflect best practice and 
current legal and governance standards.

Service contracts
Details of the Executive Directors’ service 
contracts and the Chair’s and the 
Non-Executive Directors’ letters of 
appointment are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 104. 
These documents are available for 
inspection at the registered office of the 
Company during normal business hours 
and at the AGM. These documents are 
reviewed regularly.

Committee terms of reference
The Board is assisted by four Board 
Committees to which it delegates 
matters as appropriate. Each Committee 
has full terms of reference that are 
reviewed annually and have been 
approved by the Board and which can 
be found on our website at www.coats.
com/en/About/Corporate-Governance/ 
Board-Committees.

Directors’ indemnities
The Company maintains Directors’ 
and Officers’ liability insurance, which 
provides appropriate cover for legal 
actions brought against its Directors. 
Each Director has been granted 
indemnities in respect of potential 
liabilities that may be incurred as a result 
of their position as an officer of the 
Company. A Director will not be covered 
by the insurance in the event that they 
have been proven to have acted 
dishonestly or fraudulently.

“Better governance gives comfort to customers of the 
quality of their supply chain, aids recruitment and 
retention of high-quality staff, and underpins the 
relationship with the capital markets enabling 
financing for growth.”

Nicholas Bull
Senior Independent Director 

76

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationThe role of the Board

Strategy
The Board is focussed on strategic matters and has a forward-
looking agenda that considers economic, social, environmental and 
regulatory issues and any other relevant external matters that may 
influence or affect the Company’s achievement of its goals, 
including generating growth. The Board holds an annual strategy 
meeting as well as considering strategic matters at all Board 
meetings. In 2021, the Board considered a wide range of topics 
including the Coats Digital business and our Composites strategy. 
During the year, the Board also conducted deep dives into each of 
our seven regions and these included a review of strategic priorities 
as well as various other matters. You can read more about the 
Company’s strategy on page 10 .

Leadership and people
The Board is responsible for succession planning and the 
Remuneration Policy for Board roles, Executive Directors, the 
Company Secretary and senior management.

The Board engages directly with the wider workforce through a 
variety of channels and monitors policies, practices and behaviour 
and how they support strategy via reports given at Board meetings.

Internal controls and risk management
The Board sets the Company’s risk appetite, assesses principal and 
emerging risks and reviews mitigation plans. Responsibility for 
monitoring the Company’s risk management and internal control 
systems is delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee (see page 87).

You can read more about our principal and emerging risks on pages 
46 to 58.

Culture 
The Board and its Committees assess and monitor culture through a 
number of indicators and mechanisms including:

•  Health and safety updates at every Board meeting (read more on 

page 26)

•  People updates including the results of Your Voice Matters 

engagement survey and monitoring of follow-up actions such as 
enhancing continuous feedback processes and deploying a 
mentoring programme, designated Non-Executive Director for 
Workforce Engagement updates, Great Place To Work 
certifications and diversity and inclusion updates 

•  review of whistleblowing cases and remedial actions (read more 

on page 93)

•  supplier audits

•  Sustainability strategy and metrics review, including a 
sustainability dashboard that is considered quarterly at 
Board meetings 

Performance and monitoring
The Board evaluates and oversees current performance and is 
responsible for approving annual plans and budgets, results, 
dividends and announcements, including the going concern and 
viability statements. The Board also oversees returns to shareholders 
and ensures pensioners’ interests are safeguarded.

Performance monitoring includes non-financial performance such as 
quality, customer NPS reviews, employee wellbeing, environmental 
and social measures and ethical business practice. 

Governance and stakeholders
The Board ensures that there is continued compliance with the Code 
(see page 69) and with wider statutory and regulatory requirements. 
The Board acts fairly between stakeholders and engages in 
appropriate dialogue to obtain the views of stakeholders as a whole. 
You can read more about our engagement with stakeholders on 
pages 20 to 23.

Health and safety and the environment
The Board is fully committed to providing a safe place in which our 
people, suppliers and visitors can work and ensures that we are a 
considerate neighbour. You can read more about our approach to 
our enhanced Sustainability strategy on page 12 and about our 
approach to health and safety on page 26.

Ensuring alignment
The Board, with support from its Committees, plays a crucial role 
in setting and monitoring the culture of the Group and ensuring its 
alignment with the Company’s purpose and strategy. Following the 
changes to the ways of working experienced over the last few years, 
these assessments are even more important to ensure an understanding 
of whether the culture continues to be appropriate, and whether 
there are any further actions that are necessary. In addition to the 
mechanisms already outlined, in 2021 the Board also discussed how 
the Company’s purpose and values were brought to life in markets, 
and the link to local strategy, with management as part of the deep 
dives into the seven regions. People matters, including cultural 
indicators, were also considered in these sessions. Alignment was 
also considered, including from the viewpoints of our employees, 
investors, customers, communities and suppliers, as part of the 
discussion to build on our Sustainability strategy. The Board and its 
Committees consider any trends in, and the insights from, the 
information presented at and in between Board meetings, through 
the lens of ensuring the desired alignment between culture, values, 
strategy and purpose, and provides feedback and direction if 
required.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

77

Corporate governanceCorporate governance continued

Committees

Audit and Risk Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

•  Oversees and monitors the 

Company’s financial statements, 
accounting processes and audits 
(internal and external).

•  Ensures that risks are carefully 

identified and assessed, and that 
effective systems of risk management 
and internal control are in place and 
appropriately monitored.

•  Reviews matters relating to fraud.

•  Oversight of the governance element 

of ESG.

See page 83 for more information.

Sustainability Committee
The Sustainability Committee provides 
strategic oversight and monitors the 
execution of the Company’s 
Sustainability strategy and initiatives. It 
oversees the environmental and 
employee engagement-related social 
elements of ESG. The Chair of the Board 
chairs the Committee, and its other 
members are the Group Chief Executive 
and two Non-Executive Directors. The 
Committee was established in December 
2021 and its terms of reference are 
available on coats.com. 

•  Reviews and recommends the 
framework and policy for the 
remuneration of the Chair, the 
Executive Directors, the Company 
Secretary and senior executives, in 
alignment with the Group’s reward 
principles.

•  Reviews workforce remuneration and 
related policies, and alignment of 
incentives and rewards with culture, 
to help inform setting of Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy.

•  Consults with shareholders on the 

Remuneration Policy.

•  Considers the business strategy of the 
Group and how the Remuneration 
Policy reflects and supports that 
strategy.

•  Oversight of the remuneration-related 

social element of ESG.

See page 96 for more information.

•  Reviews the structure, size, 

composition and mix of skills and 
experience of the Board and its 
Committees.

•  Identifies and nominates suitable 

executive candidates to be appointed 
to the Board and reviews the talent 
pool.

•  Considers wider elements of 

succession planning below Board 
level, including diversity and inclusion.

•  Oversight of the diversity and 

inclusion-related social element of 
ESG.

See page 89 for more information.

Other committees

Disclosure Committee
The Disclosure Committee oversees the 
Company’s compliance with its disclosure 
obligations. The Group Chief Executive 
chairs the Committee, and its other 
members are the Chief Financial Officer 
and the Group Company Secretary.

78

Coats Group plc

See page 79 for information on our Group 
Executive Team

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationGroup Executive Team (GET) members’ roles and responsibilities

The GET is responsible for the operational delivery of the Group’s strategy. This includes day-to-day management of operations and responsibility 
for monitoring detailed performance of all aspects of our business.

Group Chief Executive

Chief Financial Officer

•  Responsible for executive management of the Group as 

•  Responsible for financial management and implementing and 

a whole.

monitoring effective financial controls. 

•  Delivers strategic and commercial objectives within the Board’s 
stated risk appetite (see page 46 for more detail on key risks).

•  Supports the CEO in developing and implementing the 

Company’s strategy. 

•  Builds positive relationships with all the Group’s stakeholders 

•  Oversees relationships with the investment and banking 

(see page 20).

community.

Ronan Cox, President, Performance Materials

Adrian Elliott, President, Apparel & Footwear (A&F)

•  Responsible for delivering the overall strategy for Performance 

Materials, including commercial activities and developing talent, 
and Group innovation.

•  Sector review is on page 3.

•  Responsible for the overall strategy for A&F, including the 
development and delivery of value-adding products and 
customer propositions. Also responsible for Coats Digital and 
Marketing.

•  Sector review is on page 3.

Stuart Morgan, Chief Legal & Risk Officer and Group 
Company Secretary

Michael Schofer, Chief Transformation and Digital Officer

•  Responsible for business transformation and Digital and 

•  Responsible for legal and compliance, governance, risk 

Technology.

management, sustainability, communications, and company 
secretarial matters. He has oversight of the Group Internal 
Audit function.

•  You can read more about the Group Internal Audit function’s 

work during the year on page 87.

Monica McKee, Chief Human Resources Officer, and Paul Turner, President, Business Operations, both left the business on 31 December 2021. 
Jackie Callaway, CFO, is acting as interim Chief Human Resources Officer until a successor is appointed. The Chief Human Resources Officer is 
responsible for delivering the global Human Resources strategy, including performance management, progression planning, reward and talent 
acquisition. 

From 1 January 2022, a new GET structure is in effect to reflect the move to our three region operating structure. The changes to the GET 
membership are summarised below: 

•  Michael Schofer is now Chief Operating Officer, Americas; 

•  Frederic Verague joined the GET as Chief Operating Officer, EMEA; 

•  Bill Watson joined the GET as Chief Operating Officer, Asia; and 

•  Tram Anh Tran joined the GET as Chief Supply Chain Officer.

There are no changes to the roles and responsibilities of the other GET members.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

79

Corporate governanceCorporate governance continued

Board and Committee attendance
The Directors’ attendance record at the last AGM, scheduled Board meetings and Board Committee meetings, for the year ended 31 December 
2021 is set out in the table below. In line with recommendations and government guidance, the 2021 AGM was held as a combined physical and 
electronic meeting with access to the physical location of the meeting being restricted to the number of Directors necessary to form a quorum. The 
remaining members of the Board attended the meeting electronically but this did not count as formal attendance for the purposes of the Articles 
of Association that were in force at the time of the AGM. At the AGM, the Company adopted new Articles of Association that allow the Company 
to hold ‘hybrid’ general meetings going forward. For Board and Board Committee meetings, attendance is expressed as the number of meetings 
attended out of the number that each Director was eligible to attend.

David Gosnell

Mike Clasper2

Rajiv Sharma

Jackie Callaway 

Simon Boddie3

Nicholas Bull

Anne Fahy

Echo Lu

Fran Philip

Jakob Sigurdsson

Board

Audit and Risk

Nomination

Remuneration

AGM

14/14

5/5

14/14

14/14

1/1

14/14

14/14

14/14

14/14

14/14

2/21

–

–

–

–

5/5

5/5

–

–

5/5

2/2

2/2

2/2

–

–

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

1/11

–

–

–

–

2/24

–

3/3

3/3

–

1/1

1/1

0/1

0/1

0/0

0/1

0/1

0/1

0/1

0/1

1.  David Gosnell stepped down as Chair and a member of the Remuneration Committee and as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee on 1 May 2021 ahead of his 

appointment as Chair of the Board, in line with the requirements of the Code.

2.  Mike Clasper stepped down from the Board on 19 May 2021.
3.  Simon Boddie stepped down from the Board on 31 March 2021.
4. Nicholas Bull was appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee on 1 May 2021.

During the year, the Board held nine scheduled meetings and an additional five Board calls were held to discuss business matters that the Chair and 
Group Chief Executive decided should be considered by the Board. All Directors received papers for meetings in advance. The Board met virtually 
using audio-video conferencing until July 2021 and subsequently mixed virtual and face-to-face meeting attendance to maximise effectiveness and 
balance the ongoing risks of physical meetings. Noting the geographic diversity of our Board, Board meetings have often spanned two consecutive 
days to ensure appropriate time to consider items recognising the different dynamic of meeting virtually. The Board has continued to adapt well to 
the changing ways of working and intends to continue to hold some meetings virtually in 2022, recognising the environmental benefits and other 
efficiencies in balancing a mix of virtual and physical meetings. This approach will be periodically reviewed to ensure that Board effectiveness is 
optimised.

The Board was able to proceed with a hybrid annual strategy meeting in 2021, with most Directors meeting physically in London and certain 
presenters also attending in person. This year, the Board held its annual away week in the USA in October and all Directors were able to visit 
certain of our sites and engage with employees and other stakeholders face-to-face. You can read more about the Board’s engagement with 
stakeholders on pages 20 to 23. 

In addition to the scheduled meetings, the Senior Independent Director and the Non-Executive Directors meet once a year without the Chair 
present in order to appraise his performance. The Chair and the Non-Executive Directors also periodically attend sessions without management 
present to discuss, amongst other things, the performance of key members of management.

80

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationBoard evaluation
In line with the Code, this year an internal evaluation of the Board and its Committees was conducted and an external evaluation will be 
undertaken in 2022. The internal evaluation process of the Board and its Committees was led by the relevant Chair and comprised a questionnaire 
that was circulated electronically.

The Board and its Committees recognise the value of a full and transparent evaluation of their performance and seek feedback from both Board 
members and regular Board and Committee meeting attendees.

Review of previous year’s evaluation findings and progress help to 
define the scope for this year’s evaluation.

Evaluation undertaken by a combination of absolute rating scale 
and open-ended questions on a no-names basis.

Recommendations for the Board and each of the Committees are 
analysed and discussed, and action plans agreed.

The Board-related questionnaire focussed on the areas identified for improvement last year, and a summary of actions that were taken in relation 
to this feedback is set out below. 

Outputs for 2021

People strategy
Actions taken: Bi-annual talent reviews presented by the Chief 
Human Resources Officer and succession planning update also 
presented. Health and wellbeing deep dive presented at October Board 
meeting. Reviews of the Your Voice Matters survey results and 
monitoring of follow-up actions, as well as designated Non-Executive 
Director for Workforce Engagement presentations continuing to 
monitor culture and direct workforce feedback.

Inorganic M&A growth opportunities
Actions taken: appropriate review of strategic opportunities 
when available.

Executive succession planning
Actions taken: Appropriate reviews of CEO succession plans and 
bi-annual review of below GET-level succession plans, with focus on 
diversity in pipelines. The seven regional deep dives allowed the Board 
to directly interact with leadership teams. 

Continuing to focus on the full range of stakeholders in Board 
discussion and decisions
Actions taken: Board papers continue to consider stakeholder impact, 
to allow preparation before meetings. Independent investor study 
undertaken in 2021 as well as a customer experience deep dive. The 
regional deep dives referred to specific stakeholder impacts to allow 
the Board to understand geographic differences.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

81

Corporate governanceCorporate governance continued

The 2021 Board evaluation also covered Board performance and dynamics, the relationships between the Directors and the GET, the content and 
scope of topics covered at Board meetings, and consideration of each of our identified key stakeholder groups in Board decision making. The 
questionnaire contained many of the questions that were asked in 2020, to allow year-on-year tracking. This consistency remained important in 
2021 when our meetings were held using a mix of virtual and face-to-face attendance . Noting that there have been changes in the Chair of the 
Board and the Remuneration Committee and other changes to the composition of the Board and its Committees, questions were added to allow 
respondents to consider if there had been any impact on effectiveness following these transitions. Finally, it gave respondents an opportunity to 
provide their candid thoughts: what was being done well and what needed to be improved. Views were also sought on the Chair and Senior 
Independent Director, as well as the workings of the Committees of the Board. 

The results were collated by the Company Secretariat on behalf of the Chair and the results were considered by the Board at its December meeting. 
There was a detailed Board discussion and it was noted that the respondents considered that the Board’s effectiveness had increased in 2021 
relative to 2020. In particular, the Chair’s transition was rated highly by all respondents. The Board reviewed both the absolute ratings and the 
freeform comments that had been submitted. The areas identified by respondents for further focus in 2022 are set out below and the Board will 
provide details of the actions that are taken in relation to these in the next Annual Report.

Actions for 2022:

	X Continue focus on ESG matters, particularly related to ‘social’ including culture, at Board meetings and through Committees, including the 

newly formed Sustainability Committee

	X Continue to ensure that the Board engages appropriately with all stakeholder groups

	X Lead by example on simplification by reducing the demand on management time through the preparation of shorter, more-focussed Board 

packs, that maintain the quality of information required for effective decision making

82

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationAudit and Risk Committee report

Name

Anne Fahy (Chair)

Nicholas Bull

Jakob Sigurdsson

Member since

2018

2015

2020

Principal objectives of the Audit and 
Risk Committee

	X To monitor the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting 

processes.

	X To ensure that risks are carefully identified and assessed, and 
that sound systems of risk management and internal control 
are in place.

Key responsibilities

	X Oversee the accounting principles, policies and practices 

adopted in the Group’s accounts.

	X Oversee the external financial reporting and associated 

announcements.

	X Oversee the appointment, independence, effectiveness and 
remuneration of the Group’s external auditor, including the 
policy on the supply of non-audit services.

	X Conduct a competitive tender process for the external audit 

when required.

	X Review the resourcing, plans, reports and effectiveness of 

Internal Audit, which is independent from the Group’s external 
auditor.

	X Ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control 

environment.

	X Monitor the Group’s risk management processes and 

performance.

	X Ensure the establishment and oversight of fraud prevention 

arrangements and reports under the whistleblowing policy in 
conjunction with the Board.

	X Ensure the Group’s compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate 

Governance Code.

	X Provide advice to the Board on whether the Annual Report and 

Accounts, when taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides all the necessary information for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business 
model and strategy.

Dear Shareholder,

As Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee, it is my pleasure to present 
its report for the year ended 31 December 2021. This report sets out 
how the Committee has discharged the duties delegated to it by the 
Board, and the key topics and findings during the year.

There is an increased scrutiny on the work being undertaken by audit 
committees and auditors as the corporate governance requirements in 
this area are reviewed and regulatory change is expected. While the 
duties of the Committee are currently unchanged, we have continued 
to focus on improving internal controls to continue to strengthen our 
business in a context of continued global uncertainty. The Committee’s 
annual work plan is aligned to the Group’s financial reporting cycle and 
ensures appropriate coverage of both the required areas as well as 
identifying items that are relevant to the business’ priorities and the 
external environment. In 2021, the Committee continued to focus on 
reviewing and challenging the assumptions and judgements in relation 
to the preparation of published financial information and, in particular, 
the going concern and long-term viability methodology and 
disclosures. You can read more about this on page 85 of this report.

Our review of internal controls has continued to encompass a biannual 
review of internal controls over financial reporting, and there has been 
a focus on Human Resources-related controls and policies in 2021, as 
well as a continuation of the monitoring of the application of controls 
in India, which was a focus area in 2020. Also this year, the Committee 
has continued to review Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 
external reporting requirements and has considered the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) reporting regime in detail.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

83

Corporate governanceAudit and Risk Committee report 
continued

The business understands the importance of the role of our internal 
audit function, and the value that an effective third line of defence 
provides is well recognised. Accordingly, this year the Committee 
endorsed the appointment of the Chartered Institute of Internal 
Auditors (IIA) to undertake a review of our Internal Audit function and 
you can read more about their findings on page 87. In accordance with 
the requirements under the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 
(Code), the Committee again undertook an internally facilitated 
effectiveness review process and this approach extended to the review 
of the effectiveness of the external audit function.

David Gosnell stood down as a member of the Committee following 
his appointment as Chair of the Board, in line with the requirements of 
the Code. David still regularly attends the Committee in his new role 
when appropriate.

Highlights of 2021

	X Ensuring that the disclosures made in response to the 

recommendations of the TCFD are appropriate and that the 
assumptions used in the financial statements are consistent 
with these disclosures (note 1, note 13).

	X Assessing the findings of the independent review of the 

Internal Audit function.

	X Monitoring the application of certain Human Resources policies 

and controls to ensure Group-wide consistency, and 
conducting focussed deep dives when appropriate.

Areas of focus for 2022

	X Audit tender.

	X Develop an assurance policy.

	X Developing regulatory environment for audit.

	X Deep dive into cyber security.

Anne Fahy
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
2 March 2022

84

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationMembership and meetings
During the year, the Committee met four times and held one additional 
call, and all Committee Members attended the maximum number of 
meetings possible. Further details of individual Directors’ attendance 
can be found on page 80. The Committee met privately with the 
external auditor and with the Internal Audit function. In addition to the 
Committee members, the Group Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Legal 
& Risk Officer and Group Company Secretary, the Group Financial 
Controller, the Head of Group FP&A, the Head of Group Internal Audit, 
and the external auditor attended parts of these meetings by invitation. 
The Group Chair and Group Chief Executive may also attend meetings. 
The Head of Secretariat acts as Secretary to the Committee. The Chair 
of the Committee holds regular meetings with both internal and 
external auditors, and each has an opportunity to discuss matters with 
the Committee without management being present.

The Committee meetings are scheduled to ensure that they are 
arranged close to the end of the half and full year, as well as before the 
publication of the associated half and full year financial reports, so as to 
ensure the Committee is informed fully, and on a timely basis, on areas 
of significant risks and judgement.

The Committee received sufficient, reliable and timely information from 
management to enable it to fulfil its responsibilities.

The Board has confirmed that it is satisfied that Committee members 
possess an appropriate level of independence and depth of financial 
and commercial, including sectoral, expertise. For the financial year 
ended 31 December 2021, Anne Fahy and Nicholas Bull were the 
members of the Committee determined by the Board as having recent 
and relevant financial experience. You can read more about the skills 
and experience of the members of the Committee on pages 72 to 74.

Going concern and viability statements
The Committee reviewed the updated wording of the Group’s 
longer-term viability statement, set out on page 59. To do this, the 
Committee ensured that the model used was consistent with the 
approved Business Plan and that scenario and sensitivity testing aligned 
clearly with the principal risks of the Group. Committee members 
challenged the underlying assumptions used and reviewed the results 
of the detailed work performed. The Committee was satisfied that the 
analysis supporting the viability statement had been prepared on an 
appropriate basis. The Committee also reviewed the going concern 
statement, set out on page 94 and confirmed its satisfaction with the 
methodology including appropriateness of sensitivity testing.

During the year, the Company received the Financial Reporting 
Council’s letter regarding “Viability and Going Concern Thematic 
review: Annual report and accounts to 31 December 2020” and was 
pleased to note that there were no questions or queries raised. The 
Committee continues to focus on both the basis of preparation of the 
going concern and viability analysis as well as the external disclosures, 
to ensure they are prepared in line with current Financial Reporting 
Council guidance.

Fair, balanced and understandable
In line with the requirements of the Code, the Committee considered 
whether the Annual Report is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’ using 
the established processes to ensure its input was appropriately timed. 
The Committee members were consulted at various stages during the 
drafting process and gave input to the planning process, including the 
review processes undertaken internally and by the Company’s advisers. 
The Committee received a full draft of the Annual Report and provided 
feedback on it, highlighting the areas that would benefit from further 
clarity or balance. The draft report was then amended to incorporate 
this feedback ahead of the February 2022 Committee meeting.

In this respect the Committee focussed on ensuring consistency and 
completeness in non-financial reporting (for example, ESG), new 
reporting requirements including TCFD, principal risks and uncertainties 
and reviewing the use of alternative performance measures and their 
appropriateness in aiding users of our financial statements to better 
understand our performance year-on-year. On the basis of this work, 
the Committee recommended and, in turn the Board confirmed, that it 
could make the required statement that the Annual Report is ‘fair, 
balanced and understandable’.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

85

Corporate governanceAudit and Risk Committee report 
continued

Significant issues relating to the financial statements
The Committee considered the following issues relating to the financial statements during the year. These include the matters relating to risks 
disclosed in the external auditor’s report :

Issue

Review and conclusion

Exceptional and 
acquisition-related 
items

In 2021, exceptional and acquisition-related items of $13.7m have been recorded in operating profit; the disclosures in 
note 4 provide further details. The Committee assessed management judgements, took into account the views of the 
external auditor and concluded that the accounting treatment was appropriate given the one-off nature of the events.

Pension matters – 
valuation of 
obligations and 
recognition of 
surpluses

US legacy 
environment 
provision

Taxation

At 31 December 2021, the Group’s IAS19 Pension surplus was $21.1 million. The Committee reviewed the 
methodology for determining key assumptions underpinning the valuation of liabilities of the Group’s most significant 
pension schemes. The Committee also reviewed in detail the various aspects of the continuing obligations to the 
Group’s ongoing schemes. The Committee also considered the recognition of surpluses in respect of both the UK and 
US funded plans. The Committee is satisfied that recognition of such surpluses and the disclosures provided in note 10 
to the financial statements are appropriate.

The Group has recognised a provision, net of insurance reimbursements, of $11.2 million in respect of remediation and 
legal/professional costs for the Lower Passaic River. The Committee considered management’s position on the 
accounting and disclosure implications surrounding this environmental case, taking into account advice received from 
external counsel Sive Paget & Riesel P.C. Following the delivery of the US Environmental Protection Agency’s Record 
of Decision in March 2016, the Committee has continued to review whether subsequent events, including those 
impacting other parties considered to be responsible for the most significant contamination in the river, have triggered 
the requirement to remeasure the level of remediation provisioning previously established. The Committee is satisfied 
that there is no requirement to remeasure the remediation provision at 31 December 2021 and that the disclosures 
provided in note 28 to the financial statements are appropriate.

The Group operates in numerous jurisdictions around the world, with different regulations applying in different 
territories. This complexity, together with intra-Group cross-border transactions, give rise to inherent risks. In addition 
to reviewing the Group’s underlying effective tax rate, which decreased from 39% to 31%, the Committee also 
considered the Group’s uncertain tax provisions and deferred tax assets, which amount in total to $20.2 million and 
$20.7 million respectively. The Committee is satisfied with the approach and disclosures adopted by management as 
reflected in the financial statements in note 9 to the financial statements.

The Committee also received regular updates on provisions made for litigation and tax matters and the Committee considered the appropriateness 
of the methodology applied.

86

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationInternal control and risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the nature and 
extent of its principal and emerging risks and the extent of the Group’s 
risk appetite, and for monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the 
Group’s systems of risk management and internal control. The principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the Company are addressed in the 
Strategic Report and in the table on pages 46 to 58 in this Annual 
Report. The Board has delegated to the Committee the responsibility 
for monitoring the effectiveness of the systems of risk management 
and internal control.

The Committee receives regular reports on the effectiveness of internal 
control matters from management, Internal Audit and the external 
auditors, as part of its duty to review the Company’s internal control 
processes. This monitoring ensures timely identification of issues and 
formal tracking of remediation plans. During the year, the Committee 
continued to receive detailed reports on internal controls over financial 
reporting and these had been extended to a summary of the findings 
of a new stewardship review process that had been undertaken in 
respect of the majority of large markets. These included analytical 
reviews of balance sheets, deep dives into key financial risks and 
judgements, completion of balance sheet reviews and a review of 
previous internal audit follow-up actions. Instances where the 
effectiveness of internal controls were considered insufficient, or where 
there was opportunity for enhanced controls, were discussed during 
the year with updates being provided when required. In particular, the 
Committee received several updates from the Chief Human Resources 
Officer reviewing how the Group was applying Human Resources 
policies and controls, with a focus on identifying areas where Group 
ways of working were being inconsistently applied internally, and also 
reviewing the oversight of third-party contractors. Remediation plans 
are monitored closely on an ongoing basis, including a further review 
of the application of controls in India to ensure these remained on track 
after interventions in 2020. The Committee also reviewed cyber 
security and data protection controls noting the importance of 
mitigations in this area.

At its December meeting the Committee, on behalf of the Company, 
reviewed effectiveness of the Company’s risk management and internal 
control systems covering all material controls, including operational 
and compliance controls, and was satisfied that these systems operate 
effectively in all material respects with weaknesses remediated in a 
timely fashion.

The Committee reviews the minutes of the Group Risk Management 
Committee meetings regularly, and discusses any relevant matters that 
have arisen with management.

In relation to ESG reporting and disclosures, the Committee is provided 
with an annual update where it has the opportunity to challenge and 
give direction. Specifically, the Committee reviewed the outcomes of 
an internal assurance assessment of the Group’s ESG reporting systems 
and controls, in order to understand the robustness of these 
procedures as the use of this data by many stakeholder groups becomes 
more frequent and important. In addition, the Committee has reviewed 
the process behind, and resulting new disclosures around, TCFDs and 
provided feedback to management on the proposed disclosures.

Internal audit
The Head of Group Internal Audit agrees the Internal Audit function’s 
programme of work annually in advance with the Committee and this 
is reviewed regularly by the Committee to ensure this achieves 
appropriate coverage of key activities during the continued Global 
uncertainty. At each Committee meeting, the Committee reviews 
key findings from internal audit reports, receives detailed reports 
from management where appropriate, and monitors the rate at which 
actions agreed with management are implemented. This year, the IIA 
undertook an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Internal Audit 
function, which included an independent assessment of the function 
against global standards, and the results were considered by the 
Committee. The evaluation concluded that the Internal Audit Function 
was highly regarded and operated to a high professional standard 
following stakeholder feedback. Opportunities to further enhance 
planning and co-ordination activities were identified. The Internal Audit 
function will incorporate the relevant recommendations into future 
work plans in agreement with the Committee.

Key themes considered in the internal audit reports throughout the year 
included compliance with environmental and regulatory requirements 
across locations, accuracy of payroll processing for workers including in 
remote locations, as well as the state of compliances by some of Coats’ 
manpower contractors on key regulatory requirements. In addition to 
Internal Audit’s review of the IT controls, data analytics were utilised 
to identify exceptions in expense management. A review of the level of 
awareness of the Group’s Data Protection policies, as well as that of our 
whistleblowing channel, was also conducted. The Internal Audit function 
continued to conduct its investigations remotely during 2021 and the 
Committee monitored delivery and the findings to ensure there was 
consistency of approach on audit delivery. There was also an increased 
focus on identifying further ways to make use of data analytics by Group 
Internal Audit to provide greater assurance. For any control findings 
identified as part of any investigation or audit, remediation plans were 
put in place and the Committee reviewed these and the adequacy of 
the implementation measures. 

Internal audit grade the severity of any findings in their reporting to the 
Committee, with significant control findings being defined as a material 
deficiency in the design or implementation of a control. This might 
include a risk of material misstatement of financial information where 
controls in operations are largely deficient or where there is a pervasive 
violation of policies and procedures. No significant control findings 
were identified during the period.

The Head of Group Internal Audit also consolidated and presented 
to the Committee a biannual review of in-country operational risks, 
which included a summary of any new risks that have arisen in the 
period with agreement on appropriate actions and interventions.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

87

Corporate governanceAudit and Risk Committee report 
continued

External audit
Independence
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the independence and 
objectivity of the Company’s external auditor, Deloitte LLP, agreeing the 
terms of engagement with them and the scope of their audit. Deloitte 
has a policy of partner rotation, which complies with regulatory 
standards, and, in addition, Deloitte has a structure of peer reviews for its 
engagements, which are aimed at ensuring that its independence is 
maintained. Maintaining an independent relationship with the Company’s 
external auditor is a critical part of assessing the effectiveness of the audit 
process. The Committee annually reviews the policy on non-audit fees to 
ensure it complies with latest FRC Ethical Standards.

was appointed the Company’s external auditor in 2003 and therefore a 
new audit firm must be appointed for the year ending 31 December 
2023 at the latest. The Board previously intended for the audit tender 
to take place during 2020. The Board now intends to undertake a 
competitive tender process for the external audit during 2022, with the 
intention of the Board appointing a new audit firm for the year ended 
31 December 2023. The tender process will consider Big Four as well as 
non-Big Four audit firms. There are no contractual obligations that 
restrict the Company’s choice of external audit firm but the auditor 
tendering and rotation requirements set by the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Competition & Markets Authority and the 
European Commission preclude Deloitte from the tender process.

The Committee also regularly reviews the level of audit and non-audit 
fees paid to Deloitte. The key principles of the policy on non-audit 
services are:

•  The auditor is prohibited from providing any services that are not 
included in the list of permitted non-audit services. Permitted 
services include audit-related services such as reviews of interim 
financial information or any other review of accounts required by 
law to be provided by the auditor.

•  Any service that is not on the list of permitted services, if in excess 

of $25,000, requires the approval of the Committee.

•  Engagements entered into prior to 15 March 2020 can be 

completed in line with the original terms as long as the non-audit 
work being provided under the transitional arrangements was 
envisaged at the time the engagement letter was signed.

During 2021, the external auditor provided services in relation to the 
Group’s interim results and also provided tax advisory services that 
were entered into prior to 15 March 2020. The external auditor has 
confirmed to the Committee that they did not provide any prohibited 
services and that they have not undertaken any work that could lead to 
their objectivity and independence being compromised.

The non-audit fees in relation to the services supplied by the external 
auditor can be found in note 5 of the financial statements. Non-audit fees 
presented as a percentage of total audit fees is 10%. The non-audit 
services primarily relate to long-running tax compliance and advisory 
services in India, and the Committee considered and approved a proposal 
for the external auditor to continue these works in India. In the case of 
each engagement, it was considered appropriate to engage Deloitte LLP 
for the work because of their existing knowledge and experience from 
prior Group engagements. The Committee discussed with, and received 
confirmation from, the external auditor that the audit team have not 
relied on the work performed by their tax teams as part of the audit and 
their objectivity and independence has been safeguarded.

The lead partner is rotated every five years. Ed Hanson was appointed 
as the lead audit engagement partner in 2018.

The group is in compliance with the provisions of the Competition & 
Markets Authority’s Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies 
Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes 
and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014. Provisions include 
audit tendering at least every 10 years and mandatory audit firm 
rotation after a period of maximum tenure, set at 20 years. Deloitte LLP 

88

Coats Group plc

Assessment of audit process
The scope of the external audit is formally documented by the auditor. 
They discuss the draft proposal with management before it is referred 
to the Committee which reviews its adequacy and holds further 
discussions with management and the auditor before final approval.

In respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2021, the 
Committee assesses the performance and effectiveness of the external 
auditor, as well as their independence and objectivity, on the basis of 
meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review which was 
completed by the Committee members, regular attendees to the 
Committee and those Coats colleagues globally who interact most 
frequently with the external auditor. The summary of the results of the 
questionnaire has been reviewed by the Committee and appropriate 
feedback has been shared with the external auditor, noting that prior 
year feedback was acted on.

The Committee is satisfied that it can recommend to the Board that the 
Board should propose to shareholders the reappointment of Deloitte 
LLP as auditor for the year ending 31 December 2022.

Assessment of the effectiveness of the Committee
The Committee effectiveness in respect of the year ended 31 December 
2021 was evaluated using an internal questionnaire in line with the 
process set out on page 81. The Committee considered that the key 
points that were identified in the previous year’s assessment had been 
adequately addressed. The 2021 evaluation indicated that the Committee 
was working effectively and identified opportunities for the 2022 
Committee work plan including development of an assurance policy.

Looking forward
As well as the regular cycle of matters that the Committee schedules 
for consideration each year and conducting the audit tender, we are 
planning over the next 12 months to:
•  develop an assurance policy;
•  conduct a deep dive into cyber security; and
•  continue to monitor legislative and regulatory changes that may 
impact the work of the Committee and consider the impact of 
proposed audit industry changes.

Signed on behalf of the Audit and Risk Committee by:

Anne Fahy
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
2 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationNomination Committee report

Name

David Gosnell (Chair)

Rajiv Sharma

Nicholas Bull

Anne Fahy

Echo Lu

Fran Philip

Jakob Sigurdsson

Member since

2015

2015

2015

2018

2017

2016

2020

Principal objectives of the 
Nomination Committee

	X To make sure the Board comprises individuals with the 

necessary skills, knowledge and experience to ensure that it 
is effective in discharging its responsibilities and has oversight 
of all matters relating to corporate governance.

Key responsibilities

	X Reinforcing the culture and diversity expertise in the Board’s 

and senior management team’s composition, and maintaining 
ongoing succession plans.

	X Considering ways to improve diversity in the pipeline for senior 

management roles.

	X Further strengthening of the senior management team.

	X Reviewing the Group’s talent management process.

Highlights of 2021

	X Smooth transition of Chair and Chief Financial Officer roles.

	X Implementation of new Non-Executive Director review process.

	X Development of enhanced skills matrix.

	X Executive succession planning.

Areas of focus for 2022

	X Continue to monitor and foster successful performance culture.

	X Further enhancement of diversity and inclusion in our talent 

pipeline.

Dear Shareholder,

I am pleased to present this report of the Nomination Committee. 2021 
has been another year of change for the Company. In May 2021, I 
became Chair of the Board following Mike Clasper stepping down from 
the Board at the AGM and we took the opportunity to review and 
refresh the composition of the Remuneration Committee and the Audit 
and Risk Committee, in line with the requirements of the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code (Code), as detailed on page 69. In April, 
Jackie Callaway succeeded Simon Boddie as Chief Financial Officer of 
the Company and, with effect from 1 January 2022, Rajiv Sharma 
stepped down as a member of the Nomination Committee. 

As the recruitment processes for these Board changes were concluded 
last year, the Nomination Committee has taken the opportunity to 
reflect on the impact that these transitions had on the composition and 
dynamics of the Board, and has developed an enhanced skills matrix to 
ensure that there is a detailed and robust record of the current 
strengths on the Board. You can read more about this on page 90.

The Committee has also implemented a new Non-Executive Director 
review process in respect of Non-Executive Directors who have served 
on the Board for more than three years. You can read more about this 
on page 90. The process has provided detailed insights into the 
strengths and developmental opportunities amongst our highly skilled 
and experienced Board and these are areas that we will continue to 
consider in 2022. 

In addition to these initiatives, the Committee continued to fulfil its 
core responsibilities of overseeing executive succession plans, reviewing 
the structure of the Board Committees and reviewing its own 
effectiveness.

During the year, the Committee met twice and all Committee Members 
attended the maximum number of meetings possible. Further details of 
individual Directors’ attendance can be found on page 80. You can 
read more about the skills, tenure and experience of the members of 
the Committee on pages 72 to 74.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

89

Corporate governanceNomination Committee report 
continued

Skills matrix
Ensuring the right balance and diversity of skills and experience on the 
Board creates the conditions for the success of the Group. Reviewing 
the strengths of existing Board members as well as identifying any 
potential opportunities to enhance the overall portfolio of talent on the 
Board and in senior management is a key responsibility of the 
Nomination Committee. During 2021, the Committee agreed an 
enhanced skills matrix to provide a detailed and transparent assessment 
of the current skill set on the Board. A summary of the matrix is set out 
below. The completed matrix will help inform succession planning and 
future recruitment.

PROCESS TO BE UNDERTAKEN EVERY THREE YEARS

Peer review by other Non-Executive Directors

Review of outcomes by Chair

CRITERIA

Discussion of outcomes and feedback between Chair, Senior 
Independent Director and the Non-Executive

PLC leadership experience

Relevant functional experience

Specific value-added expertise

Relevant sectoral experience

Geographic experience

Non-Executive Director review process and training
In 2021 the Nomination Committee implemented an additional 
rigorous review process in respect of Non-Executive Directors’ 
performance and contribution to the Board that will be undertaken 
every three years, ahead of recommending their re-election at their 
fourth and seventh AGMs. These are conducted by way of an online 
questionnaire, comprising questions which have been pre-approved by 
the Board, to be completed by the rest of the Non-Executive Directors. 
The Chief Human Resources Officer then shares the confidential results 
on an anonymous basis with the Chair, who has an opportunity to 
review and add their opinion before holding a feedback discussion with 
the Non-Executive under review, to also be attended by the Senior 
Non-Executive Director. The process was trialled with a review of 
Nicholas Bull, who had served on the Board for almost six years. 
Further reviews of Anne Fahy, Echo Lu and Fran Philip, each of whom 
had recently completed or was approaching three years of service on 
the Board, were undertaken. Jakob Sigurdsson’s review will take place 
before he has completed his initial three-year term, prior to 
recommending his re-election to shareholders.

90

Coats Group plc

Consider recommendation for re-election

I am pleased with the open and honest feedback that has been 
received and shared. The Non-Executive Directors that have undertaken 
this process to date have responded positively and we will continue to 
focus on any areas identified for development in 2022.

Succession planning
The Committee, on behalf of the Board, regularly assesses the 
composition of the Board and its Committees in terms of skills, 
experience, diversity and capacity. The Board tenure tracker is regularly 
presented to the Committee to ensure that discussions are held well in 
advance of planned departures, to allow appropriate skills gap 
identification and timely succession. Neither the Chair nor any of the 
Non-Executive Directors has exceeded the maximum nine-year 
recommended term of service set out in the Code. When making 
decisions on new appointments, Board members consider the skills, 
experience and knowledge already represented on the Board and the 
benefits of diversity in all its forms. Following the announcement of my 
appointment to Chair of the Board, the Committee reviewed and 
refreshed the composition of the Remuneration Committee, including 
appointing a new Chair and identifying an appropriate new member. It 
was agreed that Echo Lu would succeed me as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee, having served on the Committee from 
December 2017 and noting her deep executive experience in people-
related matters. Nicholas Bull was identified as being the best 
candidate to join the Remuneration Committee and brought the 
benefits of his strong interest in ESG matters and a cross-over in 
membership of the Nomination and Audit and Risk Committees. Both 
Echo and Nicholas commenced their new roles on 1 May 2021. I also 
stepped down as a member of the Audit and Risk Committee, in line 
with the requirements of the Code, and the Nomination Committee 
judged that it was not necessary to appoint a new member to that 
Committee at that time.

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationThe Committee and Board have continued to monitor the GET and 
senior management talent pool to ensure that succession planning for 
business-critical roles is proactively reviewed. The Committee has 
continued its regular bi-annual review of the progress on CEO 
succession plans. There were also two comprehensive talent reviews 
and a succession planning update, including a review of the talent 
pipelines for GET succession that provided deeper insights into the 
talent in the organisation, presented to the Board during the year.

Diversity
Coats has a well-established commitment to ensuring diversity and 
balance at Board level and below. The Board supports the 
recommendations of the Hampton-Alexander Review on gender 
diversity and the Parker Review on ethnic diversity. The Committee 
continues to focus on these important areas and I am pleased to 
confirm that we have 50% female representation on the Board and 
have two Directors from an ethnic minority background. The Board has 
had several discussions about how to help develop the talent pipeline 
in certain regions to further facilitate diversity in our succession plans 
and we will continue to focus on this in 2022. In November, the 
Company launched a project to expand our collation and analysis of 
our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) data to support the 
development of our DEI strategy and reporting. The Company has also 
collaborated with certain customers to share DEI case studies. The way 
in which people want to work has changed, triggered partially by the 
changes enforced by the pandemic. We recognise the benefits of a 
truly engaged workforce and note the role that flexible working plays 
in keeping and attracting talent. Coats has a flexible working policy. 

The gender diversity across our Group is shown below.

All employees

GET and direct reports 

Senior managers

Board

Male

58%

72%

77%

50%

Female

42%

28%

23%

50%

You can see more information on the gender split across the Board, our 
senior management team (which is defined as employees that are 
grade three or above in the organisation) and the Group as a whole in 
our Sustainability Report, which is available on our website (www.
coats.com/sustainability). Our Board Diversity Policy (Policy) can be 
viewed on our corporate website (www.coats.com/about/corporate-
governance/board-composition) and it sets outs an indicative range of 
diversity criteria, that will be considered alongside merit and other 
objective factors, when recruiting to ensure the continued calibre of 
the Board while being an effective driver of the spirit of true diversity, 
having due regard to gender, ethnicity, social background, skill set and 
breadth of experience. 

Our workforce diversity policy is included in our Coats Key People 
Principles and mirrors the intention of the Policy. You can also access 
these on our website (www.coats.com/Sustainability/Policies-and-
downloads).

Independence and overboarding
During the course of the year, Board members continued to inform the 
Chair of any proposed new external appointments and these were 
considered and approved by the Board. The Company Secretary 
maintains a register of Interests and Conflicts to track the commitments 
of the Directors and ensure these are in line with overboarding 
guidance. The Committee is satisfied that the external commitments of 
its Chair and members do not conflict with their duties as Directors of 
the Company and that any situational conflicts have been authorised in 
line with the process set out in the Company’s Articles of Association.

The Chair was considered to be independent on appointment and is 
committed to ensuring that the Board comprises a majority of 
independent Non-Executive Directors who maintain constructive and 
challenging debate in the boardroom, balanced alongside the need to 
ensure continuity on the Board. The Company maintains the terms of 
appointment of the Chair and Non-Executive Directors to ensure that 
they continue to meet the requirements of the Code. As such, the 
Board considers that all of its Non-Executive Directors continue to 
demonstrate independence.

Committee performance and effectiveness
The Committee‘s effectiveness in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2021 was evaluated using an internal questionnaire in 
line with the process set out on page 81. The Committee also 
considered the key points that were identified in the previous year’s 
assessment. The 2021 evaluation indicated that the Committee’s ways 
of working, composition and dynamics were working effectively and 
identified opportunities for the 2022 Committee work plan including 
further development of succession plans for GET and below GET roles 
and briefings on new and emerging trends.

Signed on behalf of the Nomination Committee by:

David Gosnell
Chair, Nomination Committee
2 March 2022

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

91

Corporate governanceDirectors’ report

Coats Group plc (Company) is the holding company of the Coats group 
of companies (Group).

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) of the Company will be held on 
18 May 2022 at 2.30pm at FTI Consulting, 200 Aldersgate, London 
EC1A 4HD.

Corporate Governance Statement
The Corporate Governance Statement, prepared in accordance with rule 
7.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual 
Report: the ‘Strategic Report’; the ‘Corporate Governance Report’; the 
‘Audit and Risk Committee Report’; the ‘Nomination Committee Report’; 
the ‘Remuneration Committee Report’; together with this Directors’ 
Report. As permitted by legislation, some of the matters required to be 
included in the Directors’ Report have been included in the Strategic 
Report by cross-reference, including details of the Group’s financial risk 
management objectives and policies, business review, future prospects, 
stakeholder engagement, Section 172 Statement and environmental 
policy. The 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code is available from the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website (www.frc.org.uk). 

Directors
The names and biographical details of the current Directors are shown 
on pages 72 to 74 of this Annual Report. Particulars of their 
emoluments and beneficial and non-beneficial interests in shares are 
given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 104 and 105.

The appointment and removal of Directors are governed by the 
Company’s Articles of Association and the Companies Act 2006. The 
Directors may, from time to time, appoint one or more Directors. In 
accordance with the provisions of the Code, all Directors will retire and 
submit themselves for election or re-election at the forthcoming AGM.

Directors’ powers
The Board manages the business of the Company under the powers set 
out in the Company’s Articles of Association. These powers include the 
Directors’ ability to issue or buy back shares. Shareholders’ authority to 
empower the Directors to make market purchases of up to 10% of its 
own ordinary shares is sought at the AGM each year (as set out in the 
Share Capital section below).

The Company’s Articles of Association can only be amended, or new 
Articles adopted, by a resolution passed by shareholders in a general 
meeting by at least three quarters of the votes cast. The Company 
adopted new Articles at the AGM held in May 2021.

In the event that a Director raises any concerns about the operation of 
the Board or management of the Company that cannot be resolved, 
a record would be kept in the Board minutes and this should also be 
noted in the Director’s resignation letter. Further discussion of the 
Board’s activities, powers and responsibilities appears within the 
Corporate Governance Report on pages 75 to 79. Information on 
compensation for loss of office is contained in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 104.

92

Coats Group plc

Directors’ conflicts of interests
The Company has procedures in place for managing conflicts of 
interest, including situational conflicts of interest. Potential situational 
conflicts of interest are identified prior to appointment and the Board 
will consider and authorise these if appropriate. Should an existing 
Director become aware that they, or any of their connected parties, 
have an interest in an existing or proposed transaction with the 
Company, they should notify the Board in writing or at the next Board 
meeting. Internal controls are in place to ensure that any related party 
transactions involving Directors, or their connected parties, are 
conducted on an arm’s length basis. Directors have a continuing duty 
to update the Board on any changes to these conflicts.

Directors’ indemnities
The Directors of the Company have entered into individual deeds of 
indemnity with the Company which constitute ‘qualifying third-party 
indemnity provisions’ for the purposes of the Companies Act 2006. 
The deeds indemnify the Directors, and the directors of the Company’s 
subsidiary companies, to the maximum extent permitted by law. The 
deeds were in force for the whole of the year, or from the date of 
appointment for those appointed during the year.

In addition, the Company had Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance 
cover in place throughout the year.

Share capital
Details of the Company’s issued share capital, together with details of 
the movements in the Company’s issued share capital during the year, 
are shown in note 26. The Company has one class of ordinary shares 
with a nominal value of 5 pence each (Ordinary Shares), which does 
not carry the right to receive a fixed income. Each share carries the 
right to one vote at general meetings of the Company. There are no 
restrictions or agreements known to the Company that may result in 
restrictions on share transfers or voting rights in the Company. There 
are no specific restrictions on the size of a holding, on the transfer of 
shares, or on voting rights, all of which are governed by the provisions 
of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation. Shareholder 
authority for the Company to purchase up to 145,255,457 
(representing approximately 10% of the Company’s issued shares as at 
the latest practicable date before the publication of the notice of the 
Annual General Meeting held in May 2021) of its own Ordinary Shares 
was granted at the 2021 AGM. No shares were purchased pursuant to 
this authority during the year.

Shareholder authority for the Company to allot Ordinary Shares up to 
an aggregate nominal amount of £48,370,000 was granted at the 
2021 AGM. No shares were allotted pursuant to this authority during 
the year. The issued share capital of the Company at 31 December 
2021 was approximately £72,628,519 divided into 1,452,570,385 
Ordinary Shares.

Since 31 December 2021, 0 new shares have been issued as a result of 
the exercise of share options by the Company’s share option scheme 
participants and the total issued share capital at 1 March 2022 is 
1,452,570,385 Ordinary Shares. The Company’s Ordinary Shares are 
listed on the London Stock Exchange. The register of shareholders is 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationheld in the UK. The number of Ordinary Shares of the Company in 
which the Directors were beneficially interested as at 31 December 
2021 is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 105.

Substantial interests
Information provided to the Company pursuant to the Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 
(DTRs) is published on a Regulatory Information Service and on the 
Company’s website. The following information has been received, 
in accordance with DTR 5, from holders of notifiable interests in the 
Company’s issued share capital.

Liontrust Investment 
Partners LLP

Kempen Capital 
Management N.V.

Mondrian Investment 
Partners Limited

M&G Plc

As at  
31 December  

2021*

As at  
1 March  
2022*

Nature  

of holding

10.52%

10.52%

Direct

7.49%

7.49%

Indirect

5.88%

5.30%

5.88%

5.30%

Indirect

Indirect

*  % holding based on total number of shares in issue at the time of respective 

notification.

The Company has not been notified of any other substantial interests 
in its securities. The Company’s substantial shareholders do not have 
different voting rights. The Group, so far as is known by the Company, 
is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation 
or by any government.

Change of control
The Company is not party to any significant agreements that would 
take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the 
Company following a takeover bid. However, the Group’s Revolving 
Credit Facility Agreement and US Private Placement would terminate 
upon a change of control of the Company. The Company does not 
have agreements with any Director or employee providing 
compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because 
of a takeover bid, except for provisions in the rules of the Company’s 
share schemes which result in options or awards granted to employees 
vesting on a takeover.

Political donations
No contributions were made to political parties during the year  
(2020: £nil).

Whistleblowing procedure
A whistleblowing, ethics and fraud report is a standing agenda item 
that is presented quarterly at Board meetings. Coats has a well-
publicised whistleblowing procedure, which can be found on our 
website. This is designed to empower all employees, contractors and 
anyone else who is aware of, suspects, or is concerned about potential 
misconduct, illegal activities, fraud, abuse of assets or other violations 
of Company policy/Ethics Code to report these confidentially via email 
through the Group ethics channel or, from 2022, via an externally 
hosted web service whistleblowing hotline. ‘Doing the right thing’ and 
ways to raise concerns are regularly communicated and discussed, and 
are covered as part of the Global Ethics Day, held each year in October.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, there were 98 
whistleblowing concerns raised (2020: 83). Of these concerns raised, 
following investigation 30% (2020: 24%) of the closed cases were 
upheld and 14 cases are still under review. In the case of substantiated 
concerns, disciplinary action, up to and including termination, was 
taken whenever there was any evidence of misdemeanour and training 
and enhanced controls were implemented wherever appropriate.

Concern is raised via whistleblowing procedure
Acknowledgement is sent to the whistleblower within seven days 
of receipt of the concern

The investigation team, independent of the relevant operational 
business or function, is nominated by the Chief Legal & Risk 
Officer and Group Company Secretary, Chief Human Resources 
Officer and the relevant Group Executive Team member.
Allegation is investigated by the nominated team

Findings are presented to the Chief Legal & Risk Officer and Group 
Company Secretary, Chief Human Resources Officer and the 
relevant Group Executive Team member who decide appropriate 
remedial actions and any controls/process enhancements.

The outcome of the investigation is appropriately communicated to 
the whistleblower once any remedial actions and/or any controls/
process enhancements (even in circumstances where the allegation 
has not been upheld) have been determined.

Reports and outcomes are reviewed by the Board and the Audit 
and Risk Committee.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

93

Corporate governanceDirectors’ report continued

Going concern
The Company’s business activities, together with the factors likely to 
affect its future development, performance and position are set out in 
the Chair’s statement.

In addition, note 32 to the financial statements includes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial 
risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and 
hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk. The 
Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its business 
risks successfully.

The Board expects to be able to meet any actual and contingent 
liabilities from existing resources. Further information on the Group’s 
cash and borrowings is set out in note 30(f).

The Directors are satisfied that the Company and Group have sufficient 
resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future, a period 
of not less than 12 months from the date of this report. Accordingly, 
the Directors consider that the going concern basis of accounting is 
appropriate for the Company and the Group and the financial 
statements have been prepared on that basis.

In assessing the Group’s going concern position, the Directors have 
considered a number of factors, including the current balance sheet 
position and available liquidity, the principal and emerging risks which 
could impact the performance of the Group and compliance with 
borrowing covenants. Further details are provided in note 1 of the 
accounts.

Results and dividends
The results of the Group are shown on page 124 and movements in 
reserves are set out in note 27 to the financial statements.

The Board is mindful of the importance of returns to shareholders and, 
as a result of the strength of the Group’s balance sheet, the strong 
growth and recovery out of the Covid pandemic, and its confidence in 
the strategy and growth outlook for the Group, it is pleased to propose 
a final dividend of 1.50 cents per share (2020 final dividend:1.30 cents). 
Subject to approval at the forthcoming AGM, the final dividend will be 
paid on 25 May 2022 to ordinary shareholders on the register at 
29 April 2022, with an ex-dividend date of 28 April 2022. Alongside 
the interim dividend of 0.61 cents per share, this makes a total of 2.11 
cents per share for the full year 2021.

Auditor
A resolution to reappoint Deloitte LLP as auditor will be proposed at 
the 2022 AGM. More information about the consideration of an audit 
tender can be found on page 88 in the Audit and Risk Committee 
Report. It has been decided that it is in the best interests of the 
Company and the members to delay the tender of the audit such that 
the new auditors will be appointed to undertake the audit for the year 
ending 31 December 2023.

94

Coats Group plc

A statement in respect of the auditor, in accordance with Section 418 
of the Companies Act 2006, has been included below.

Disclosure of information to the auditor 
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ 
Report confirm that, so far as they are aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware, and each 
Director has taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant audit 
information and to ensure that the Company’s auditor is aware of that 
information.

Branches
The Company, through various subsidiaries, has branches in several 
different jurisdictions in which the business operates outside the UK. 
The full list of subsidiary companies can be found on page 198.

Other information
Other information relevant to this Directors’ Report, and which is 
incorporated by reference, including information required in accordance 
with the UK Companies Act 2006 and Listing Rule 9.8.4R, can be 
located as follows:

Subject matter 

Important events since the financial year-end 

Likely future developments in the business 

Page(s)

188

9, 14 to 15

Exposure to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and cash flow risk 

176

Research and development 

Information on financial instruments 

Environmental policy 

Employment of disabled persons 

Employee involvement 

Stakeholder engagement 

Diversity policy 

14 to 15

176

12

36

26 to 29

20 to 25

91 (and on our website)

SECR energy and carbon reporting 

31 to 33

Greenhouse gases and environmental disclosures   32 to 33, 38 to 45

This Directors’ Report was approved by order of the Board. 

On behalf of the Board

Stuart Morgan
Company Secretary
2 March 2022

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationThe Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in 
other jurisdictions.

Directors’ responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant 
financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a 
whole;

•  the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Company and 
the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face; and

•  the Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, are 
fair, balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.

This responsibility statement was approved by the Board of Directors 
on 2 March 2022 and is signed on its behalf by:

Rajiv Sharma
Group Chief Executive
2 March 2022

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare such financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected 
to prepare the parent Company financial statements in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law), including FRS 102 
‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of 
Ireland’. Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss 
of the Company for that period.

In preparing the parent Company financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and 

prudent;

•  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been 

followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained 
in the financial statements; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in 
business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that Directors:

•  properly select and apply accounting policies;

•  present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that 

provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 
requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to understand 
the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions 
on the entity’s financial position and financial performance; and

•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going 

concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records 
that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

95

Corporate governanceRemuneration Committee report

Committee members

Name

David Gosnell  
(Chair until May 2021)

Echo Lu  
(Chair from May 2021)

Nicholas Bull

Fran Philip

Member since

2015 (until May 2021)

2017

2021 (from May 2021)

2016 

Principal objectives of the 
Remuneration Committee

Our main objectives are to have fair, equitable and 
competitive reward packages that support our vision 
and help ensure that rewards are performance based 
and encourage longer term shareholder value creation.

Key responsibilities

	X Implementing the remuneration policy

	X Ensuring the competitiveness of reward

	X Designing the incentive plans

	X Setting incentive targets and determining award levels

	X Review workforce remuneration and related policies and 
the alignment of incentives and rewards with culture

Highlights of 2021

	X Decision to increase weighting of Sustainability performance 

measures in 2022 LTIP award

	X Harmonisation of UK pension policy to commence in 2022

	X Review of remuneration policies in Coats’ major markets

	X Development and adoption of a global Living Wage policy

Areas of focus for 2022

	X Consultation with stakeholders prior to the next Remuneration 

Policy approval resolution in 2023

	X Continuing review of remuneration policies for all employees

96

Coats Group plc

I am pleased to introduce the Directors Remuneration Committee 
Report for 2021. This report includes a summary of the Remuneration 
Policy, which was approved at the AGM on 11 June 2020, and the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. A full version of the Remuneration 
Policy can be found at www.coats.com/about/corporate-governance/
board-committees. The Annual Report on Remuneration will be 
subject to an approval Resolution at the AGM on 18 May 2022.

Overview of 2021
The Remuneration Policy was implemented in 2021 as the Committee 
originally intended.

Coats delivered a strong performance overall in 2021 with a 
recovery in Sales across the majority of business units, increased 
levels of profitability and high levels of cash collection. The annual 
bonus for 2021 has achieved the stretch targets established and 
will pay at maximum for the three group financial metrics. 

The Long-Term Incentive award granted in 2019 for the three-
year period to the end of 2021 did not achieve its minimum 
threshold targets and the award has not vested. The global Covid 
pandemic has clearly had a material negative impact on 2020 
business performance and specifically on free cash flow and 
profit growth and this is reflected in the overall level of vesting. 
The Committee did not make any adjustments to the awards 
to reflect the impact of Covid on business performance.

Simon Boddie retired from the Board on 31 March 2021. Following 
his retirement he was treated as a good leaver for the purposes 
of all Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and Deferred Annual Bonus 
Plan (DABP) awards. Any unvested LTIP awards were reduced 
pro-rata to reflect the period of employment to 31 March 2021 
and remain subject to the original performance conditions. As 
we announced in 2020 the Company adopted a policy that 
required, following termination of employment, a minimum level 
of shareholding should be retained for a 2 year period based on 
the lower of the Executive Directors shareholding requirement 
(currently 200%) or the actual shareholding at the date of leaving. 

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationSimon Boddie’s shareholding was already in excess of this level and 
therefore the 200% level continues to apply and is monitored by 
the Company. He received no compensation for loss of office.

The Committee also reviewed the weighting and composition of 
the performance measures in the LTIP awards to ensure that they 
remained aligned to the Company’s strategic goals and objectives. 
The Committee concluded that the measures reflected in the LTIP 
grant in 2021 (EPS growth, cumulative Free Cash Flow generation, 
Total Shareholder Return and Sustainability objectives) remained 
appropriate. However, given our strategic focus on environmental, 
social and governance issues and, increased stakeholder expectations, 
we have decided to increase the weighting of sustainability measures 
from 10% to 20% in 2022. The increased weighting is also indicative 
of the increasing potential commercial opportunities that exist for 
Coats as we develop products and services that directly support 
our customers in this area. The cumulative Free Cash Flow measure 
was reduced from 30% to 20% but is still a key performance 
metric and continues to represent a material proportion of the 
annual bonus with a weighting of 20% of the total bonus.

As we announced in 2019 and 2020 the pension benefit policy for 
Executive Directors was aligned to the average for the UK workforce. 
Jackie Callaway’s pension benefit on recruitment was offered at a level 
of 12% of salary and Rajiv Sharma’s pension benefit will be reduced to 
12% after 31 December 2022. The Company currently offers a number 
of different pension benefit levels in the UK with some employees 
receiving less than 12% and others receiving more than this. In 
order to achieve full alignment and, to standardise the approach, the 
Committee have approved a process to harmonise the pension benefit 
level for all UK based employees to a standard employer contribution 
level of 12% by July 2023. This will be accomplished in two stages with 
an increase to a minimum level of 10% by July 2022 and subsequently 
a minimum 12% by July 2023. For the majority of employees this will 
result in an increase in pension benefits over the two year period. 

The Committee takes its responsibility to engage with stakeholders 
under Provision 40 of the Corporate Governance Code very seriously 
and during 2022 in the course of conducting in-depth reviews in 
each of our major markets the Committee reviewed the details of 
the application and operation of the Company’s remuneration policy 
to ensure that local remuneration terms were fair, equitable, and 
aligned to the company’s principles and were market competitive. The 
initiative to achieve Great Place to Work accreditation in our markets 
is directly linked to achieving high levels of engagement from our 
employees and I am delighted with the progress that has been made 
to date. In addition, the Committee reviewed the operation of the 
Company’s Living Wage policy globally to ensure that all our employees 
received at least, and very often materially more, fair compensation 
that enabled them to support themselves and their families. 

Outlook for 2022
During 2022 we intend to implement the actions referred 
to above including the increase to the LTIP weighting 
to focus on sustainability and to implement the first 
phase of the UK pensions policy harmonisation.

The AGM in 2023 will require a new Remuneration Policy approval 
Resolution and during 2022 the Committee will seek the views of all 
stakeholders and shareholders prior to proposing any amendments 
to the policy. Consultation and communication with our shareholders 
and stakeholders will be an important part of this review process.

There is no doubt that the forthcoming year will, like 2020 and 2021, 
come with its own unique pressures. The Company will continue 
to face macroeconomic and operational challenges that will mean 
it will be even more important to attract, retain and incentivise 
the key talent that it needs to generate shareholder value. 

Committee Changes
This is my first year of writing the introduction to this report as 
Remuneration Committee Chair following David Gosnell’s appointment 
as Chair of Coats Group plc in May 2021. I would like to thank 
David for his leadership of the Committee and his support, guidance 
and encouragement as I have assumed my new responsibility. 
I would also like to welcome Nicholas Bull to the Committee 
and to thank him and Fran Philip for their on-going support. 

Echo Lu
Chair, Remuneration Committee
2 March 2022

“Coats delivered a strong performance 
overall in 2021 with a recovery in Sales 
across the majority of business units, 
increased levels of profitability and 
high levels of cash collection”

Echo Lu
Chair, Remuneration Committee

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

97

Corporate governanceRemuneration Committee report 
continued

Remuneration at a glance

The Remuneration Policy is intended to 
take into account the need to recruit 
and retain Directors who have the 
suitable skills and experience to perform 
in the interests of the Company, its 
stakeholders and its shareholders, while 
paying no more than is necessary.

The Remuneration Committee will need to 
ensure that any incentive compensation for 
Executive Directors is suitably motivational 
and will encourage any such Executive 
Directors to meet stretching performance 
targets with an acceptable degree of risk.

The Committee’s policy is that 
remuneration and benefit levels should 
be sufficiently competitive, having regard 
to remuneration practice in the industry 
and the countries in which the Group 
operates, to attract, incentivise, reward 
and retain Directors and senior executives.

Our remuneration principles

Remuneration Policy summary (Executive Directors)

Element

Key features of policy

Fixed base and benefits

•  Base salary is benchmarked against the FTSE250 and a selected 

comparator group of similar size and complexity

•  Benefits benchmarked to local market practice
•  Pension benefits aligned to the workforce where the role 

is based

Annual bonus

•  Maximum award opportunity: 150% of base salary
•  A proportion of annual bonus is subject to a mandatory deferral 

Deferred bonuses are converted into share awards and are 
released after a three-year retention period so that the value 
of annual incentives is significantly aligned to the longer 
term performance of the Company

LTIP

•  Maximum LTIP award opportunity: 175% of base salary 

(200% exceptional circumstances)

•  Awards are discretionary and may be made annually
•  Vesting is conditional on three-year performance conditions. 
Any shares vesting after three years are also subject to an 
additional two-year holding period

•  Performance measures and targets are determined by the 
Committee, taking into account the balance of strategic 
priorities for Coats for the upcoming three-year 
performance period

•  Any LTIP shares awarded are subject to malus and clawback

•  200% of salary within five years of appointment
•  Applies for 2 years post termination of employment based on 

the lower of the shareholding requirement or the actual shares 
held on termination

Competitive with the local 
market and industry where 
we recruit from

Rewards the achievement of 
personal goals for each role

Linked to company 
performance over short and 
long term 

Fair & transparent rewards 
linked to clear measures and 
aligned to business strategy 
and goals 

Shareholding  
Requirement

Aligned to the principles 
and operation of the 
remuneration policy for 
the wider workforce

98

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationRemuneration release profile

2021

2022

2023

2024

2024

Base salary/Benefits/Pension

Cash & benefits

Short-term incentive

Cash

Deferred shares

Long-term incentive

Performance Period

Holding Period

Total figure remuneration for 2021

Jackie Callaway

57%

43%

Total remuneration
(£000)

£967.9

Rajiv Sharma

48%

52%

£1,758.5

Key

Fixed

Annual bonus

LTI (Nil for 2021)

Summary implementation in 2021

Fixed remuneration

Implementation in 2021

Base salary 
I July 2021 review

Pension benefit
Aligned to the UK workforce

Annual bonus
Performance measures;
Sales: 30%
EBIT: 30%
Free Cash Flow: 20%
Personal objectives: 20%

Long term incentive
Performance measures:
EPS growth: 40%
Cumulative Free Cash Flow: 30%
Total Shareholder Return: 20%
Sustainability: 10%

•  Increase of 3% for Rajiv Sharma and Jackie Callaway
•  Aligns to the average for the UK workforce of 3.1%

•  For Rajiv Sharma fixed at £122,400 per annum until 31 December 2022 then 12% thereafter
•  For Jackie Callaway 12% of salary

•  For Rajiv Sharma a maximum bonus of 150% of salary with a deferral of 50% of the 

outcome in shares

•  For Jackie Callaway a maximum bonus of 115% with a deferral of 40% of the outcome 

in shares

•  Outcomes for 2021 shown on page 101

•  Grant of 175% of salary to Rajiv Sharma
•  Grant of 150% to Jackie Callaway
•  3 year performance period with subsequent 2 year holding period
•  Targets for 2021-2023 on page 103

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

99

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021

Annual Report on Remuneration

This Annual Report on Remuneration has been prepared in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and as prescribed 
in The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 as amended (the Regulations). Where indicated 
data has been audited by Deloitte LLP.

The Annual Report on Remuneration will be subject to an advisory vote at the AGM on 18 May 2022. The current Remuneration Policy applicable 
to the year ended 31 December 2021 was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 11 June 2020 and can be found in the Corporate Governance 
section at www.coats.com/about/corporate-governance/board-committees.

Executive Directors
Three Executive Directors were employed during 2021. Rajiv Sharma was originally appointed to the Board on 2 March 2015 and was appointed 
as Group Chief Executive with effect from 1 January 2017. Simon Boddie was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 4 July 2016 and retired from 
the Board on 31 March 2021. Jackie Callaway was appointed as a Director on 1 December 2020 and succeeded Simon as Chief Financial Officer 
following his retirement.

Single total figure for Executive Directors’ remuneration for 2021 (audited information)

£000

Base salary

Benefits

Other

Pension

Total Fixed

Annual bonus

LTIP

Total Variable

Total

Simon Boddie

Jackie Callaway

Rajiv Sharma

Total

2021

109.0

8.8

–

21.8

139.6

125.4

–

125.4

265.0

2020

414.2

35.8

–

87.2

537.2

32.7

–

32.7

569.9

2021

385.8

15.7

100.0

46.3

547.8

420.1

–

420.1

967.9

2020

31.7

1.3

–

3.8

36.8

–

–

–

2021

621.3

47.4

50.0

122.4

841.1

917.4

–

917.4

36.8

1,758.5

2020

581.4

37.7

–

122.4

741.5

45.9

–

45.9

787.4

2021

2020

1,116.1

1,027.3

71.9

150.0

190.5

1,528.5

1,462.9

–

1,462.9

2,991.4

74.8

–

213.4

1,315.5

78.6

–

78.6

1,394.1

The figures in the table above have been calculated on the basis of the following:

•  Benefits: this is the value of all benefits including a car allowance, private medical insurance, life insurance and income replacement insurance. 

A car allowance of £20,000 per annum is paid to Rajiv Sharma and an allowance of £15,000 per annum is paid to Simon Boddie and 
Jackie Callaway.

•  Other: as disclosed in last year’s report Jackie Callaway received £100,000 as compensation on recruitment for the loss of an incentive payment 
from her former employer; this was paid on the condition that at least the net amount received would be used by her to purchase shares in 
Coats; this condition has been met. From 1 January 2022 Rajiv Sharma is based in Singapore; the company paid a relocation allowance of 
£50,000 in connection with this change in work location; no other benefits are payable in connection with this relocation.

•  Annual bonus: is the total value in cash and shares of the annual bonus that is attributable to each year. Fifty percent of any 2021 bonus 

outcome for the Chief Executive Officer and forty percent for the current Chief Financial Officer will be awarded in shares under the terms of 
the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan.

•  Pension: represents the value of all employer contributions to any pension plan or cash payments paid in lieu of a pension benefit. No Executive 
Director participates in any defined benefit pension arrangement. Jackie Callaway’s pension benefit is based on 12% of salary. Rajiv Sharma’s 
pension benefit is fixed at its current level and will not increase with any subsequent salary review until 31 December 2022. Thereafter 
Mr Sharma’s pension benefit will reduce to 12% of salary. By July 2023 the minimum UK pension contribution for all UK employees, regardless 
of seniority, will be standardized at 12% of salary. Any employee who receives a pension benefit above this level will have their benefit value 
protected. This phased approach will, overall, result in increases in pension benefit for a majority of the UK employees and will result in 
alignment of the pension benefits for all UK based employees.

•  Rajiv Sharma is a Non-Executive Director of Senior plc and received fees of £53,000 during the year. Simon Boddie is a Non-Executive Director 
of Page Group plc and LTG plc. He received fees of £17,575 and £12,500 respectively during the period that he was a Director. The policy of 
the Board is that Directors are entitled to retain any fees in respect of external appointments.

100

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationAnnual bonus outcome 2021 (audited information)
The annual bonus for 2021 was determined in accordance with the details provided in the 2020 Directors’ Remuneration Report. Details of the 
bonus measures and opportunities are provided in the table below.

Annual bonus 2021

Performance Measure

Group Sales

Earnings Before Interest and Taxation (EBIT)

Free Cash Flow (adjusted) (FCF)

Individual objectives

Total

Maximum Bonus (% of salary)

Total (% of salary)

Weighting 

30.0%

30.0%

20.0%

20.0%

100.0%

Bonus opportunity  
(% of max bonus)

Performance achieved in 2021  

(% of max bonus)

Threshold

Target

Maximum

Jackie Callaway

Rajiv Sharma

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

15.0%

15.0%

10.0%

10.0%

50.0%

30.0%

30.0%

20.0%

20.0%

100.0%

30%

30%

20%

13.3%

93.3%

115%

30%

30%

20%

17%

97%

150%

107.3%

145.5%

Simon Boddie’s pro-rata annual bonus for the three months to 31 March 2021 was calculated on the basis of the following weightings; Sales 
(37.5%), EBIT (37.5%) and FCF (25%); effectively the weighting for individual objectives was removed. Payment at threshold, target and maximum 
was on the same basis as shown above. His bonus will be paid fully in cash.

The measures were selected to incentivise a balance of outcomes that reflected the strategic priorities for the Group at the beginning of 2021. 
In particular these were to deliver a strong performance in sales with an acceptable level of margins through efficiency in EBIT performance, ensure 
consistent and increasing level of cash generation from operations through strong working capital management, and achieve certain key strategic 
objectives which are detailed on the next page that were specific for each Executive Director.

Annual bonus 2021

Performance targets

Group Sales (US$m)

EBIT (US$m)

FCF (adjusted)

Individual objectives

Weighting

30.0%

30.0%

20.0%

20.0%

Threshold

1,231.2

128.0

60.0

Strategic 
objective

Bonus targets  

$m

Performance 
achieved in 2021

Target

Maximum

1,368.0

1,436.4

1,529.0

160.0

75.0

176.0

85.0

196.7

112.4

See table above

Targets are set in relation to budget for the upcoming financial year and the figures in the table above reflect the 2021 Plan exchange rates. 
The performance reflected in the table above reflects the figures disclosed in this Annual Report adjusted to exclude the impact of any exchange 
rate fluctuations during the year ($25.2 for Sales, $3.7m for EBIT, and $-0.5m for FCF respectively). For the 2021 annual bonus challenging 
individual objectives were established by the Committee for each Executive Director that reflected activities and initiatives intended to improve 
the performance of the Group. The objectives established and assessed for 2021 are reflected in the section below. No discretionary adjustment 
has been applied in assessing performance outcomes.

Personal objectives linked to 2021 bonus
At the beginning of the year the Committee determined that the following personal objectives would be linked to 20% of the annual bonus 
outcome. All objectives were equally weighted.

Rajiv Sharma:  

 To improve customer experience, measure success and establish a segmental end to end supply chain; to deliver the Group’s 
2021 sustainability targets concerning recycled thread value, water usage, compliance with effluent and emissions standards 
and achievement of the Group’s social objectives; to deliver organisational changes and build capability.

Jackie Callaway:    To successfully refinance the Group’s $350m syndicated bank facility; to deliver operational stability in the North and Central 

American business unit cluster and to drive sustainable growth; to lead the Finance function processes to analyse the gross 
margin performance for each cluster and to support operational delivery of improvements.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

101

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report 
continued

As announced in last years report, Simon Boddie retired from the Board on 31 March 2021. His bonus award for 2021 was pro-rata based on three 
months service and the Committee agreed that, subject to satisfaction with the orderly transition to his successor, his bonus would be based fully 
on company financial measures on the same basis as the other Executive Directors and not include any element of personal performance.

When the Committee assesses the extent to which each objective is achieved, consideration is given to the manner in which the objective was 
achieved, the quality of delivery or execution and the personal leadership and impact demonstrated by the Executive relating to each task. 
In general, to achieve the maximum for each objective an exceptional level of performance is expected with actions taken that are consistent with 
the Group’s values and culture of innovation and teamwork.

Long Term Incentive award vesting (audited information)
On 4 March 2019 Rajiv Sharma and Simon Boddie were granted Long Term Incentive Plan awards in the form of nil cost options over shares in 
respect of the performance period 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2021 (referred to as LTIP 2019).

The performance measures were based upon the Total Shareholder Return Performance (TSR), compound annual growth (CAGR) in Earnings Per 
Share and cumulative Free Cash Flow relating to Coats Group plc. The achievement of the Long Term Incentive Plan performance measures and 
the consequent vesting of the award is shown in the table below. The award has not vested.

LTIP 2019: Performance period 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2021

Measure

Weighting

Threshold

Mid

Maximum

Actual

Compound Annual Growth in 
Attributable Profit

Vesting % of total award

Cumulative Free Cash Flow over 3 years

Vesting % of total award

Total Shareholder Return versus the FTSE250 
excluding investment trusts

Vesting % of total award

Total

40.0%

40.0%

5.0%

10.0%

$287.1m

10.0%

10.0%

25.0%

$317.1m

25.0%

15.0%

40.0%

$347.1m

40.0%

-0.3%

0%

$247.2m

0%

20.0%

Median

62.5th Percentile

Upper Quartile

26th Percentile

100.0%

5.0%

25.0%

12.5%

62.5%

20.0%

100.0%

0%

0%

Share awards granted in 2021 (audited information)
The following share awards were granted to Executive Directors during the financial year ended 31 December 2021. The targets for achieving 
minimum performance for each measure, where these apply, are shown in the table on page 103.

Coats Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan

Executive Director

Date of grant

Number of 
options awarded

Face value at 
award date

Award value as  
a % of salary

Share price  
to calculate  
no of shares

% vesting for 
minimum 
performance

Performance  

period

Vesting date

Jackie Callaway

5-Mar-21

942,148

£570,000

150%

£0.605

Rajiv Sharma

5-Mar-21

1,770,247

£1,071,000

175%

£0.605

1 Jan 2021 to 
31 Dec 2023

1 Jan 2021 to 
31 Dec 2023

25%

25%

5-Mar-24

5-Mar-24

The share price used to calculate the number of options awarded under the terms of the Coats Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan is based on the 
mid-market closing price for the day immediately preceding the grant date, which was £0.605 for 5 March 2021.

Awards were granted on 5 March 2021 as nil cost options under the terms of the Coats Group plc Long Term Incentive Plan that was approved by 
shareholders on 22 May 2014. The LTIP awards will vest, subject to the achievement of performance measures, on the third anniversary of the date 
of grant. For Executive Directors an additional two-year holding period applies. The notional value of any dividends paid on any vested share during 
the period from grant to the end of the holding period is awarded as additional shares.

102

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationLong Term Incentive Plan awards performance measures
The performance measures applicable to awards granted in respect of the three-year performance period that commenced on 1 January 2021 
(LTIP 2021) are shown below. The table on the previous page reflects the performance measures for the award that relates to the three-year 
performance period that ended on 31 December 2021 (LTIP 2019).

LTIP 2021 Measures

Underlying Earnings Per Share in 2023

Vesting % of total award

Cumulative Free Cash Flow over 3 years

Vesting % of total award

Total Shareholder Return versus the FTSE250 excluding investment 
trusts

Vesting % of total award

Sustainability Goals (see details below)

Vesting % of total award

Total

Weighting

40%

30%

Threshold

6.0 cents

10.0%

$205m

7.5%

Mid

7.0 cents

25.0%

$242.5m

18.75%

Maximum

8.0 cents

40.0%

$280m

30.0%

20%

Median

62.5th Percentile

Upper Quartile

5.0%

12.5%

20.0%

10%

See below

100.0%

2.5%

25.0%

6.25%

62.5%

10.0%

100.0%

The Board will consider the achievement of normalised EPS, adjusted to exclude the impact of exceptional costs such as property gains or losses 
and the impact of variation of the IAS19 (pensions finance) charge. Free Cash Flow targets are based on cumulative Free Cash Flow generated for 
each year of the performance period after maintaining the Company’s asset base ie operating cash flow minus capital expenditure, adjusted to 
reflect any exceptional items, disposals, acquisitions or property gains or losses. Targets are established on a basis that is before any UK pension 
scheme deficit repair contributions.

Total Shareholder Return is the total return to shareholders which includes share price growth and ordinary dividends (reinvested on the ex-
dividend date). The performance measure is assessed against a comparator group consisting of the FTSE250, excluding investment trusts. 

As disclosed in last year’s report Sustainability goals are also included. The specific targets are: Water: by 2023 to achieve a 40% reduction, 
from a 2018 baseline, of water usage per kilogram of thread production.

Energy: by 2023 to achieve a 7% reduction, from a 2018 baseline, of kWH per kilogram of product made.

Effluent and emissions: by 2023 to achieve compliance with Zero Discharge of Hazardous Chemicals effluent standards.

Social: to achieve Great Place to Work accreditation for locations that cover 80% of employees worldwide and to enable all employees to 
contribute to community support activities.

Sustainability: reduce waste by 25%, from a 2018 baseline, and progress towards achieving the 2024 goal that all premium polyester thread will 
be from 100% recycled material.

The Committee retains the discretion to consider whatever adjustments it considers are fair and reasonable when considering performance 
against the targets shown. The Committee may adjust the level of vesting if it considers that the performance measures do not reflect the overall 
performance of the Company during the performance period or if there has been a material event such as an acquisition or disposal during the 
course of the performance period.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

103

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report 
continued

Non-Executive Directors
There was no increase in the base fee of £60,000 per annum which has remained at the same level since 1 October 2013. The fee for the Chair 
payable to David Gosnell following his appointment on 19 May 2021 was also not increased from the level paid to his predecessor.

Single total figure for Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for 2021 (audited information)
Non-Executive Directors, excluding the Chair, who are required to travel long haul (more than five hours one-way) to meetings are entitled to an 
additional travel allowance of £1,500 for each roundtrip subject to a maximum of five trips per annum. Additional fees may be paid for additional 
duties and time commitments that are undertaken outside the terms of appointment.

Base fee 
£000

Supplementary fee  

2021

2020

2021

104.2

237.5

–

10.0

12.5

4.2

8.3

7.5

57.0

57.0

57.0

57.0

57.0

Mike Clasper

Nicholas Bull

Anne Fahy

David Gosnell

Echo Lu

Fran Philip

Jakob Sigurdsson

Total

60.0

60.0

177.3

60.0

60.0

60.0

581.5

15.0

537.5

–

–

42.5

40.4

£000

2020

–

9.5

11.9

11.9

–

7.1

Benefits1 
£000

Other fee2 
£000

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

Total 
£000

2020

3.2

4.2

–

0.6

0.8

0.2

–

9.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.5

1.5

–

1.5

–

1.5

6.0

–

–

–

–

–

1.5

–

1.5

107.4

237.5

75.7

74.0

182.1

70.6

67.7

66.5

68.9

68.9

57.0

65.6

61.5

15.0

639.0

579.4

Comments

Retired 
19-May-21

Appointed  
1-Oct-20

1  The figure under benefits for Non-Executive Directors relates to business expense reimbursements which are deemed to be taxable in the UK and include the tax paid by the 

Company directly to HMRC. 

2  Fees under Other Fee represent the £1,500 per trip travel fee payable for Directors (excluding the Chair) who travel long haul to attend Board meetings. The travel fee is 

capped at a maximum of £7,500 per annum.

3  Base fees in 2020 were reduced by 20% for the period April to June inclusive in response to the COVID19 pandemic.

The base fee paid by Coats Group plc is £60,000 per annum for Non-Executive Directors and £250,000 for the Chair.

A supplementary fee is paid to the Senior Independent Director (£10,000 per annum) and Chairs of the Audit and Risk Committee and 
Remuneration Committee (£12,500 per annum). Fran Philip receives £7,500 per annum for undertaking additional responsibilities concerning 
employee engagement. Mike Clasper resigned from the Board on 19 May 2021 and was succeeded by David Gosnell who was already a Non-
Executive Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Echo Lu was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee in May 2021.

Payments for loss of office (audited information)
There have been no payments for loss of office during the year.

Payments to former Directors (audited information)
No payments were paid to former Directors in the year.

Directors service agreements and appointment letters
All Executive Directors have service agreements which provide for a notice period from either side of twelve months and all of this notice is 
unexpired. No appointment letters for Non-Executive Directors, including the Chair, contain a notice period. All service agreements and 
appointment letters for Directors are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal hours of business and will also 
be available for inspection at the Company’s Annual General Meeting.

104

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationStatement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)
The interests of the Directors who held office during the year, and their closely associated persons (if any), in the shares, options and listed 
securities of Coats Group plc and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 2021, are set out below.

Shareholding requirement  

Shares  

Deferred bonus shares 
subject to  

LTIP share options  
(subject to  

in 2021

beneficially owned

vesting period

performance conditions)

Share options 
(no performance 
conditions)

Number of 
shares

Equivalent  

% of salary3

Condition 
met?

01-Jan-211

31-Dec-212

01-Jan-211

31-Dec-212

01-Jan-211

31-Dec-212

01-Jan-211

31-Dec-212

Executive Director

Simon Boddie

1,450,000

Jackie Callaway 1,150,000

Rajiv Sharma

1,900,000

200%

200%

200%

Chair and Non-Executive Directors

Mike Clasper

Nicholas Bull

Anne Fahy

David Gosnell

Echo Lu

Fran Philip

Jakob Sigurdsson

Yes

No

300,000 1,828,642

472,925

342,541 2,634,381

889,749 2,573,091

75,078

151,606

–

–

–

942,148

–

–

–

Yes 4,439,012 4,439,012 696,226

511,684 3,696,402 4,422,071

– 184,542

N/A 1,690,000 1,690,000

N/A

N/A

500,000

500,000

40,000

40,000

N/A 1,099,990 1,409,990

N/A

N/A

N/A

15,000

25,000

–

15,000

50,000

30,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.  Or date of appointment, if later.
2.  Or date of resignation, if earlier.
3.  The target number of shares is based on the average share price for 2021 which was 65.8p.

The opening balance of shares beneficially owned by Rajiv Sharma reflects the correction of a typographical error in last year’s report where his 
beneficially owned shares at 31 December 2020 were incorrectly shown as 4,039,012 instead of the correct figure of 4,439,012. The Executive 
Directors’ shareholding requirement must be met within five years of their appointment to the Board (2 March 2020 for Rajiv Sharma, 4 July 2021 
for Simon Boddie and 1 December 2025 for Jackie Callaway). There is no requirement for Non-Executive Directors. For the purposes of achieving 
this target the total number of shares beneficially owned by the Executive Director or a closely associated person is considered as well as the 
estimated post-tax number of vested but unexercised share options or deferred bonuses that are not subject to a performance condition. All Long-
Term Incentive Plan awards granted to Executive Directors from 29 July 2016 onwards include a requirement to retain any vested shares (save for 
any shares that may be sold to satisfy income tax liabilities) until a minimum of the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Simon Boddie is required 
to maintain his minimum shareholding for a two-year period following his retirement.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

105

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report 
continued

Details of scheme interests as at 31 December 2021 (audited information)

Rajiv Sharma

Award

Deferred bonus shares subject to vesting period

Vesting date

Retention period

Expiry date

No.

Status

Performance 
conditions?

DABP19

DABP20

Sub-total

4-Mar-22

6-Mar-23

N/A

N/A

4-Mar-29

162,044

Unvested

6-Mar-30

349,640

Unvested

511,684

LTIP share options (subject to performance conditions)

LTIP19

LTIP20

LTIP21

Sub-total

Share options (no performance conditions)

DABP18

Jackie Callaway

Award

4-Mar-22

4-Mar-24

4-Mar-29

1,093,251

Unvested

6-Mar-23

6-Mar-25

6-Mar-30

1,558,573

Unvested

5-Mar-24

5-Mar-26

5-Mar-31

1,770,247

Unvested

4,422,071

4-Mar-21

N/A

4-Mar-28

184,542

Vested

No

Vesting date

Retention period

Expiry date

No.

Status

Performance 
conditions?

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

LTIP share options (subject to performance conditions)

LTIP21

Simon Boddie

Award

5-Mar-24

5-Mar-26

5-Mar-31

942,148

Unvested

Yes

Vesting date

Retention period

Expiry date

No.

Status

Performance 
conditions?

Deferred bonus shares subject to vesting period

DABP19

DABP20

Sub-total

4-Mar-22

6-Mar-23

N/A

N/A

4-Sep-22

6-Sep-23

114,231

Unvested

228,310

Unvested

342,541

LTIP share options (subject to performance conditions)

LTIP19

LTIP20

Sub-total

4-Mar-22

4-Mar-24

4-Sep-22

519,631

Unvested

6-Mar-23

6-Mar-25

6-Sep-23

370,118

Unvested

889,749

No

No

Yes

Yes

106

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationShare options (exercised during the year)

Award

LTIP16

LTIP17

DABP17

DABP18

Sub-total

Vesting date

Retention period

Expiry date

No.

29-Jul-19

29-Jul-21

1-Dec-21

1,451,723

5-Mar-20

27-Feb-22

1-Dec-21

1,049,862

5-Mar-20

4-Mar-21

N/A

N/A

1-Dec-21

1-Dec-21

71,506

130,384

Dividend 
equivalents

85,128

86,492

4,307

4,829

Exercise date

1-Dec-21

1-Dec-21

1-Dec-21

1-Dec-21

Share price 
on exercise

£0.6189

£0.6189

£0.6189

£0.6189

2,703,475

180,756

All of the above share option exercises awards are nil priced share options. Details of each award were disclosed in each relevant Single Figure 
remuneration table in previous reports.

Awards subject to a retention period must be held until for the duration of the retention period although a proportion may be sold to cover 
personal tax obligations if an exercise occurs before the end of the retention period. Simon Boddie sold 47% of shares acquired on exercise from 
all awards and retained the balance. The maximum number of Long Term Incentive awards still subject to performance conditions were reduced 
pro-rata to reflect the proportion of the three year period that he was employed from the grant date to his retirement date. In cases of retirement 
vested share options normally expire six months after leaving employment or, if later, six months after the vesting date. In accordance with the 
plan rules, the expiry date can be extended if an individual is restricted in their ability to deal in shares. This extension was applied to the options 
exercised by Simon Boddie during this financial year.

Dividend equivalents are added to vested options at the point of exercise. The number of dividend equivalents is based on the cash value of 
dividends paid in the period from grant to vesting or, if applicable, from grant to any later retention period and the share price at the vesting date.

No options have been exercised by any Director between the year end and the signing of this report. No other Directors have entered into any 
transactions since the year end. The middle market price of Coats Group plc shares at 31 December 2021 was 69.0 pence and the range during 
the year was 55.2 pence to 79.9 pence.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

107

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report 
continued

Review of performance
The graph (below left) shows the difference between investing £100 in the Company and the constituents of the FTSE All Share Index and 
FTSE 250 from 1 January 2012 to 31 December 2021. It is assumed dividends are reinvested over that period. The Board feels the FTSE All 
Share Index and the FTSE 250 each provide an appropriate comparator given the Company’s market capitalisation and its presence on the 
London Stock Exchange.

To enable comparison with the LTIP performance period an additional graph (below right) is shown on the same basis that reflects the three-year 
performance period ending 31 December 2021.

Historical TSR performance
Growth in the value of a hypothetical £100 holding
since 1 January 2012 (with all dividends reinvested)

Historical TSR performance
Growth in the value of a hypothetical £100 holding
since 1 January 2019 (with all dividends reinvested)

£350

£300

£250

£200

£150

£100

£50

£0

£160
£140
£120
£100
£80
£60
£40
£20
£0

31-Dec
2011

31-Dec
2012

31-Dec
2013

31-Dec
2014

31-Dec
2015

31-Dec
2016

31-Dec
2017

31-Dec
2018

31-Dec
2019

31-Dec
2020

31-Dec
2021

31-Dec
2018

31-Dec
2019

31-Dec
2020

31-Dec
2021

FTSE250 Index

FTSE All-Share Index

Coats

Chief Executive total remuneration for the last 10 years1

Executive Director

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

CEO single figure of 
remuneration (£k)

Annual bonus as a % of 
maximum opportunity

LTIP award as a % of 
maximum opportunity

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,017.0

1,760.3

2,566.9

3,356.7

2,228.1

787.4

1,758.5

87.1%

77.0%

79.5%

66.7%

67.3%

5.0%

97%

–

43.6%

60.0%

84.2%

95.8%

0%

0%

1.  The Company did not have an Executive Director who performed the role of CEO until 2 March 2015, when the Company completed its transition from Guinness Peat Group 

plc to Coats Group plc.

2.  The increase in CEO remuneration from 2015 to 2016 is therefore largely influenced by the 2015 single figure data being part year data. The CEO figures for 2017, 2018 and 
2019 reflect the appointment of Rajiv Sharma and in particular the increase in benefits reflect the relocation and expatriate support that was offered to him following his 
appointment as CEO on 1 January 2017.

108

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationDirector’s remuneration – annual percentage change from 2020 to 2021
The table below shows the percentage change in the annual remuneration of Directors and the average UK colleague from 2019 onwards.

Rajiv Sharma

Simon Boddie (retired 31 March 2021)4

Jackie Callaway

Mike Clasper4

Nicholas Bull

Anne Fahy

David Gosnell

Echo Lu

Fran Philip

Jakob Sigurdsson

Average of all employees1

Salary or fees (% change)

Benefits3 (% change)

Bonus (% change)

2020 to 2021

2019 to 2020

2020 to 2021

2019 to 2020

2020 to 2021

2019 to 2020

6.9%

5.3%

1.4%

5.3%

4.4%

7.4%

163.4%

22.5%

2.9%

-6.8%

3.1%

-3.6%

-3.6%

N/A

-5%

-5%

-5%

-5%

-5%

-5%

-5%

0%

25.8%

-1,7%

-0.6%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

-46.8%

1,898.8%

-2.7%

1,433.9%

-91.1%

-90.3%

N/A

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

100%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

322.8%

-51.4%

1.  The average of all employees reflects the total number of employees based in the UK. The UK has been chosen as the most appropriate comparator group because the CEO 
is based in the UK and the majority of Coats employees who are employed outside the UK are working in locations with very different inflationary and market pressures. 
The UK employee population includes employees across all levels of the organisation. .

2.  The significant decrease for benefits in 2020 for the CEO arises because of the level of one-time relocation related benefits provided in 2019.

3.  Non-Executive Directors do not receive benefits-in-kind however, figures are disclosed in the benefits Single Figure table to reflect business expense payments that are 

regarded as taxable by the UK tax authority. Year-on-year variations in the reported taxable benefits value have been ignored for this purpose unless there is the provision 
of a material specific benefit or if the difference in benefit is greater than £5,000 from one year to the next.

4. To enable comparisons, leaver and joiners figures have been annualised. The figures for David Gosnell and Echo Lu reflect their increased fees following their appointments as 

Group and Remuneration Committee Chairs respectively.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the total pay for all of the Company’s employees compared to other key financial indicators.

Employee costs (US$m)

Distributions to shareholders1 (US$m)

Average number of employees

Revenues from continuing operations (US$m) – CER basis

Operating profit pre-exceptional (US$m) – CER basis

1.  By way of dividends.

Year to 
31 December 
2021

Year to 
31 December 
2020

356.1

27.6

18,473

1,503.8

193.1

272.1

-

17,082

1,163.9

110.7

% change

31%

100%

8%

29%

74%

Additional information on number of employees, total revenues and profit has been provided for context. The figures for employee costs, average 
number of employees, revenues and operating profit in 2021 and 2020 have been stated on the basis of continuing operations only. Information 
for 2020 includes acquisitions made during the year. The figures for revenues and operating profit are on a constant exchange rate (CER) basis with 
amounts for 2020 restated at 2021 exchange rates.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

109

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report 
continued

CEO pay ratio
Coats is not required to publish a CEO pay ratio as the Group employs less than 250 employees in the UK. However, the Company publishes a 
disclosure on a voluntary basis.

Financial Year 

Calculation 
methodology

P25

P50 

P75

P25

P50 

P75

P25

P50 

P75

Salary

Salary plus bonus

Total pay

2019

2020

2021

i

n
a
d
e
m
o
t

y
a
p
O
E
C

f
o
o
i
t
a
R

y
a
p

e
e
y
o
p
m
e

l

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

A

A

A

21

20

16

12

12

12

8

7

8

37

20

37

20

12

27

11

7

13

58

20

41

36

14

27

19

7

12

Year on year change in CEO pay ratio

2019
2019

2020
2020

2021
2021

Salary
Salary plus bonus
Total pay

The ratio of salary has remained the same post salary review during 2021. The CEO ratios for Salary plus bonus and Total Pay have widened from 
2020 and this reflects that the higher at risk bonus opportunity for the CEO which has paid out in 2021 while there was no award in 2020. The 
lower quartile, median and upper quartile employees in the table below were identified on the basis of full-time equivalent total remuneration and 
benefits in the twelve month period ending 31 December 2021 (this is referred to as methodology A according to the Regulations). This calculation 
methodology was selected as it was the closest comparative methodology to the basis on which the remuneration for the CEO is disclosed for the 
year ended 31 December 2021. The UK workforce is the most appropriate comparator group because the CEO is UK based and the pay of the 
global workforce is subject to very significant fluctuations due to local inflationary pressures and foreign exchange rate movements. The 
Committee has considered the pay data for the three individuals identified and concludes that the median ratio is a fair reflection of the movement 
of pay and reward within the UK workforce especially considering that the pay for all three individuals does not include any share-based incentive 
remuneration. In addition, the data was compared to the average of five individuals above and below their remuneration in terms of total 
compensation and mix of pay for the year to 31 December 2021 to ensure the percentile ranking for each individual was comparable to all 
individuals within that quartile grouping. No adjustments have been made to the remuneration other than to ensure that the remuneration is 
equivalent to a full-time employee and where a performance bonus is relevant an assumption, based on the average attainment for the element 
linked to personal performance has been assumed. The Committee is satisfied that any assumptions do not have a material impact on the selected 
reference employee nor on the calculated ratio. The remuneration details for the individuals are shown below.

Base Pay

Base and Bonus

Total Remuneration

CEO

Lower quartile

Median

Upper quartile

621,300

1,567,100

1,786,900

38,109

42,079

42,784

53,372

58,709

64,392

82,008

120,962

151,070

A significant proportion of the CEO’s remuneration is appropriately linked to the Company’s performance and share price movements over time 
which may fluctuate materially over time. To enable a comparison to be made which reflects this element of variable pay a ratio has been 
calculated which reflects base pay and base pay and bonus.

110

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Code requirements
The Directors continue to believe that the Remuneration Policy, approved by shareholders in June 2020, continues to reflect the factors set out in 
Provision 40 of the Corporate Governance Code. Prior to the development of the policy all of Coats’ shareholders with shareholdings at or above 
1% of Coats’ market capitalisation were consulted and the final policy did reflect amendments (around UK pension policy and post-employment 
shareholding requirements) directly as a consequence of the consultation process. These amendments have had an impact on the policy 
implemented in 2021 as described below. It is the Company’s policy to consult with shareholders on any change in the Remuneration Policy 
implementation even if such a change is within the framework of the existing policy. No consultation was required on any Director Remuneration 
Policy related issues in 2021 because the policy was implemented as intended. However, the Company did engage with a major shareholder on the 
development and implementation of a global Living Wage policy and the underpinning methodology that applies to the rest of the workforce. 

During 2021, as noted earlier in this report, Simon Boddie retired from the Board and a post termination minimum shareholding requirement (MSR) 
was applied to him that had been developed during the consultation process and that was not originally part of his terms and conditions of 
employment. This policy was based on a requirement to retain at least the level of his MSR for a period of two years following cessation of 
employment. 

The Company also implemented the requirement contained in Provision 38 to align the pension benefit provision of the Executive Directors with 
those of the UK workforce within a definitive timeframe. The pension benefit for Jackie Callaway was implemented at 12% of salary upon her 
appointment in 2020 and for Rajiv Sharma his pension benefit will reduce to 12% by 31 December 2022. The 12% benefit level was the average 
for the UK workforce when the policy was approved in June 2020. In relation to this requirement the Committee went further in 2021 and 
approved a simplification of the current UK pension benefit policy, which consists of a number of different benefit levels, to ensure that all 
employees were treated consistently. The simplification process is to align, in two stages, all of the UK workforce (less than 200 employees) to a 
common minimum core pension benefit value of 12% by July 2023 (with an interim minimum step of 10% in July 2022) and will result in an 
increase for a majority of UK employees. Employees based in the UK, other than Executive Directors, who have contractual entitlements in excess 
of this level will values protected at their current levels. 

The Directors believe that the principles outlined in Provision 40 of the Corporate Governance Code continue to be met in the operation of the 
Remuneration Policy in 2021. Remuneration arrangements are clearly communicated and straightforward. Incentives are linked to the key 
performance metrics of sales, profit and cash generation. These measures are aligned throughout the groups incentive schemes and there is a 
balance between overall group performance across all three metrics and each individual local business unit. Personal performance is also an 
element, both in incentives and in salary reviews, but there is an overall link to the achievement of company performance to ensure that the risk of 
excessive rewards in cases of poor performance is managed. Teamwork is a key strength and cultural aspect for Coats and incentives are managed 
to ensure that there is cooperation and flexibility in delivering performance and to ensure that incentive structures to not negatively impact the 
culture of the organisation. 

Although the Company does not formally consult with employees in determining the Remuneration Policy there are several routes by which 
employee engagement is achieved. Fran Philip is the designated Director with responsibility for employee engagement and is also a member 
of the Remuneration Committee. During 2021 a programme of meetings was conducted by Fran with business unit leadership teams to discuss a 
variety of issues of interest to employees. All employees were encouraged to raise any areas of concern, including concerning remuneration, 
directly or through line managers. Further details of the Board’s engagement with the workforce is set out on page 29. In addition, during 2021 
the Board conducted a series of in depth review meetings in each major market and as part of this review considered for all employees the 
competitiveness of the remuneration offering, the level of any minimum Living Wage and whether any employees were below this level, the 
gender profile and pay differentials of the workforce and the level of pension or other benefit programmes. During the review meetings business 
leadership teams were encouraged to provide as much feedback from their teams as possible.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

111

Corporate governanceDirectors’ remuneration report 
continued

Statement of implementation of Remuneration Policy for 2022
Base salaries for Executive Directors and fees for the Non-Executive Directors will be reviewed on 1 July 2022.

Rajiv Sharma will continue to receive a base salary of £630,500 per annum; a fixed pension benefit of £122,400 until 31 December 2022 and then 
reduced to 12% thereafter; a car allowance of £20,000 per annum; medical, life and income replacement insurance.

Jackie Callaway will continue to receive a base salary of £391,500 per annum; a pension benefit of 12% per annum which will increase following 
any salary review; a car allowance of £15,000 per annum; medical, life and income replacement insurance.

In accordance with the Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders on 11 June 2020 the LTIP award for the Chief Executive Officer will be 175% 
and the maximum annual bonus opportunity will remain 150%. The maximum bonus opportunity for the Chief Financial Officer will be 115% and 
the LTIP award will be 150%. The compulsory three-year deferral into shares of the 2022 bonus outcome will be 50% for the Chief Executive 
Officer and 40% for the Chief Financial Officer. A post-termination minimum shareholding requirement applies to all Executive Directors for two 
years following termination of employment based on the lower of 100% of the MSR or the actual shareholding at termination.

The performance measures and weightings for annual and long term incentives are shown below. The Committee have decided to increase the 
weighting of LTIP awards linked to Sustainability objectives from 10% to 20% to reflect the increased importance and commercial opportunities 
that arise from this key measure.

Annual bonus

Measure

Sales

Weighting

30%

Earnings Before Interest and Taxation 30%

Free Cash Flow

Individual objectives

20%

20%

Long Term Incentive

Measure

Earnings Per Share

Free Cash Flow

Total Shareholder Return

Sustainability

Weighting

40%

20%

20%

20%

Annual bonus targets are based on adjusted operating profit and adjusted free cash flow excluding the impact of any exchange rate fluctuations. 
The Company does not publish annual bonus targets in advance as these figures are considered commercially sensitive but will do so at the time 
the bonus award is disclosed.

The Long-Term Incentive Plan awards granted in 2022 will be subject to the following targets:

Measure

EPS CAGR (adjusted as described below)

Vesting % for EPS measure

Cumulative Free Cash Flow (US$m) over three years

Vesting % for FCF measure

Threshold

5%

25%

$321m

25%

Mid

12.5%

62.5%

$359m

62.5%

Maximum

20%

100%

$396m

100%

Total Shareholder Return vs FTSE250 excluding investment trusts

Median

62.5th Percentile

Upper Quartile

Vesting % of each measure for TSR measure

25%

62.5%

100%

Straight line vesting occurs between Threshold, Mid and Maximum.

The cumulative Free Cash Flow target is subject to adjustment and is calculated before dividends and before any deficit repair contributions to 
UK pension schemes. EPS growth is based on EPS growth adjusted to exclude the impact of any variation in the pension finance charge.

112

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationThe Committee recognises the important concerns of shareholders regarding Environmental, Social and Governance issues. Sustainability targets 
have been reflected in the Long-Term Incentive measures since 2020 to emphasise the importance of delivering the Company’s objectives and 
priorities in this area. Specifically these targets for the LTIP award in 2022 will be based on three measurable goals that are aligned to our already 
published 2030 Company’s Science Based Targets. These measures are; a reduction in emissions, an increase in Eco Verde sales (to support our 
conversion to no new oil based products) and a reduction in our water usage. Further details of the specific targets for the period 2022 to 2024, 
including updates of our progress towards our overall sustainability objectives, will be published and updated on our website during 2022 at 
www.coats.com/sustainability. The LTIP targets will also be provided in next year’s annual report on remuneration.

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration
The members of the Committee were: David Gosnell (Chair) until 1 May 2021, Echo Lu (succeeded David Gosnell as Chair), Fran Philip and 
Nicholas Bull (from 1 May 2021).

In reviewing remuneration arrangements the Committee considers the terms and conditions of employees across the Group. In this regard, 
Fran Philip, as a member of the Committee, is able to provide insight and support from her role as the designated director responsible for wider 
employee engagement.

The responsibilities of the Committee are set out in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report. The Committee also received 
assistance from Stuart Morgan (who also acted as Secretary to the Committee), Monica McKee (Group HR Director) and Brendan Fahey 
(Reward Director). No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration.

The Company received advice from Herbert Smith Freehills LLP in relation to legal matters relating to the Group’s incentive plans. Mercer-Kepler 
provided independent advice to the Company principally in relation to the design and performance targets set for the Group’s incentive plans, 
benchmarking of Executive Directors’ pay, review of the Directors’ Remuneration Report and regulatory developments in remuneration governance 
and practice. Mercer-Kepler received fees of £47,375 for time spent and materials used in providing advice to the Company during the period to 
31 December 2021. Mercer-Kepler provide no other advice to the Company or any of the Directors and the Committee is satisfied that the advice 
provided was fair and objective. The Committee appointed Mercer-Kepler because of their extensive knowledge of Coats’ strategy and operations 
and development and supported the Committee in the transition from being a subsidiary of the Guinness Peat Group plc to Coats Group plc.

Statement of voting at the General Meeting
At the AGM of the Company on 19 May 2021 the results of the vote regarding Resolution 2 (to approve the Annual Report on Remuneration) were:

Votes for

Votes against

Votes total

Votes withheld

Number

1,207,472,012

%

99.98

Number

281,590

%

0.02

Number

1,207,753,602

Number

3,535,697

At the AGM on 11 June 2020 the results of the vote regarding Resolution 3 (to approve the Directors Remuneration Policy) were:

Votes for

Votes against

Votes total

Votes withheld

Number

933,453,843

%

98.8

Number

11,759,000

%

1.2

Number

945,212,843

Number

78,764

Committee performance and effectiveness
The Committee effectiveness in respect of the year ended 31 December 2021 was evaluated using an internal questionnaire in line with the 
process set out on page 81. The Committee considered the key points that were identified in the previous year’s assessment. The 2021 evaluation 
indicated that the Committee’s ways of working and dynamics were working effectively and noted the successful transition in Chair. Opportunities 
identified for the 2022 Committee work plan included further focus on monitoring and evaluating new and emerging trends.

Signed on behalf of the Remuneration Committee by:

Echo Lu
Chair, Remuneration Committee
2 March 2022

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

113

Corporate governanceIndependent auditor’s report  
to the members of Coats Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
1 Opinion

In our opinion:
•  the financial statements of Coats Group plc (the parent company) and its subsidiaries (the group) give a true and fair view of the state of the 

group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom adopted international accounting standards;
•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 102 “The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland”; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:
•  the consolidated income statement;
•  the consolidated statement of comprehensive income;
•  the consolidated statement of financial position; 
•  the consolidated statement of changes in equity;
•  the consolidated statement of cash flows; 
•  the statement of accounting policies;
•  the related Notes 1 to 35;
•  the Company Balance Sheet;
•  the Company Statement of Changes in Equity;
•  the Company Cash Flow Statement; and
•  the Notes to the Company Financial Statements 1 to 6.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom 
adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company 
financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable 
in the UK and Republic of Ireland’ (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2 Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the FRC’s) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, 
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We confirm that we have not provided any non-audit 
services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard to the group or the parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

114

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information3 Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

Materiality

Scoping

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:
•  Lower Passaic River Study Area litigation provision;
•  material assumptions underlying retirement benefit obligations; and 
•  uncertain tax positions.

The materiality that we used for the group financial statements was $9.2 million, which was determined based 
on 0.6% of revenue. For further details refer to section 6 of this report.

Coats Group plc was subject to a full statutory audit by the group auditor. Due to the widespread nature of the 
group, the audit is subject to scoping decisions on overseas components. Our full-scope audit and specified audit 
procedures performed covered over 85% of the group’s net assets, 81% of the group’s underlying profit before 
tax within the group’s trading components and 78% of the group’s revenue.

Significant changes in our 
approach

We have not identified any new key audit matters in the current year. Due to the impact of the Covid pandemic, 
we identified impairment of fixed assets as a key audit matter in the prior year. As a result of the reduction in 
uncertainty from the prior year, the level of audit effort required in our response to this risk has reduced and 
therefore we no longer identify the impairment of fixed assets as a key audit matter. 

4 Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting included:
•  Considering as part of our risk assessment the nature of the group, its business model and related risks including where relevant the impact of 

Covid, the requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework and the system of internal control;

•  Assessing the sales and gross margin forecast in management’s base case against the historical trading results of the group, the latest economic 

forecasts, the latest customer order book, and our understanding of management’s discussions with key customers;

•  Testing the mechanical and logical accuracy of management’s calculations in their forecasts;
•  Assessing the consistency of management’s forecast covenant compliance calculation in relation to the facility agreements; and
•  Assessing the likelihood of management’s reverse stress test.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve 
months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention 
to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

115

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report  
to the members of Coats Group plc continued

5 Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts 
of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1 Lower Passaic River Study Area litigation provision

Key audit matter 
description

Along with other manufacturers and chemical producers, the group is subject to ongoing proceedings by the US 
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regarding environmental damage caused by historical operations in the 
Lower Passaic River Study Area. 

In March 2016, the EPA issued a Record of Decision providing a basis for management to estimate a provision in 
respect of remediation and legal costs which amounts to $11.2 million (2020: $12.6 million), net of insurance 
proceeds, at 31 December 2021. This is currently considered by management to be the best estimate of the 
anticipated share of the future liability and legal fees, given the information available. 

Judgement is required to estimate what, if any, the group’s share of the total remediation costs is likely to be.

Refer to note 1 for the relevant accounting policy. The carrying value of the provision and background 
information to the matter is included in note 28 of the financial statements and management discuss the matter 
as a significant financial and reporting issue in the Audit and Risk Committee report on page 86.

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit 
matter

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls regarding the recognition of the provision and evaluated 
whether these had been implemented as designed. 

We evaluated management’s assumptions, including assessing the evidence used in estimating the group’s share 
of total remediation costs for the Lower Passaic River Study Area, both in terms of appropriateness of recognition 
and the valuation thereof. We assessed the material cash outflows relating to the utilisation of the element of the 
total provision that relates to legal costs and made enquiries of management to confirm whether any further 
correspondence had been received in connection with this matter. 

We evaluated the competence, capabilities and objectivity of management’s external legal advisers. We 
considered the legal advice management had obtained in relation to litigation and challenged management’s 
judgements through inspecting the relevant third-party legal confirmation and through discussion with the key 
external legal adviser and our environmental specialist.

Key observations

There were no material developments during 2021 that would result in a re-measurement of the underlying 
remediation provision. Management has properly considered the latest information available from its third-party 
legal advisers.

116

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information5.2 Material assumptions underlying retirement benefit obligations

Key audit matter 
description

The retirement benefit obligations recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined 
employee benefits are the present values of the defined benefit obligations at the year-end less the fair value of 
any associated assets. The gross actuarial value of scheme liabilities of Coats Group plc at 31 December 2021 was 
$3,197 million (2020: $3,589 million).

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit 
matter

The assumptions used in the valuation are relatively sensitive to small changes and can result in a material 
difference in the net surplus recognised of $21.1 million (2020: $225.8 million net deficit). The Coats UK Pension 
Scheme is the most significant scheme, the gross liabilities of which amount to $3,034.9 million (2020: $3,338.7 
million). The key assumptions involved in the determination of the present values of the UK defined benefit 
obligation include discount rates, mortality and inflation rates. 

Management has taken the judgement that an unconditional right to recover the UK scheme surplus exists and 
have therefore recognised a surplus in respect of the UK scheme.

The carrying values of the group’s pension obligations as well as a sensitivity analysis relating to the group’s major 
defined benefit pension arrangements are included in note 10 of the financial statements and the accounting 
policy is detailed in note 1. Management identify UK retirement benefit obligations as a key source of estimation 
uncertainty in note 1 of the financial statements and discuss the matter as a significant financial and reporting 
issue in the Audit and Risk Committee report on page 86.

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the UK pension assumptions and evaluated whether 
this had been implemented as designed.

We worked with our pension specialists to challenge the assumptions underlying management’s calculation of 
the UK defined benefit scheme. We have compared the key assumptions to industry benchmarks and prior year 
methodologies.

We evaluated the competence, capability and objectivity of the experts that management engaged to determine 
the underlying assumptions of the defined benefit pension obligations, by checking they are qualified and 
affiliated with the appropriate industry body. We evaluated the underlying assumptions of the pension scheme 
liabilities both individually and in aggregate against our independently determined range of key assumptions and 
the key assumptions determined by management. 

We assessed management’s judgement that an unconditional right to recover the UK scheme surplus exists by 
comparison to the underlying scheme rules and the view of management’s external specialist.

Key observations

The key assumptions used in the calculation of the retirement benefit obligations were within our reasonable 
ranges. We concur with management’s judgement that it is appropriate to recognise a surplus in respect of the 
UK scheme.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

117

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report  
to the members of Coats Group plc continued

5.3 Uncertain tax positions 

Key audit matter 
description

How the scope of our audit 
responded to the key audit 
matter

Given the global operations of Coats, the group is exposed to a large number of tax jurisdictions and this 
exposure gives rise to a number of judgemental taxation positions, such as cross-border transactions. The group’s 
uncertain tax provisions at 31 December 2021 amount to $20.2 million (2020: $15.0 million). 

The group evaluates uncertain tax items, which are subject to interpretation and agreement of the position with 
the local tax authorities, and consequently agreement may not be reached for a number of years.

There is a risk that there are matters excluded from the gross exposure calculation and there is judgement 
required to determine the amount to be provided against the known exposure. The valuation of central provisions 
relating to ongoing Advanced Pricing Agreement negotiations between the UK and Indian and Indonesian 
jurisdiction tax authorities is the most significant uncertain tax exposure in the group.

Refer to note 1 for the relevant accounting policy. The group’s effective tax rate reconciliation is provided in 
note 9 and the matter is discussed as a significant financial and reporting issue in the Audit and Risk Committee 
report on page 86.

We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the central tax provision and evaluated whether 
these had been implemented as designed. 

We worked with our tax specialists to evaluate and challenge the appropriateness of judgements and 
assumptions made by management with respect to their assessment and valuation of the central tax provision. 
This included a review of applicable third-party evidence and inspection of correspondence with tax authorities to 
assess the adequacy of the associated provision and disclosures. 

We worked with our transfer pricing specialist to challenge management and their external advisers on the basis 
for the provision recognised in respect of the ongoing India and Indonesian Advanced Pricing Agreement.

Key observations

We are satisfied that the provisions raised in respect of the potential taxation exposures are appropriate.

118

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information6 Our application of materiality
6.1 Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in 
evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

$9.2 million (2020: $6.5 million)

£8.2million (2020: $5.8 million)

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Basis for determining  
materiality

Consistent with prior year, we have determined 
materiality on the basis of 0.6% of group revenue.

Consistent with prior year, Parent company materiality is 
determined on the basis of net assets and capped at 
90% of group materiality. 

Rationale for the  
benchmark applied

We consider revenue to be the most appropriate 
measure to reflect the focus of users of the financial 
statements and the volume of transactions in the year. 

The parent company is primarily an investment holding 
company and net assets is considered the most 
appropriate benchmark.

Group revenue
$1,503

Revenue
Group materiality

Group materiality
$9.2m

Component
materiality range
$3.7m to $8.2m

Audit Committee
reporting
threshold $0.5m

6.2 Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

Performance materiality

70% (2020: 65%) of group materiality

70% (2020: 65%) of parent company materiality 

Basis and rationale for 
determining performance 
materiality

In determining performance materiality, we considered our history of auditing the entity, including the lack of 
significant deficiencies and errors identified in previous years. In response to the impact of the COVID-19 
pandemic in the prior period, we lowered the percentage of materiality used to determine performance 
materiality in the prior period from 70% to 65%. As a result of the reduction in uncertainty and no material 
deterioration of the control environment noted, we have raised performance materiality back to 70%. 

6.3 Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of $0.5 million (2020: $0.3 
million), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit and 
Risk Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

119

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report  
to the members of Coats Group plc continued

7 An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1 Identification and scoping of components
Coats Group plc was subject to a full statutory audit by the group auditor. Due to the geographically widespread nature of the group, the audit is 
subject to scoping decisions on overseas components. We focused our group audit scope on 11 (2020: 11) overseas components spread across four 
continents, which were subject to full audits. 

Additionally, seven components were subject to specified audit procedures. These components were selected in order to provide an appropriate 
basis for undertaking the audit work to address the risks of material misstatement.

The 11 overseas components and UK components subject to full audit scope account for 69% of the group’s net assets (2020: 67%), 80% of the 
group’s underlying profit before tax within the group’s trading components (2020: 79%) and 71% of the group’s revenue (2020: 71%). If including 
the specified audit procedures performed, we have obtained coverage over 85% of the group’s net assets of (2020: 82%), 81% of the group’s 
underlying profit before tax within the group’s trading components (2020: 80%), and 78% of the group’s revenue (2020: 82%).

At the group level we also tested the consolidation process and carried out analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no 
significant risks of material misstatement of the aggregated financial information of the remaining components not subject to audit or audit of 
specified account balances.

Revenue

Profit before tax

Net assets

71% Full audit scope
7% Specified audit procedures
22% Review at group level

80% Full audit scope
1% Specified audit procedures
19% Review at group level

69% Full audit scope
16% Specified audit procedures
15% Review at group level

120

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information7.2 Our consideration of the control environment
Coats Group plc is reliant on the effectiveness of a number of IT 
applications and controls to ensure that financial transactions are 
processed and recorded completely and accurately. 

The India component audit team relies upon controls across various 
operating cycles, the general IT controls and relevant entity level 
controls, which we found to be operating effectively. As a result, we 
relied on the operating effectiveness of controls over the operating 
cycles of this component.

The rest of the in-scope components are independently reliant upon 
their respective operating instances within the group. Aligned with our 
planned audit approach we did not seek to place reliance upon the 
operating effectiveness of the general IT and entity level controls within 
these components.

7.3 Our consideration of climate-related risks 
In planning our audit, we have considered the potential impact of 
climate change on the Group’s business and its financial statements.
The Group continues to develop its assessment of the potential impacts 
of climate change which is currently premised upon three scenarios; a 
low carbon scenario, a medium carbon scenario and a high carbon 
scenario, as explained in the Strategic Report on page 38. Management 
has identified specific transitional and physical climate related risks.

As a part of our audit, we have obtained management’s climate-related 
risk assessment and held discussions with the head of sustainability and 
finance management to understand the process of identifying 
climate-related risks, the determination of mitigating actions and the 
impact on the Group’s financial statements. As explained in note 1 on 
page 140, the key areas in the consolidated financial statements 
considered were the impact on estimated useful lives of tangible assets 
and forecasts used in the impairment reviews of CGUs. Management 
concluded there was no material impact arising from climate change on 
the judgements and estimates made in the financial statements as 
explained in note 1 on page 141.

We performed our own qualitative risk assessment of the potential 
impact of climate change on the Group’s account balances and classes 
of transaction and did not identify any reasonably possible risks of 
material misstatement. Our procedures were performed with the 
involvement of climate change and sustainability specialists and 
included reading Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
reporting and considering whether it is materially consistent with the 
financial statements and our knowledge obtained in the audit. 

7.4 Working with other auditors
The same audit team is responsible for the audit work of the group and 
the component audits within the United Kingdom and the United 
States of America. 

Our involvement in the audit of the other full scope components is 
as follows: 
•  Given the global travel restrictions, we have not physically visited 
Coats’ components in the year. We have however visited 10 of 
the 11 full scope components periodically over the previous four 
years and we have continued our remote interactions with our full 
scope component audit teams. 

•  For all components, we held planning calls, maintained regular 

contact throughout the audit process, directed the audit procedures 
performed and reviewed the risk assessment and work of overseas 
component auditors. 

8 Other information
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with 
the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of 
the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to 
a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a 
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to 
report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9 Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the 
directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for 
assessing the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or 
to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

10 Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our 
opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

121

Financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report  
to the members of Coats Group plc continued

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory 
framework that the group operates in, focusing on provisions of those 
laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of 
material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key 
laws and regulations we considered in this context included the UK 
Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions legislation and tax legislation.
In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that 
do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but compliance 
with which may be fundamental to the group’s ability to operate or to 
avoid a material penalty. These included the group’s environmental 
regulations that affect the Group’s operations.

11.2 Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we did not identify any key audit 
matters related to the potential risk of fraud or non-compliance with 
laws and regulations. 

Our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:
•  reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to 

supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions of 
relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on 
the financial statements;

•  enquiring of management, the Audit and Risk Committee and 

external legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and 
claims;

•  performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or 
unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud;

•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, 

reviewing internal audit reports, and reviewing correspondence with 
tax and licensing authority;

•  in addressing the risk of fraud in revenue recognition, we tested the 

accuracy and completeness of the year end rebate accrual by 
comparison to contractual requirements of principal end customers 
and by performing a retrospective assessment of the accuracy of the 
2020 rebate accrual;

•  in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of 
controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other 
adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making 
accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and 
evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that 
are unusual or outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and 
potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including 
internal specialists and significant component audit teams and 
remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws 
and regulations throughout the audit.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken based on 
these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of  
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms  
part of our auditor’s report.

11 Extent to which the audit was considered capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements  
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud  
is detailed below. 

11.1 Identifying and assessing potential risks related 
to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of 
irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, we considered the following:

•  the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and 
business performance including the design of the group’s 
remuneration policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus 
levels and performance targets;

•  results of our enquiries of management, group internal audit and 
the Audit and Risk Committee about their own identification and 
assessment of the risks of irregularities;

•  any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the group’s 

documentation of their policies and procedures relating to:
–  identifying, evaluating, and complying with laws and regulations 

and whether they were aware of any instances of non-
compliance.

–  detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they 

have knowledge of any actual, suspected, or alleged fraud.
–  the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or 

non-compliance with laws and regulations;

•  the matters discussed among the audit engagement team including 
significant component audit teams, and relevant internal specialists, 
including tax, valuations, pensions, IT, climate change and industry 
specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the 
financial statements and any potential indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and 
incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and 
identified the greatest potential for fraud in the following area: the 
valuation of global accrued customer rebates in relation to revenue 
recognition. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also 
required to perform specific procedures to respond to the risk of 
management override.

122

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationReport on other legal and regulatory requirements
12 Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies 
Act 2006

In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be 
audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of 
the audit:
•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ 
report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared 

in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

14.2 Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our 
opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been 
made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited is 
not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and 
the parent company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in 
the strategic report or the directors’ report.

13 Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in 
relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the group’s compliance 
with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for 
our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit: 
•  the directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of 

adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material 
uncertainties identified set out on page 94;

•  the directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the group’s 

prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period 
is appropriate is set out on page 59;

•  the directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable 

set out on page 85;

•  the board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust 

assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on 
page 46;

•  the section of the annual report that describes the review of 

effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems 
set out on page 87; and

•  the section describing the work of the audit committee set out 

on page 83.

15 Other matters which we are required to address
15.1 Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we 
were appointed by the board of directors on 17 June 2003 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2003 and 
subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the 
firm is 19 years, covering the years ending 31 December 2003 to 
31 December 2021.

15.2 Consistency of the audit report with the additional report 
to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit 
committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).

16 Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in 
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
As required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosure 
Guidance and Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.14R, these financial 
statements form part of the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) 
prepared Annual Financial Report filed on the National Storage 
Mechanism of the UK FCA in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory 
Technical Standard (ESEF RTS). This auditor’s report provides no 
assurance over whether the annual financial report has been prepared 
using the single electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS. 

14 Matters on which we are required to report by exception
14.1 Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in 
our opinion:
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we 

Edward Hanson (senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
London, United Kingdom
2 March 2022

require for our audit; or

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

123

Financial statementsConsolidated income statement

2021

2020

Year ended 31 December

Notes

Before 
exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related 
items 
US$m

Exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related 
items 
(see note 4) 
US$m

Before 
exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related 
items 
US$m

Exceptional 
and 
acquisition 
related 
items 
(see note 4)
 US$m

Total  
US$m

2,3

1,503.8

(1,025.3)

1,503.8

1,163.3

Continuing operations:

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Distribution costs

Administrative expenses

Other operating income

Operating profit

Share of profits of joint ventures

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year

Attributable to:

Equity shareholders of the company

Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share (cents):

11

Basic

Diluted

2,4,5

16

6

7

5

9

478.5

(135.3)

(150.1)

–

193.1

1.2

0.4

(22.2)

172.5

(53.5)

119.0

99.3

19.7

119.0

(806.6)

356.7

(116.1)

(130.0)

–

110.6

0.6

0.7

(25.5)

86.4

(35.2)

51.2

35.4

15.8

51.2

–

(4.9)

(4.9)

–

(4.0)

1.4

(7.5)

–

0.7

–

(6.8)

(2.2)

(9.0)

(9.0)

–

(9.0)

–

5.8

5.8

–

(19.5)

–

(1,019.5)

484.3

(135.3)

(169.6)

–

(13.7)

179.4

–

4.2

–

(9.5)

(0.9)

(10.4)

(10.4)

–

(10.4)

1.2

4.6

(22.2)

163.0

(54.4)

108.6

88.9

19.7

108.6

6.10

6.07

Total  
US$m

1,163.3

(811.5)

351.8

(116.1)

(134.0)

1.4

103.1

0.6

1.4

(25.5)

79.6

(37.4)

42.2

26.4

15.8

42.2

1.81

1.81

Adjusted earnings per share

35(d)

6.81

2.42

Notes on pages 130 to 192 form part of these financial statements.

124

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationConsolidated statement of comprehensive income

Year ended 31 December 

Profit for the year 

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 

Actuarial gains/(losses) on retirement benefit schemes 

Tax relating to items that will not be reclassified 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 

Net changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income and expense for the year 

Net comprehensive income and expense for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity shareholders of the company 

Non-controlling interests 

Notes on pages 130 to 192 form part of these financial statements.

 2021  
US$m

108.6

212.8

(1.0)

211.8

–

(17.0)

(17.0)

 2020  
US$m

42.2

(39.7)

0.1

(39.6)

(2.4)

(13.3)

(15.7)

194.8

(55.3)

303.4

(13.1)

284.2

19.2

303.4

(28.9)

15.8

(13.1)

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

125

Financial statementsConsolidated statement of financial position

31 December 

Non-current assets:

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investments in joint ventures

Other equity investments

Deferred tax assets

Pension surpluses

Trade and other receivables

Current assets:

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Other equity investments

Pension surpluses

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities:

Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Bank overdrafts and other borrowings

Lease liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations:

– Funded schemes

– Unfunded schemes

Provisions

Net current assets

126

Coats Group plc

Notes

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

13

14

15

16

16

17

10

19

18

19

16

10

30(f)

21

23

15

10

10

25

282.9

244.5

91.6

12.0

6.0

20.7

159.7

28.7

846.1

250.1

302.7

–

5.2

107.2

665.2

1,511.3

288.6

254.4

60.7

11.1

6.0

22.7

11.4

19.0

673.9

187.0

274.5

0.1

4.8

71.9

538.3

1,212.2

(346.8)

(255.7)

(16.5)

(19.2)

(17.8)

(41.9)

(6.1)

(8.1)

(456.4)

208.8

(13.9)

(22.8)

(16.4)

(35.3)

(7.1)

(8.2)

(359.4)

178.9

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information31 December 

Non-current liabilities:

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations:

– Funded schemes

– Unfunded schemes

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity:

Share capital

Share premium account

Own shares

Translation reserve

Capital reduction reserve

Other reserves

Retained profit/(loss)

Equity shareholders’ funds

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Rajiv Sharma 
Group Chief Executive 

Jackie Callaway
Chief Financial Officer

Approved by the Board 2 March 2022

Company Registration No.103548 

Notes on pages 130 to 192 form part of these financial statements.

Notes

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

21

24

23

15

10

10

25

26

27

26, 27

27

27

27

27

27

(24.2)

(6.8)

(235.1)

(81.2)

(5.6)

(90.2)

(27.7)

(470.8)

(927.2)

(18.1)

(9.0)

(229.7)

(49.6)

(100.1)

(99.5)

(27.9)

(533.9)

(893.3)

584.1

318.9

90.1

10.5

(0.5)

(105.7)

59.8

246.3

252.5

553.0

31.1

584.1

90.1

10.5

(3.2)

(89.2)

59.8

246.3

(23.8)

290.5

28.4

318.9

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

127

Financial statements 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Share  
capital  
US$m

89.6

Share 
premium 
account 
US$m

10.5

Own  
shares  
US$m

(5.7)

Translation 
reserve 
US$m

Capital 
reduction 
reserve 
US$m

Other 
reserves 
US$m

(75.9)

59.8

248.7

Balance as at 1 January 2020

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income and 
expense for the year

Dividends (see notes 12 and 27)

Issue of ordinary shares  
(see note 26) 

Movement in own shares

Share based payments

–

–

–

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.5

–

–

(13.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income and 
expense for the year

Dividends (see notes 12 and 27)

Movement in own shares

Share based payments

Deferred tax on share schemes

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.7

–

–

–

(16.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Retained  
profit/(loss)  

US$m

(5.9)

26.4

Total  
US$m

321.1

26.4

–

(2.4)

(39.6)

(55.3)

–

–

–

–

–

(0.5)

(5.8)

1.6

–

–

(3.3)

1.6

88.9

88.9

Non-
controlling 
interests 
US$m

30.4

15.8

–

(17.8)

–

–

–

Total 
equity  
US$m

351.5

42.2

(55.3)

(17.8)

–

(3.3)

1.6

28.4

19.7

318.9

108.6

211.8

195.3

(0.5)

194.8

(27.6)

(27.6)

(16.5)

(44.1)

(0.8)

3.9

0.1

1.9

3.9

0.1

–

–

–

1.9

3.9

0.1

Balance as at 31 December 2020

90.1

10.5

(3.2)

(89.2)

59.8

246.3

(23.8)

290.5

Balance as at 31 December 2021

90.1

10.5

(0.5)

(105.7)

59.8

246.3

252.5

553.0

31.1

584.1

Notes on pages 130 to 192 form part of these financial statements.

128

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationConsolidated statement of cash flows

Year ended 31 December

Cash inflow from operating activities:

Cash generated from operations 

Interest paid

Taxation paid

Net cash generated by operating activities

Cash outflow from investing activities:

Investment income

Net capital expenditure and financial investment

Acquisitions and disposals of businesses

Net cash absorbed in investing activities

Cash outflow from financing activities:

Purchase of own shares 

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Payment of lease liabilities

Net increase/(decrease) in borrowings

Net cash absorbed in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

Foreign exchange losses on cash and cash equivalents 

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

Reconciliation of net cash flows to movements in net debt

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Net (increase)/decrease in other borrowings

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows (free cash flow)

Net movement in lease liabilities during the period 

Movement in fair value hedges

Other non-cash movements

Foreign exchange losses

Decrease/(increase) in net debt

Net debt at the start of the year

Net debt at the end of the year

Notes on pages 130 to 192 form part of these financial statements.

Notes

30(a)

30(b)

30(c)

30(d)

30(e)

30(f)

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

189.0

(12.5)

(47.9)

128.6

0.3

(30.3)

–

(30.0)

–

(27.4)

(16.5)

(22.1)

8.4

(57.6)

41.0

52.1

(2.3)

90.8

41.0

(8.4)

32.6

(33.0)

3.0

(1.3)

(0.8)

0.5

128.0

(16.1)

(46.3)

65.6

0.9

(12.3)

(36.9)

(48.3)

(3.1)

(0.2)

(17.8)

(19.4)

(58.7)

(99.2)

(81.9)

135.9

(1.9)

52.1

(81.9)

58.7

(23.2)

(0.3)

 (5.4)

(0.7)

(2.1)

(31.7)

30(f)

(246.6)

(246.1)

(214.9)

(246.6)

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

129

Financial statementsNotes to the financial statements

1 Principal accounting policies
The following are the principal accounting policies adopted in preparing the financial statements.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group are set out in this note to the consolidated financial statements. Certain of the Group’s 
accounting policies inherently rely on subjective assumptions and judgements, such that it is possible over time the actual results could differ from 
the estimates based on the assumptions and judgements used by the Group. Due to the size of the amounts involved, changes in the assumptions 
relating to the following policies could potentially have a significant impact on the result for the year and/or the carrying values of assets and 
liabilities in the consolidated financial statements:

Critical judgements in applying the Group’s accounting policies
In the course of preparing the financial statements, the below critical judgements have had a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021. For the year ended 31 December 2020 there were no judgements that were made in 
the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, other than those involving estimations that had a significant effect on the amounts 
recognised in the financial statements. 

Exceptional and acquisition related items
As set out in the Group’s accounting policy below, judgement is used to determine those items which should be separately disclosed as exceptional 
and acquisition related items to allow an understanding of the underlying trading performance of the Group. This judgement includes assessment 
of whether an item is of sufficient size or of a nature that is not consistent with normal trading activities. Please see note 4 for further details.

UK pension surplus recognition
The Group has recognised a net defined benefit pension surplus for the Coats UK Pension Scheme under IAS 19 of $108.0 million at 31 December 
2021 (2020: deficit of $128.5 million). Judgement has been applied when determining whether the Group can recognise this surplus asset amount 
on the statement of financial position or whether any economic benefits available as a refund are contingent upon factors beyond the Group’s 
control and instead require an adjustment to be made to restrict the amount of the surplus recognised and reflect a liability arising from future 
committed contributions to the Coats UK Pension Scheme under IFRIC 14. The Group has determined that it has an unconditional right to a refund 
of the surplus assuming the gradual settlement of liabilities over time and therefore has recognised the full amount of the net defined benefit 
pension surplus. Please see note 10 for further details.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that may have a significant risk 
of causing material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are discussed below. 

UK retirement benefit obligations
The UK retirement benefit surplus recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position is the net of the fair value of scheme assets less 
the present values of the defined benefit obligations at the year end. Key assumptions involved in the determination of the present values of the 
defined benefit obligations include discount rates, beneficiary mortality and inflation rates. Changes in any or all of these assumptions could 
materially change the employee benefit surplus recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position. The carrying values of the Group’s 
pension obligations as well as a sensitivity analysis relating to changes in discount rates, beneficiary mortality and inflation rates are included in 
note 10.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021, the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same 
as those applied to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020.

a) Accounting convention and format 
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
United Kingdom Endorsement Board (UKEB). The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention except for investments and 
derivatives which are stated at fair value and retirement benefit obligations which are valued in accordance with IAS 19 Employee Benefits.

Except for the changes arising from the adoption of new accounting standards, interpretations and amendments (as detailed in note 1), the same 
accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation have been followed in these consolidated financial statements as applied in the 
Group’s annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020.

130

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information1 Principal accounting policies continued
b) Basis of preparation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are consolidated from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. The effective date is 
when control passes to or from the Group. Control is achieved when the Group has the power over the investee and is exposed, or has the rights 
to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns. The existence and effect of 
potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered in determining the existence or otherwise of control. Where 
necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to align their accounting policies with those used by the Group.

Where subsidiaries are not 100% owned by the Group, the share attributable to outside shareholders is reflected in non-controlling interests. 
Non-controlling interests are identified separately from the Group’s equity, and may initially be measured at either fair value or at the non-
controlling interests’ share of the fair value of the subsidiary’s identifiable net assets. The choice of measurement is made on an acquisition-by-
acquisition basis. Changes in the Group’s interests in subsidiaries, that do not result in a loss of control, are accounted for as equity transactions. 
Where control is lost, a gain or loss on disposal is recognised through the consolidated income statement, calculated as the difference between the 
fair value of consideration received (plus the fair value of any retained interest) and the Group’s previous share of the former subsidiary’s net assets. 
Amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to that subsidiary are reclassified and recognised through the income 
statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

Joint ventures
Joint ventures are entities in which the Group has joint control, shared with a party outside the Group. The Group reports its interests in joint 
ventures using the equity method.

Going concern
The Directors are satisfied that the Group has sufficient resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future, a period of not less than 12 
months from the date of this report. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements.

In assessing the Group’s going concern position, the Directors have considered a number of factors, including the current balance sheet position 
and available liquidity, the principal and emerging risks which could impact the performance of the Group and compliance with borrowing 
covenants. 

In order to assess the going concern status of the Group management has prepared:
•  A base case scenario, aligned to the latest Group budget for 2022 as well as the Group’s Medium Term Plan for 2023; 
•  A severe but plausible downside scenario, which assumes that the global economic environment is severely depressed over the assessment 

period; and

•  A reverse stress test flexing sales to determine what circumstance would be required to either reduce headroom to nil on committed borrowing 

facilities or breach borrowing covenants, whichever occurred first. 

The severe but plausible downside scenario includes further management actions that would be deployed if required (for example further 
reduction in costs). 

The reverse stress test also includes further controllable management actions that could be deployed if required. The outcome of the reverse stress 
test was that the interest cover covenant would be breached, however, at the breaking point in the test the Group still maintained a comfortable 
level of liquidity on committed borrowing facilities. The Directors consider the likelihood of the condition in the reverse stress test occurring to be 
remote.

Liquidity headroom
As at 31 December 2021 the Group’s net debt (excluding IFRS 16 leases) was $147.1 million (2020: $180.6 million). The Group’s committed debt 
facilities total $585 million across both its Banking and US Private Placement group, with a range of maturities from late 2024 through to 2027, as 
of 31 December 2021 the Group has around $330 million of headroom against these committed banking facilities.

In both the base case and the severe but plausible downside scenario liquidity is comfortable throughout the assessment period. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

131

Financial statements1 Principal accounting policies continued
Covenant testing
The Group’s committed borrowing facilities are subject to ongoing covenant testing. Covenants are measured twice a year, at full year and half 
year and are measured under frozen accounting standards and therefore exclude the effects of IFRS 16. The financial covenants under the 
borrowing agreements are for leverage (net debt / EBITDA) less than 3.0 and interest cover (EBITDA / interest charge) to be in excess of 4.0. 

All banking covenants tests were met comfortably at 31 December 2021, with leverage of 0.7x and interest cover of 28.4x. The base case forecast 
indicates that banking covenants will be comfortably met throughout the assessment period. Under the severe but plausible downside scenario 
covenant compliance is still projected to be achieved throughout the assessment period, although with reduced but adequate headroom.

Conclusion
In conclusion, after reviewing the base case, the severe but plausible downside scenario and considering the remote likelihood of the scenario in 
the reverse stress test occurring, the Directors have formed the judgement that, at the time of approving the consolidated financial statements, 
there are no material uncertainties that cast doubt on the Group’s going concern status and that it is appropriate to prepare the consolidated 
financial statements on the going concern basis. 

c) Functional currency
The functional currency of Coats Group plc continued to be United States dollars (USD) during the year ended 31 December 2021.

d) Foreign currencies
Foreign currency translation
The Group’s presentation currency is USD. Transactions of companies within the Group are recorded in the functional currency of that company. 
Currencies other than the functional currency are foreign currencies. 

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the period end. All currency differences on monetary items are taken to the 
consolidated income statement with the exception of currency differences that represent a net investment in a foreign operation, which are taken 
directly to equity until disposal of the net investment, at which time they are recycled through the consolidated income statement. Non-monetary 
items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate as at the date of initial transaction.

Group companies
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries whose presentation currency is not USD are translated into the Group’s presentation currency at the rates of 
exchange ruling at the period end and their income statements are translated at the average exchange rates for the year. 

The exchange differences arising on the retranslation since 1 January 2004 are taken to a separate component of equity. On disposal of such an 
entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognised in equity since 1 January 2004 relating to that particular operation is recycled through the 
consolidated income statement. Translation differences that arose before the date of transition to IFRS in respect of all such entities are not 
presented as a separate component of equity.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition of such operations are regarded as assets and liabilities of the particular operation, 
expressed in the currency of the operation and recorded at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction and subsequently retranslated at the 
applicable closing rates.

132

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information1 Principal accounting policies continued
The principal exchange rates (to the US dollar) used in preparing these financial statements are as follows:

Average

Period end

Sterling 

Euro

Brazilian Real

Chinese Renminbi 

Indian Rupee

Turkish Lira

Sterling

Euro

Brazilian Real

Chinese Renminbi 

Indian Rupee

Turkish Lira

2021

0.73

0.85

5.40

6.45

73.92

8.89

0.74

0.88

5.57

6.35

74.47

13.32

2020

0.78

0.88

5.16

6.90

74.11

7.02

0.73

0.82

5.19

6.53

73.04

7.43

e) Operating segments
Operating segments are components of the Group about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated by the Coats Group plc 
Group Executive Team in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. See note 2 for further details.

f) Operating profit
Operating profit is stated before the share of results of joint ventures, investment and interest income, finance costs and foreign exchange gains 
and losses from financing activities.

g) Exceptional and acquisition related items
The Group has adopted an income statement format which seeks to highlight significant items within the Group results for the year. Exceptional 
items may include significant restructuring associated with a business or property disposal, litigation costs and settlements, profit or loss on 
disposal of property, plant and equipment, non-actuarial gains or losses arising from significant one off changes to defined benefit pension 
obligations, regulatory investigation costs and impairment of assets. Acquisition related items include amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
acquisition transaction costs, contingent consideration linked to employment and adjustments to contingent consideration. Please see note 4 for 
further details on why management consider these items to be exceptional.

Judgement is used by the Group in assessing the particular items, which by virtue of their scale and nature, should be presented in the income 
statement and disclosed in the related notes as exceptional items. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, materiality is a key 
consideration and qualitative factors, such as frequency or predictability of occurrence, are also considered. This is consistent with the way financial 
performance is measured by management and reported to the Board.

h) Property, plant and equipment
Owned assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairments.

Subsequent expenditure
Expenditure incurred to replace a component of an item of property, plant and equipment that is accounted for separately, including major 
inspection and overhaul expenditure, is capitalised. Other subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic 
benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment. All other expenditure is recognised in the income statement as an expense 
as incurred.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

133

Financial statements1 Principal accounting policies continued
Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment, and 
major components that are accounted for separately. Land is not depreciated. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Freehold buildings

50 years to 100 years

Leasehold improvements

10 years to 50 years or over the term of the lease if shorter

Plant and equipment

3 years to 20 years

Vehicles and office equipment

2 years to 10 years

Assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each period end. 

i) Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable 
assets and liabilities of a subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recognised as an asset and tested for impairment at least annually. 
Any impairment is recognised immediately in the income statement. On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included 
in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) for the purpose of impairment testing. CGUs represent the smallest group of assets that 
generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

Negative goodwill is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Intangible assets acquired in a business combination
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination and recognised separately from goodwill are initially recognised at their fair value at the 
acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost).

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets acquired in a business combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

The estimated useful lives (other than Coats Brands) are as follows:

Brands and trade names

Technology

Customer relationships

5 years to 20 years

4 years to 10 years

9 years to 14 years

The useful life of the Coats Brand is considered to be indefinite.

Other intangibles
Acquired computer software licences and computer software development costs are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and 
bring to use the specific software and are amortised over their estimated useful lives of up to 5 years.

Intellectual property, comprising trademarks, designs, patents and product development which have a finite useful life, are carried at cost less 
accumulated amortisation and impairment charges. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost over the assets’ 
useful lives, which vary from 5 to 10 years.

The amortisation charge for both acquired and other intangibles assets is included within the distribution costs and administrative expense lines in 
the consolidated income statement.

134

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information1 Principal accounting policies continued
Impairment of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and intangible assets excluding goodwill
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to 
depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may 
not be recoverable.

An impairment charge is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to 
their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are measured at the 
CGU level.

Research and development
All research costs are expensed as incurred.

An internally-generated intangible asset arising from development is recognised only if all of the following conditions are met:
•  an asset is created that can be separately identified;
•  it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and
•  the development costs can be measured reliably.

Internally-generated intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives.

Where no internally-generated intangible asset can be recognised, development expenditure is recognised as an expense in the period in which it 
is incurred.

j) Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a 
corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with 
a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets (defined as assets with a value of US$5,000 or less when new). For these leases, 
the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systematic basis 
is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased assets are consumed.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted by using 
the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest 
method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) whenever: 
•  the lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is 

remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; 

•  the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which 

cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change 
is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used); and 

•  a lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by 

discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the commencement 
day and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. 

Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore 
the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and measured under IAS 37 
‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’. The costs are included in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred 
to produce inventories.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

135

Financial statements1 Principal accounting policies continued
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. If a lease transfers ownership of the 
underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group expects to exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is 
depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease. 

Variable rents that do not depend on an index are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The related 
payments are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments occurs.

k) Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the relevant financial 
instrument.

Financial assets
(i) Investments in equity securities
Investments in equity securities are recognised and derecognised on a trade date basis and are initially measured at fair value, plus directly 
attributable transaction costs and are remeasured at subsequent reporting dates at fair value, with movements recorded in other comprehensive 
income. Listed investments are stated at market value. Unlisted investments are stated at fair value based on directors’ valuation, which is 
supported by external experts’ advice or other external evidence.

(ii) Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits maturing in less than 
three months. For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, 
net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

(iii) Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised at fair value (which ordinarily reflects the invoice amount) and carried at amortised cost, less an allowance for 
expected lifetime losses as permitted under the simplified approach in IFRS 9. Fully provided balances are not written off from the balance sheet 
until the Group has decided to cease enforcement activity.

Financial liabilities
(i) Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest-bearing and are recognised at fair value, and measured subsequently at amortised cost.

(ii) Borrowings
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are initially measured at fair value, net of direct issue costs. These financial liabilities are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognised over the period of the relevant liabilities. 
Financial liabilities designated as hedged items in a fair value hedge are subsequently measured at fair value.

(iii) Compound instruments
The component parts of compound instruments are classified separately as financial liabilities and equity in accordance with the substance of the 
contractual arrangement. At the date of issue, the fair value of the liability component is estimated using the prevailing market interest rate for a 
similar non-convertible instrument, and this amount is recorded as a liability at amortised cost. The equity component is the fair value of the 
compound instrument as a whole less the amount of the liability component, and is recognised in equity, net of income tax effect, without 
subsequent remeasurement.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics 
are not closely related to those of the host contracts, and the host contracts are not measured at fair value with changes in fair value being 
recognised in the income statement.

136

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information1 Principal accounting policies continued
(iv) Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group’s activities expose it to the financial risks of changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates.

The use of financial derivatives is regulated by the Board or that of the relevant operating subsidiary in accordance with their respective risk 
management strategies. Changes in values of all derivatives of a financing nature are included within investment income and finance costs in the 
income statement.

Derivative financial instruments are initially measured at fair value at contract date and are remeasured at each reporting date.

The Group designates hedging instruments as either fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations. 
Hedges of interest rate risk are accounted for as fair value or cash flow hedges.

At the inception of each hedge transaction the issuing entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged 
item and the anticipated effectiveness of the hedge transaction, and monitors the ongoing effectiveness over the period of the hedge. Hedge 
accounting is discontinued when the issuing entity revokes the hedging relationship, the hedge instrument expires, is sold, exercised or otherwise 
terminated, and the adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item arising from the hedged risk is amortised through the income 
statement from that date. 

(v) Fair value hedges
Changes in the fair values of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognised immediately through the income 
statement, together with any changes in the fair value of the related hedged items due to changes in the hedged risks. On discontinuation of 
the hedge the adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item arising from the hedged risk is amortised through the consolidated income 
statement from that date.

(vi) Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is deferred in equity. 
Once the related hedged item is recognised in the income statement, the amounts deferred in equity are recycled through the consolidated 
income statement. The gain or loss arising from any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised immediately through the consolidated 
income statement.

(vii) Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
Gains and losses on hedging instruments relating to the effective portion of such hedges are recognised through the translation reserve, and 
recycled through the consolidated income statement on disposal of the respective foreign operations. The gain or loss arising from any ineffective 
portion of such hedges is recognised immediately through the consolidated income statement. 

l) Revenue
Revenue comprises the fair value of the sale of goods and services, net of sales tax and discounts and rebates, and after eliminating sales within 
the Group. Revenue is recognised as follows:

(i) Sales of goods
Sales of goods are recognised in revenue at a single point in time when control of the goods has been transferred to the buyer. The point in time at 
which control is deemed to have transferred varies depending on the commercial terms agreed with the buyer.

(ii) Sales of services
Sales of services are recognised in the period in which the services are rendered, as follows:
•  Software implementation and licensing income – performance obligations are satisfied over a period of time and therefore revenue is 

recognised by reference to the stage of completion at the period end. The Group uses labour hours expended to assess the stage of completion 
as it is deemed to be the most appropriate basis to measure progress.

•  Maintenance income – performance obligations are satisfied evenly over a fixed period of time and therefore revenue is recognised on a straight 

line basis over the maintenance period.

Advances received from customers are included within contract liabilities.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

137

Financial statements1 Principal accounting policies continued
(iii) Income from sales of property
Income from sales of property is recognised on completion when legal title of the property passes to the buyer. 

m) Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are 
accounted for as follows:

Raw materials are valued at cost on a first-in, first-out basis.

The costs of finished goods and work in progress include direct materials and labour and a proportion of manufacturing overheads based on 
normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, 
less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. Provision is made for obsolete, slow-moving and defective 
inventories.

n) Employee benefits
(i) Retirement and other post-employment obligations
For retirement and other post-employment benefit obligations, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit 
Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each reporting period by independent actuaries.

Remeasurement comprising actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling (if applicable) and the return on scheme assets (excluding 
interest) are recognised immediately in the consolidated statement of financial position with a charge or credit to the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income in the period in which they occur. Remeasurement recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is 
not recycled.

Current and past service costs, along with the impact of any settlements or curtailments, are charged to the consolidated income statement. 
The net interest expense on pension plans’ liabilities and the expected return on the plans’ assets is recognised within finance expense in the 
consolidated income statement.

In addition, pension scheme administrative expenses including the Pension Protection Fund (PPF) levy and actuary, audit, legal and trustee charges 
are recognised as administrative expenses.

The retirement benefit and other post employment benefit obligation recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the 
deficit or surplus in the Group’s defined benefit schemes. Any surplus resulting from this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic 
benefits available in the form of refunds from the schemes or reductions in future contributions to the schemes and refunds expected from the 
schemes to fund other Group defined benefit schemes, in accordance with relevant legislation.

For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension plans on a mandatory, contractual or 
voluntary basis. The contributions are recognised as employee benefit expenses when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an 
asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.

(ii) Share-based compensation
Cash-settled 
Cash-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at each reporting 
date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in liabilities. 

Equity-settled 
The Group operates an equity-settled Long Term Incentive Plan for executives and senior management. Awards under this Plan are subject to both 
market-based and non-market-based vesting criteria. 

138

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information1 Principal accounting policies continued
The fair value at the date of grant is established by using an appropriate simulation method to reflect the likelihood of market-based performance 
conditions being met. The fair value is charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with 
appropriate adjustments being made during this period to reflect expected vesting for non-market-based performance conditions and forfeitures. 
The corresponding credit is to equity shareholders’ funds.

To satisfy awards under this Plan, shares may be purchased in the market by an Employee Benefit Trust over the vesting period.

(iii) Non-share-based long-term incentive schemes 
The anticipated present value cost of non-share-based incentive schemes is charged to the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis 
over the period the benefit is earned, based on remuneration rates that are expected to be payable. 

(iv) Termination benefits 
Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary 
redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits when it is demonstrably committed to either: terminating 
the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits as 
a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the period end are discounted to 
present value. 

o) Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the consolidated income 
statement because it excludes items of income and expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that 
are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted by the period end.

Deferred tax is provided using the liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred taxation is measured on a non-discounted basis. The following 
temporary differences are not provided for: goodwill not deducted for tax purposes, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither 
accounting, nor taxable profit, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, 
using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the period end. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that 
future profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that the related tax benefit will be realised. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in 
subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference 
and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary 
differences associated with such investments and interests are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that there will be sufficient taxable 
profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying values of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each period end.

Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to other comprehensive 
income or equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income or equity.

p) Government grants 
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attaching to them and 
that the grants will be received. Government grants are recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group 
recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate. 

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial 
support to the Group with no future related costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they become receivable.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

139

Financial statements1 Principal accounting policies continued
q) Borrowing costs 
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending 
their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

r) Provisions
A provision is recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, a provision 
is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is 
recognised as a borrowing cost.

s) Onerous contracts
A provision for onerous contracts is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the 
unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the contract.

t) Restructuring
A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring has either 
commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating costs are not provided for.

u) Assets held for sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets and businesses which are to be sold (disposal groups) classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount 
and fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets (and disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount is expected to be 
recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when such a sale is highly probable 
and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should 
be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

Non-current assets are classified as held for sale from the date these conditions are met, and such assets are no longer depreciated. 

Discontinued operations are classified as held for sale and are either a separate business segment or a geographical area of operations that is part 
of a single coordinated plan to sell. Once an operation has been identified as discontinued, or is reclassified as discontinued, the comparative 
information in the Income Statement is restated.

v) Climate change
In preparation of the consolidated financial statements, consideration has been given to the impact of climate change on the Group’s key 
accounting policies, estimates and judgements. As noted in the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) section of the Strategic 
Report on pages 38-45 we are exposed to specific transitional and physical climate related risks. The key areas in the consolidated financial 
statements that were identified for consideration of potential impacts from these climate related risks were the assumptions used to support 
impairment reviews of cash generating units (CGUs) and accounting policies on estimated useful lives of tangible fixed assets.

(i) Impairment of assets
The key climate related risks considered were the introduction of carbon taxes, disruption of water supply and extreme weather events (floods 
and extreme heat). These risks as well as any potential mitigations were considered when assessing the appropriateness of the assumptions used 
to project future cash flows to support the value in use of a CGU. No specific significant financial impacts were identified in relation to the CGUs 
that were subject to an impairment review during the year ended 31 December 2021 (see note 13). In addition, no significant short to medium 
term (pre 2045) climate related impacts have been identified for individual assets or other CGUs in the Group.

(ii) Fixed asset useful lives
Consideration was given as to whether the impact of physical risks relating to extreme weather events (eg flood risk damage) may require a 
reassessment of the estimated useful lives of fixed assets. As noted in the physical risks section in our TCFD disclosures, no significant impacts are 
currently expected in the short to medium term (pre 2045), after which point the majority of the Group’s current fixed asset portfolio will be fully 
depreciated. As such, the reassessment of fixed asset useful lives to reflect potential impacts of climate change was not deemed necessary.

140

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information 
 
1 Principal accounting policies continued
In light of the above, the Group’s current assessment is that the climate related risks detailed in the TCFD disclosures section of the Strategic 
Report do not have a material impact on the key accounting policies, estimates and judgements that form the basis of these consolidated 
financial statements.

New IFRS accounting standards, interpretations and amendments adopted in the year
During the year, the Group has adopted the following standards, interpretations and amendments: 

•  Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16); and
•  COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions (Amendment to IFRS 16).

The adoption of these standards has not had a material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

New IFRS accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted 
The following published standards and amendments to existing standards, which have not yet all been endorsed by the UKEB, are expected 
to be effective as follows: 

From the year beginning 1 January 2022:
•  Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37);
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020;
•  Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16); and
•  Reference to the Conceptual Framework (Amendments to IFRS 3).

From the year beginning 1 January 2023:
•  Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1);
•  IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts and amendments to IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts;
•  Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2);
•  Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8); and
•  Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12).

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards and Interpretations listed above will have a material impact on the financial 
statements of the Group in future periods, although the full assessment is not complete. 

2 Segmental analysis
Operating segments are components of the Group’s business activities about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated 
regularly by the chief operating decision maker (the Group Executive Team). The Group’s customers are grouped into two segments Apparel & 
Footwear and Performance Materials which have distinct different strategies and differing customer/end-use market profiles.

a) Segment revenue and results

Year ended 31 December 2021

Revenue

Segment profit

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4)

Operating profit

Share of profits of joint ventures

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before taxation from continuing operations

 Apparel & 
Footwear  

US$m

1,094.4

163.9

Performance 
Materials  
US$m

409.4

29.2

Total  
US$m

1,503.8

193.1

(13.7)

179.4

1.2

4.6

(22.2)

163.0

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

141

Financial statements2 Segmental analysis continued

Year ended 31 December 2020

Revenue

Segment profit

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4)

Operating profit

Share of profits of joint ventures

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before taxation from continuing operations

Apparel & 
Footwear  
US$m

822.7

95.5

Performance 
Materials  
US$m

340.6

15.1

Total  
US$m

1,163.3

110.6

(7.5)

103.1

0.6

1.4

(25.5)

79.6

Segment results include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Exceptional and 
acquisition related items are not allocated to segments to align to the reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker. In addition, no 
measures of total assets and total liabilities are reported for each reportable segment as such amounts are not regularly provided to the chief 
operating decision maker.

The accounting policies of the reportable operating segments are the same as the Group’s accounting policies described in note 1.

b) Geographic information

Year ended 31 December

Europe, Middle East & Africa (EMEA)

UK

Rest of EMEA

Americas

USA

Rest of Americas

Asia & Rest of World

India

China and Hong Kong

Vietnam

Other

Revenue by origin

Revenue by destination

Non-current assets

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

14.4

267.8

205.4

170.0

166.3

214.4

192.0

273.5

8.0

211.4

187.9

126.6

110.1

147.2

176.4

195.7

14.8

250.9

218.4

173.3

161.8

194.1

178.7

311.8

12.3

198.1

195.8

126.5

107.1

135.3

159.2

229.0

258.9

70.3

260.3

68.6

63.3

46.6

46.1

77.1

34.9

67.2

61.1

35.4

50.3

55.7

34.5

68.4

1,503.8

1,163.3

1,503.8

1,163.3

664.4

634.3

Non-current assets excludes derivative financial instruments, pension surpluses and deferred tax assets. 

142

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information3 Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Goods transferred at a point in time

Software solutions services transferred over time

Other operating income

Finance income

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

1,492.7

1,154.8

11.1

8.5

1,503.8

1,163.3

–

4.6

1.4

1.4

1,508.4

1,166.1

The software solutions business is included in the Apparel & Footwear segment.

Disaggregation of revenue
The following table shows revenue disaggregated by primary geographic markets which reconciles with the Group’s reportable segments:

Year ended 31 December

Continuing operations:

Asia

Americas

EMEA

Continuing operations:

Apparel & Footwear

Performance Materials

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

846.2

375.4

282.2

629.4

314.5

219.4

1,503.8

1,163.3

1,094.4

409.4

1,503.8

822.7

340.6

1,163.3

The Group had no revenue from a single customer which accounts for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue.

4 Exceptional and acquisition related items
The Group’s consolidated income statement format includes results before and after exceptional and acquisition related items. 

Adjusted results (also referred to as underlying performance) exclude exceptional and acquisition related items on a consistent basis with the 
previous reporting period to provide a more meaningful comparison of how the performance of the business is managed and measured on 
a day-to-day basis. Further details on alternative performance measures are set out in note 35. 

Exceptional items may include significant restructuring associated with a business or property disposal, litigation costs and settlements, profit or loss 
on disposal of property, plant and equipment, non-actuarial gains or losses arising from significant one off changes to defined benefit pension 
obligations, regulatory investigation costs and impairment of assets. Acquisition related items include amortisation of acquired intangible assets, 
acquisition transaction costs, contingent consideration linked to employment and adjustments to contingent consideration.

Judgement is used by the Group in assessing the particular items, which by virtue of their scale and nature, are presented in the income 
statement and disclosed in the related notes as exceptional items. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, materiality is 
a key consideration and qualitative factors, such as frequency or predictability of occurrence, are also considered. This is consistent with the way 
financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board.

Total exceptional and acquisition related items charged to operating profit for the year ended 31 December 2021 were $13.7 million (2020: $7.5 
million) comprising exceptional items for the year ended 31 December 2021 of $2.1 million credit (2020: charge of $3.5 million) and acquisition 
related items for the year ended 31 December 2021 of $15.8 million (2020: $4.0 million). Tax in respect of exceptional and acquisition related 
items is set out in note 9.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

143

Financial statements4 Exceptional and acquisition related items continued
Exceptional items
Exceptional items (credited)/charged to operating profit during the year ended 31 December 2021 are set out below:

Year ended 31 December

Exceptional items:

Cost of sales:

Brazil indirect taxes

Impairment charges

Administrative expenses:

Strategic project costs

Other operating income:

Profit from sale of property

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

(5.8)

–

3.7

–

–

4.9

–

(1.4)

Total exceptional items (credited)/charged to operating profit from continuing operations

(2.1)

3.5

Brazil indirect taxes – During the year ended 31 December 2021 the Brazilian Supreme Federal Court concluded its judgement that Brazilian 
ICMS (indirect tax on goods and services) should not be included in the calculation basis of PIS (Program of Social Integration) and COFINS 
(Contribution for the Financing of Social Security) indirect taxes.

As a result, estimated refunds have been recognised in the results for the year ended 31 December 2021 of $5.8 million (year ended 31 December 
2020: $nil) which has been included in cost of sales and in addition exceptional interest income has been recognised of $4.2 million (year ended 
31 December 2020: $0.7 million). 

These refunds date back to 2003 and the estimated tax credit amounts are expected to be utilised over a period of approximately six years, based 
upon current assumptions, once the Group has received a favourable Court ruling, which is considered virtually certain.

Strategic project costs – The Group has commenced a number of strategic projects to improve margins by optimising the portfolio and footprint, 
improving the overall cost base efficiency, and mitigating structural labour availability issues in the US. Exceptional costs of $3.7 million were 
incurred during the year ended 31 December 2021 which includes advisers’ costs of $0.9 million, impairment charges relating to plant and 
equipment in North America of $2.0 million and closure and other related costs of $1.7 million. This was offset by an exceptional credit of $0.9 
million relating to the closure of a small business in Australia in a prior year. It is anticipated that cash exceptional costs in the order of $35 million 
will be incurred in relation to these and further strategic initiatives across 2022 and 2023 in total.

Exceptional items during the year ended 31 December 2020 are set out below:

Impairment charges – At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its assets to determine whether there is any 
indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the assets are estimated in 
order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any. During the year ended 31 December 2020, following this review impairment charges 
totalling $4.9 million were made in smaller markets in EMEA ($4.1 million relating to property, plant and equipment and $0.8 million relating to 
right-of-use assets). The impairment charges in these markets represented a full write down of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use 
assets, except for owned land and buildings of $1.7 million which is not considered to be impaired. None of the cash generating units for which 
an impairment charge was recognised during the year ended 31 December 2020 included goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

Profit from sale of property – During the year ended 31 December 2020 a profit of $1.4 million was made from the sale of a property in 
a non-core market.

144

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information4 Exceptional and acquisition related items continued
Acquisition related items
Acquisition related items are set out below:

Year ended 31 December

Acquisition related items:

Administrative expenses:

Acquisition earnouts and contingent consideration

Acquisition transaction costs

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Total acquisition related items charged to operating profit

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

0.1

12.4

3.3

15.8

0.8

–

3.2

4.0

The Group pursed several acquisition opportunities during the year ended 31 December 2021 and as a result incurred transaction costs of $12.4 
million (2020: $nil). Growth through acquisitions is a key element of the Group’s strategy and the Group will continue to be disciplined in the 
assessment of acquisition opportunities as they arise. The Group looks to identify companies with complementary capabilities that can further 
strengthen the core, technology, innovations, or Intellectual Property and which can be scaled to deliver growth and value for customers and 
shareholders.

The Group has made acquisitions in prior years with earn-outs to allow part of the consideration to be based on the future performance of the 
businesses acquired and to lock in key management. Where consideration paid or contingent consideration payable in the future is employment 
linked, it is treated as an expense and part of statutory results. However, all consideration of this type is excluded from adjusted operating profit 
and adjusted earnings per share, as in management’s view, these items are part of the capital transaction.

Acquisition transaction costs and amortisation of intangible assets acquired through business combinations are not included within adjusted 
earnings. These costs are acquisition related and management consider them to be capital in nature and they do not reflect the underlying 
trading performance of the Group. 

Excluding amortisation of intangible assets acquired through business combinations and recognised in accordance with IFRS 3 “Business 
Combinations” from adjusted results also ensures that the performance of the Group’s acquired businesses is presented consistently with 
its organically grown businesses. It should be noted that the use of acquired intangible assets contributed to the Group’s results for the years 
presented and will contribute to the Group’s results in future periods as well. Amortisation of acquired intangible assets will recur in future periods. 
Amortisation of software is included within operating results as management consider these cost to be part of the underlying trading performance 
of the business.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

145

Financial statements 
 
5 Profit for the year (including discontinued operations)

Year ended 31 December

Profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Fees charged by Deloitte LLP

Group audit fees:

– Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts 

– Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

Other Deloitte services:

– Taxation services

– Other services

Total fees charged by Deloitte LLP

Research and development expenditure

Bad and doubtful debts

Net foreign exchange losses

Rental income from land and buildings

Inventory as a material component of cost of sales

Inventory write-downs to net realisable value

2021  

US$m

6.0

28.2

19.4

0.1

0.7

1.5

0.2

0.2

2.6

6.1

(0.2)

0.5

(0.2)

631.4

5.3

2020  
US$m

7.2

30.5

18.3

(1.0)

0.6

1.5

0.1

0.2

2.4

6.4

3.1

3.2

(0.2)

487.1

4.5

146

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information6 Finance income

Year ended 31 December

Income from investments

Other interest receivable and similar income

2021  

US$m

0.1

4.5

4.6

2020  
US$m

0.1

1.3

1.4

Other interest receivable and similar income for the year ended 31 December 2021 includes exceptional income of $4.2 million (2020: $0.7 million) 
relating to refunds for indirect taxes in Brazil (see note 4 for further details).

7 Finance costs

Year ended 31 December

Interest on bank and other borrowings

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities

Other finance costs including unrealised gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts

8 Staff costs
The average monthly number of employees was:

Year ended 31 December

Manufacturing

Other staff

Total number of employees

Comprising:

UK

Overseas

The total numbers employed at the end of the year were:

UK

Overseas

Total number of employees

Year ended 31 December

Employee aggregate remuneration comprised (including directors)1:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs (note 10)

2021  

US$m

10.7

5.2

4.3

2.0

22.2

2021

14,961

3,512

18,473

182

18,291

18,473

179

18,638

18,817

2020  
US$m

11.2

3.9

4.7

5.7

25.5

2020

13,723

3,359

17,082

182

16,900

17,082

183

17,125

17,308

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

314.5

32.1

10.0

356.6

237.8

24.6

9.7

272.1

1.  This does not include any contingent consideration on acquisitions that is treated as an expense, due to it being linked to continued employment (see note 4).

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

147

Financial statements9 Tax on profit from continuing operations

Year ended 31 December

UK Corporation tax at 19% (2020: 19%)

Overseas tax charge

Deferred tax credit

Total tax charge

2021  

US$m

–

(56.3)

1.9

(54.4)

2020  
US$m

–

(43.0)

5.6

(37.4)

The overseas tax charge includes withholding tax charges and other taxes not based on profits for the year ended 31 December 2021 of $13.1 
million (2020: $12.5 million). Exceptional tax charges for the year ended 31 December 2021 were $0.9 million (2020: $2.2 million) relating to 
Brazil refunds of indirect taxes (see note 4).

The deferred tax credit of $1.9 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 includes deferred tax provision releases following remittance 
of dividends from subsidiaries, deferred tax credits arising from the expected recovery of current year losses in certain jurisdictions and 
other timing differences.

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Profit before tax

Expected tax charge/
(credit) at the UK 
statutory rate of 19% 
(2020: 19%)

Differences between 
overseas and 
UK taxation rate

Non-deductible expenses 

Non-taxable income

Local tax incentives 

Utilisation of 
unrecognised deferred 
tax assets

Potential deferred tax 
assets not recognised

Impact of changes in 
tax rates

Prior year adjustments

Withholding tax on 
remittances (net of 
double tax credits) and 
other taxes not based 
on profits

Income tax expense/
(credit)

Effective tax rate

Exceptional and 
acquisition 
related items  

US$m

(9.5)

Underlying  

US$m

176.8

Other 
adjustments1 

US$m

(4.3)

2021

Total  
US$m

163.0

Exceptional and 
acquisition  
related items  

US$m

(6.8)

Underlying  

US$m

91.1

Other 
adjustments1 

US$m

(4.7)

2020

Total  
US$m

79.6

33.6

(1.8)

(0.8)

31.0

17.3

(1.3)

(0.9)

15.1

0.6

0.9

(0.6)

(0.7)

(3.5)

7.0

1.7

1.9

13.1

54.0

31%

1.1

1.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

0.4

–

–

–

0.9

(9)%

(0.5)

12%

1.6

2.5

(0.6)

(0.7)

(3.5)

7.4

1.7

1.9

13.1

54.4

33%

(0.7)

0.6

(0.4)

–

(1.5)

5.9

(0.6)

2.6

12.5

35.7

39%

0.3

1.3

–

–

–

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

1.9

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.2

(32)%

(0.5)

11%

 (0.5)

1.9

(0.4)

–

(1.5)

8.3

(0.6)

2.6

12.5

37.4

47%

1.  Other adjustments consist of net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities of $4.3 million (2020: $4.7 million).

148

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information9 Tax on profit from continuing operations continued
The Group’s underlying effective tax rate is higher than the blended rate of the countries we operate in primarily due to the impact of unrelieved 
tax losses in countries where we are not currently able to recognise deferred tax assets in respect of those losses and the impact of withholding 
taxes on the repatriation of earnings and royalties to the UK.

Excluding exceptional and acquisition related items and the impact of IAS 19 finance charges, the underlying effective rate on pre-tax profits 
was 31% (2020: 39%). The lower rate was driven by higher year on year profits, improved profit mix and a reduction in withholding taxes. 

Uncertain tax positions
The Group’s current tax liability includes a number of tax provisions, which although individually are relatively small, together they total $20.2 
million (2020: $15.0 million). These provisions relate to management’s estimate of the amount of tax payable on open tax returns yet to be agreed 
with the local tax authorities. The Group evaluates uncertain tax items, which are subject to interpretation and agreement of the position with the 
local Tax Authorities and consequently agreement may not be reached for a number of years. Primarily the tax items for which a provision has 
been made relate to the interpretation of transfer pricing legislation and practices across the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.

The final outcome on resolution of open issues with the relevant local Tax Authorities may vary significantly due to the uncertainty associated 
with such tax items and the continual evolution and development of local Tax Authorities. There is a wide range of possible outcomes and any 
variances in the final outcome to the provided amount will affect the tax financial results in the year of agreement. However, it is not expected 
that a material adjustment would be required to these provisions within the next year.

The amount provided for uncertain tax positions has been made using the best estimate of the tax expected to be ultimately paid, taking into 
account any progress on the discussions with local Tax Authorities, together with expert in-house and third-party advice on the potential 
outcome and recent developments in case law, Tax Authority practices and previous experience. 

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

149

Financial statements9 Tax on profit from continuing operations continued
Taxation paid
During the year the Group made Corporate Income Tax payments in respect of continuing operations (including withholding and dividend 
distribution taxes) of $47.9 million (2020: $46.3 million). The amount of tax paid in each jurisdiction is as follows:

Year ended 31 December

UK

Vietnam 

Indonesia

China

India 

Singapore

Bangladesh

Colombia 

Hong Kong

Spain

Thailand

Pakistan

Sri Lanka

Hungary

Poland

Turkey

Brazil

Morocco

Others (19 countries each less than $0.5 million) 

Total Corporate Income Tax paid 

2021  

US$m

9.3

13.9

4.4

3.8

3.0

2.3

1.8

1.3

1.2

1.0

1.0

0.8

0.8

0.7

0.5

0.4

0.2

–

1.5

47.9

2020  
US$m

12.3

 14.0

2.7

3.0

2.5

1.7

2.2

0.9

 0.8

 0.9

0.6

0.2

0.9

0.3

0.6

 (0.5)

 1.0

 0.7

1.5

46.3

The taxes paid in the UK and Singapore are primarily withholding taxes on royalties, group charges and dividends, deducted and paid at source. 
In the current year the Group paid withholding taxes in the following jurisdictions: 

Indonesia 

India

China

Bangladesh

Vietnam

Estonia

Thailand

Others (each less than $0.5 million) 

Total withholding taxes paid 

150

Coats Group plc

2021  

US$m

2.9

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

2020  
US$m

2.7

 0.8

0.9

1.5

1.2

2.8

0.5

3.6

11.8

14.0

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements
a) Pension and other post-employment costs
Pension and other post-employment costs charged to operating profit for the year were (continuing and discontinued operations):

Defined contribution schemes

Defined benefit schemes – 

Coats US funded

Other funded and unfunded

Past service credit

Settlements

Administrative expenses for defined benefit schemes

US$m

2.0

4.0

Year ended 
31 December 
2021  
US$m

4.0

6.0

(0.2)

(3.5)

5.0

11.3

US$m

1.8

4.2

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
US$m

3.7

6.0

(0.6)

–

4.9

14.0

b) Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates a number of defined contribution plans around the world to provide pension benefits. 

c) Defined benefit schemes
The Coats UK Pension Scheme is administered by a trustee and holds assets held in funds that are legally separated from the Group and are subject 
to UK legislation with oversight from the Pensions Regulator. The trustee board is composed of representatives of both the Group and scheme 
members together with two independent trustees. The trustee board is required by law and the scheme’s rules to act in the interest of the 
scheme’s members and other stakeholders in the scheme (for example the Group). The trustee board is responsible for setting the scheme’s 
investment policy following consultation with the Group.

The sponsor of the Coats UK Pension Scheme is Coats Limited and the Company provides a guarantee to the Coats UK Pension Scheme.

In addition, the Group has the Coats North America Pension Plan (Coats US) which is a defined benefit scheme the assets of which are held 
in funds that are legally separated from the Group. In 2019 the Group agreed to amend the Plan to close to new hires from 1 January 2020, 
and to cease future accrual for current employees from 1 January 2022. During the current year the Group carried out a “spin and termination” 
transaction whereby a proportion of the current retiree benefits were secured with an insurance company, whilst releasing a proportion of the 
surplus to the company to fund future 401k employer contributions. Due to favourable pricing the transaction resulted in a non cash settlement 
gain of $3.6 million which has been included in operating profit. 

Finally, the Group also operates various other pension and other post-retirement arrangements in most of the countries in which it operates 
(most significantly in Germany). Detailed disclosures in respect of the UK plans and the Coats US plan are given in this note as the defined 
benefit obligations under these schemes represent around 96% of all defined benefit obligations.

The Coats UK Pension Scheme operates an investment policy whereby a portion of the fund is invested in assets (bonds and derivatives) that 
broadly match movements in the value of the scheme’s liabilities and a portion in assets that are anticipated to deliver a return in excess of 
the change in value of the liabilities.

The following disclosures do not include information in respect of schemes operated by joint ventures.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

151

Financial statements10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements continued
i) Principal risks
The Group is exposed to actuarial and investment risks, the principal risks are:

Risk

Description

Commentary

Interest 
rate risk

The present value of the defined benefit plan liabilities is 
calculated using a discount rate determined by reference to 
bond yields. A decrease in bond yield rates will increase defined 
benefit obligations.

Inflation

The present value of the defined benefit liabilities are calculated 
by reference to assumed future inflation rates. An increase in 
inflation rates will increase defined benefit obligations.

The impact of the movement in discount rates are shown 
on page 158. The Trustees of the UK and US schemes hedge 
these sensitivities through physical bonds and derivatives. The 
Coats UK Pension Scheme is currently over 85% (2020: over 
80%) hedged against interest rate movements by reference 
to the Technical Provisions liability.

The impact of the movement in inflation rates are shown on 
page 158. The Trustees of the UK and US schemes hedge 
these sensitivities through physical bonds, derivatives and real 
assets. The Coats UK Pension Scheme is currently over 85% 
(2020: over 80%) hedged against inflation rate movements 
by reference to the Technical Provisions liability.

Longevity 
risk

Investment 
risk

The present value of the defined benefit plan liability is calculated 
by reference to the best estimate of member life expectancies. 
An increase in life expectancy will increase liabilities.

The impact of an increase in life expectancy is shown on page 
159. Currently this is not a risk that is hedged by the Group’s 
pension schemes.

The scheme assets are shown on a mark-to-market basis. 
A decrease in asset values at a relevant measurement date, 
to the extent assets do not hedge liabilities, would lead to an 
increased disclosed deficit or reduced surplus.

The UK funded scheme is diversified by asset class, at 
individual securities level; geography; and by investment 
managers. To the extent that any assets are not Sterling 
denominated the scheme hedges the majority of this 
currency exposure back to Sterling.

The US scheme is fully funded and has a significant proportion 
of fixed income. The fixed income is invested directly to protect 
the funded status of the scheme. Trustees work with fixed 
income managers to consider the liabilities (including key 
period durations, credit spread duration and convexity) and 
have created a custom fixed income benchmark to match 
the liabilities and protect the funded status.

In addition the schemes’ investment policies recognise the 
need to generate cash flows to meet members’ benefits 
as they fall due.

ii) UK funding commitments
The information provided below for defined benefit plans has been prepared by independent qualified actuaries based on the most recent actuarial 
valuations of the schemes, updated to take account of the valuations of assets and liabilities as at 31 December 2021. 

On 16 November 2021 Coats Limited and the Trustee of the Coats UK Pension Scheme agreed the valuation of the Coats UK Pension Scheme with 
a 31 March 2021 effective date. This agreement resulted in ongoing annual deficit recovery payments of £22 million ($29 million at 31 December 
2021 exchange rate) per annum increasing annually by the increase in the Retail Prices Index (first increase in January 2022) based on a Technical 
Provisions deficit of £193 million ($261 million). At 31 March 2021 the market value of assets were £2,221 million ($3,005 million) and liabilities 
were £2,414 million ($3,266 million) resulting in the Technical Provisions deficit of £193 million ($261 million). As before the Group will also meet 
Scheme administrative expenses and levies estimated in future at £4 million ($5 million) per annum (ie total ongoing payments of $34 million per 
annum, excluding the below deferred deficit recovery payments). The new deficit recovery payments were effective from 1 April 2021 and are 
payable until 31 December 2028. The Scheme’s next triennial valuation will have an effective date of 31 March 2024. 

In line with the terms of agreement with the trustees of the Coats UK Pension Scheme, the Group started to repay the deferred deficit recovery 
payments for April-December 2020 inclusive (circa $21 million deferred due to Covid underpinning actions). The first payment was made on 25th 
May 2021 and during the year a total of $9 million has been repaid, with the remaining $12 million due to be repaid by the end of November 2022.

152

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements continued
The actuarial valuation deficit above is used to determine the level of deficit repair contributions that the Group is required to pay into the 
Coats UK Pension Scheme. The actuarial valuation is different to the IAS 19 accounting valuation (set out below), which is based on accounting 
rules concerning employee benefits and shown on the consolidated statement of financial position. The actuarial valuations are generally based on 
the more prudent ‘Technical Provisions’ basis than that used for accounting purposes and as a result the actuarial deficits are generally higher than 
the accounting deficits. It should also be noted that the accounting deficit figures are calculated as at the balance sheet date of 31 December 2021. 

The most recent actuarial valuation for the Coats UK pension scheme had a 31 March 2021 effective date and the most recent actuarial valuation 
for the Coats US scheme was 1 January 2021.

iii) Principal assumptions
The principal assumptions for the UK and US schemes are as follows:

Principal assumptions at 31 December 2021

Rate of increase in salaries

Rate of increase for pensions in payment

Discount rate

Inflation assumption

Principal assumptions at 31 December 2020

Rate of increase in salaries

Rate of increase for pensions in payment

Discount rate

Inflation assumption

Coats UK 
Pension Scheme  

Coats US  

Other  

%

–

Various

1.9

3.5

%

3.0

–

2.8

2.2

Coats UK 
Pension Scheme 
%

Coats US 
%

–

Various

1.3

3.0

3.0

–

2.3

2.2

%

4.9

2.9

4.0

3.0

Other 
%

4.7

3.0

3.1

3.7

The rate of increase for pensions in payment for members of the combined Coats UK Pension Scheme vary in accordance with each member’s 
former scheme category and period of membership. For former Coats UK plan members the increases for pensions in payment are assumed to 
be at a rate of 3.4% (2020: 3.0%). For former Staveley scheme members, the majority of the increases for pensions in payment fall within the 
range 2.6%–3.4% (2020: 2.4%–3.0%). For former Brunel scheme members, the majority of the increases for pensions in payment fall within 
the range 3.2%–4.0% (2020: 3.0%–4.0%).

The assumed life expectancy on retirement is:

Retiring today at age 60:

Males

Females

Retiring in 20 years at age 60:

Males

Females

Year ended 31 December 2021

Year ended 31 December 2020

Coats UK 
Pension Scheme 
Years

Coats US Years

Coats UK 
Pension Scheme 
Years

Coats US Years

25.8

28.6

27.3

30.0

24.8

27.0

26.5

28.6

25.7

27.9

27.2

29.5

24.7

26.8

26.3

28.4

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

153

Financial statements10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements continued
iv) Amounts recognised in the consolidated income statement
Amounts recognised in income in respect of these defined benefit schemes are as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2021

Current service cost

Past service (cost)/credit

Settlements

Administrative expenses

Interest on defined benefit obligations – unwinding of discount

Interest income on pension scheme assets

Effect of asset cap

Year ended 31 December 2020

Current service cost

Past service credit

Administrative expenses

Interest on defined benefit obligations – unwinding of discount

Interest income on pension scheme assets

Effect of asset cap

Coats UK 
Pension Scheme  

US$m

Coats US  
US$m

–

–

–

(4.2)

(4.2)

(41.0)

39.6

–

(1.4)

(2.0)

(0.1)

3.6

(0.7)

0.8

(1.9)

4.0

(1.8)

0.3

Coats UK 
Pension Scheme  

US$m

Coats US  
US$m

–

–

(4.5)

(4.5)

(55.6)

54.0

–

(1.6)

(1.8)

–

(0.4)

(2.2)

(3.6)

6.3

(2.2)

0.5

v) Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Actuarial gains and losses were as follows:

Effect of changes in demographic assumptions

Effect of changes in financial assumptions

Effect of experience adjustments

Remeasurement on assets (excluding interest income)

Adjustment due to surplus cap

Included in the statement of comprehensive income

154

Coats Group plc

Other  
US$m

(4.0)

0.3

(0.1)

(0.1)

(3.9)

(3.6)

0.8

(0.4)

(3.2)

Other  
US$m

(4.2)

0.6

–

(3.6)

(4.2)

1.0

(0.4)

(3.6)

Group  
US$m

(6.0)

0.2

3.5

(5.0)

(7.3)

(46.5)

44.4

(2.2)

(4.3)

Group  
US$m

(6.0)

0.6

(4.9)

(10.3)

(63.4)

61.3

(2.6)

(4.7)

Year ended 
31 December 
2021  
US$m

Year ended 
31 December 
2020  
US$m

(30.7)

125.7

64.3

50.6

2.9

212.8

(10.4)

(321.6)

13.7

286.3

(7.7)

(39.7)

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements continued
vi) Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position
The amounts included in the consolidated statement of financial position arising from the Group’s defined benefit arrangements are as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2021

Cash and cash equivalents

Equity instruments:

US

UK

Eurozone

Other regions

Debt instruments:

Corporate bonds (Investment grade)

Corporate bonds (Non-investment grade)

Government/sovereign instruments

Global real estate

Derivatives:

Total return, interest and inflation swaps

Assets held by insurance company:

Insurance contracts

Diversified investment fund

Other

Total market value of assets

Actuarial value of scheme liabilities

Net asset/(liability) in the scheme

Adjustment due to surplus cap

Recoverable net asset/(liability) in the scheme

Coats UK 
Pension Scheme  

US$m

73.3

124.0

7.9

17.2

43.9

767.5

244.3

1,440.9

300.0

0.6

2.7

–

120.6

3,142.9

(3,034.9)

108.0

–

108.0

Coats US  
US$m

4.0

Other  
US$m

2.7

Total  
US$m

80.0

143.0

7.9

17.2

64.5

839.8

246.9

1,472.1

300.1

0.6

4.0

4.3

121.1

1.2

–

–

3.5

3.6

–

–

0.1

–

0.8

4.3

0.4

16.6

3,301.5

(114.9)

(3,196.7)

(98.3)

(0.2)

(98.5)

104.8

(83.7)

21.1

17.8

–

–

17.1

68.7

2.6

31.2

–

–

0.5

–

0.1

142.0

(46.9)

95.1

(83.5)

11.6

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

155

Financial statements10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements continued

Year ended 31 December 2020

Cash and cash equivalents

Equity instruments:

US

UK

Eurozone

Other regions

Debt instruments:

Corporate bonds (Investment grade)

Corporate bonds (Non-investment grade)

Government/sovereign instruments

Global real estate

Derivatives:

Total return, interest and inflation swaps

Assets held by insurance company:

Insurance contracts

Diversified investment fund

Other

Total market value of assets

Actuarial value of scheme liabilities

Net (liability)/asset in the scheme

Adjustment due to surplus cap

Recoverable net (liability)/asset in the scheme

Coats UK 
Pension Scheme  

US$m

251.2

108.0

7.8

16.5

44.9

956.5

303.5

1,122.5

286.6

(11.1)

2.9

–

120.9

3,210.2

(3,338.7)

(128.5)

–

(128.5)

Coats US  
US$m

7.6

Other  
US$m

2.8

28.2

3.5

10.0

16.0

113.1

4.0

78.4

–

0.1

0.5

–

(44.3)

217.1

(121.0)

96.1

(80.5)

15.6

1.2

–

–

5.0

4.3

–

–

0.1

–

1.2

5.0

0.2

19.8

(128.8)

(109.0)

(3.9)

(112.9)

Total 
US$m

261.6

137.4

 11.3

26.5

65.9

1,073.9

307.5

1,200.9

286.7

(11.0)

4.6

5.0

76.8

3,447.1

(3,588.5)

(141.4)

(84.4)

(225.8)

The amounts are presented in the consolidated statement of financial position as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Non-current assets:

Funded

Current assets:

Funded 

Current liabilities:

Funded

Unfunded

Non-current liabilities:

Funded

Unfunded

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

159.7

11.4

5.2

4.8

(41.9)

(6.1)

(5.6)

(90.2)

21.1

(35.3)

(7.1)

(100.1)

(99.5)

(225.8)

The schemes disclosed as part of the ‘other’ column in the tables above include surplus positions of $3.8 million (2020: $0.6 million).

156

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements continued

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:

At 1 January

Current service cost

Decrease in liabilities on settlements

Past service credit

Interest on defined benefit obligations – unwinding of discount

Actuarial gains/(losses) on obligations

Contributions from members

Benefits paid

Exchange difference

At 31 December

Movements in the fair value of scheme assets were as follows:

At 1 January 

Interest income on scheme assets

Remeasurement on assets (excluding interest income)

Decrease in assets on settlements

Assets transferred out of schemes (see note 19)

Contributions from members

Contribution from sponsoring companies

Benefits paid

Administrative expenses paid from plan assets

Exchange difference

At 31 December

Administrative expenses paid from plan assets excludes those expenses paid directly by the Group.

The reconciliation of the effect of the asset ceiling is as follows:

Unrecognised surplus at 1 January

Interest cost on unrecognised surplus

Changes in the effect of limiting a net defined benefit asset to the asset ceiling (excluding interest)

Exchange difference

Unrecognised surplus at 31 December

Year ended 
31 December 
2021  
US$m

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
US$m

(3,588.5)

(3,275.6)

(6.0)

69.6

0.2

(46.5)

159.3

(0.1)

177.1

38.2

(6.0)

–

0.6

(63.4)

(318.3)

(0.1)

178.5

(104.2)

(3,196.7)

(3,588.5)

3,447.1

3,168.7

44.4

50.6

(66.1)

(7.0)

0.1

44.2

(177.1)

(1.0)

(33.7)

61.3

286.3

–

–

0.1

13.0

(178.5)

(0.5)

96.7

3,301.5

3,447.1

84.4

2.2

(2.9)

–

83.7

74.4

2.6

7.7

(0.3)

84.4

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

157

Financial statements10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements continued
vii) Assets without a quoted price in an active market
For the Coats UK Pension Scheme, all assets in the table above, except for cash and cash equivalents, do not have a quoted price in an 
active market. For the Coats US scheme, included in the tables above are $0.4 million (2020: $0.4 million) of US equity instruments, $68.7 million 
(2020: $113.1 million) of corporate bonds (Investment grade), $2.6 million (2020: $4.0 million) of corporate bonds (Non-investment grade), 
government/sovereign instruments of $nil (2020: $15.2 million), $0.5 million (2020: $0.5 million) of insurance contracts and $0.5 million (2020: 
$44.1 million) of other liabilities without a quoted price in an active market. All other assets have a quoted price in an active market.

viii) Basis of asset valuation
Under IAS 19, plan assets must be valued at the bid market value at the balance sheet date. For the main asset categories:
•  Equities and bonds listed on recognised exchanges are valued at closing bid prices; 
•  Other bonds are measured using a combination of broker quotes and pricing models making assumptions for credit risk, market risk and market 

yield curves;

•  Global real estate assets are valued on either a fair value approach as provided by the investment manager or notional bid valuations provided 

by the investment managers due to investments being held within a single priced pooled investment vehicle. Valuations are prepared in 
accordance with the current RICS Valuation – Global Standards (1 July 2017) and the RICS Valuation – Professional Standards UK January 2014 
(revised April 2015);

•  Certain unlisted investments, for example derivatives and insurance contracts, are valued using a model based valuation such as a discounted 

cash flow; and

•  Diversified investment funds are valued at fair value which is typically the Net Asset Value provided by the investment manager.

ix) Recoverability of plan surplus
The recoverable surplus on the Coats US scheme has been recognised in line with the benefit from contribution holidays, plus annual refunds 
expected from the scheme to fund the US post-retirement medical scheme in accordance with relevant US legislation. Following the disposal of 
North America Crafts, Coats retains the previously incurred pension obligations from the business. The pension scheme was in a surplus position 
of $95.1 million at 31 December 2021 of which a recoverable surplus of $11.6 million is recognised on the Balance Sheet. 

The Coats UK Pension Scheme has moved into an IAS 19 surplus position during 2021. The Group has an unconditional right to a refund of the 
surplus assuming the gradual settlement of the liabilities over time and therefore no additional minimum funding requirement has been recognised.

x) Duration of plan liabilities
The weighted average duration of benefit obligations is 15 years (2020: 15 years) for the Coats UK scheme and 11 years (2020: 8 years) for the 
Coats US scheme.

xi) Sensitivities
Sensitivities regarding the discount rate, inflation (which also impacts the rate of increases in salaries and rate of increase for pension in payments 
assumptions for the UK scheme) and mortality assumptions used to measure the liabilities of the principal schemes, along with the impact they 
would have on the scheme liabilities, are set out below. Interrelationships between assumptions might exist and the analysis below does not 
take the effect of these interrelationships into account:

Coats UK Pension Scheme discount rate

Coats US discount rate

Coats UK Pension Scheme inflation rate

Coats US inflation rate

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
-0.25%  
US$m

115.0

1.3

(72.0)

–

+0.25%  
US$m

(108.8)

(1.2)

74.6

–

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
-0.25%  
US$m

 135.2

3.5

(99.3)

–

+0.25%  
US$m

(127.3)

(3.4)

89.6

–

An increase of 1.0% in the discount rate would result in the Coats UK Pension Scheme and the Coats US scheme liabilities decreasing by $401.4 
million and $4.9 million (2020: $467.2 million and $13.5 million). A decrease of 1.0% in the discount rate would result in the Coats UK Pension 
Scheme and the Coats US scheme liabilities increasing by $502.7 million and $6.0 million (2020: $594.6 million and $15.0 million) respectively. The 
above sensitivity analysis (on a IAS 19 basis) considers the impact on the scheme liabilities only and excludes any impacts on scheme assets from 
changes in discount and inflation rates. As noted on page 152, the Coats UK Pension Scheme is currently over 85% hedged against interest rate 
and inflation rate movements. Therefore on a Technical Provision basis, to the extent there is a change in the scheme liabilities due to movements 
in discount and inflation rates there would be offsetting impacts from the scheme assets due to the hedging in place. 

158

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information10 Retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements continued
If members of the Coats UK Pension Scheme live one year longer the scheme liabilities will increase by $105.8 million (2020: $157.8 million). 
If members of the Coats US scheme live one year longer scheme liabilities will increase by $0.7 million (2020: $4.3 million), however, there 
would be no overall impact on the recoverable surplus. 

In presenting the above sensitivity analysis, the present value of the defined benefit obligation has been calculated using the projected unit credit 
method at the end of the reporting period, which is the same as that applied in calculating the defined benefit obligation liability recognised in the 
consolidated statement of financial position. There was no change in the methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis from 
prior years.

Sensitivity of medical schemes to medical cost trend rate assumptions:

Effect on total service cost and interest cost components of other schemes

Effect on defined benefit obligation of other schemes

Year ended 
31 December 
2021 
-1%  

US$m

(0.1)

(1.4)

+1%  

US$m

0.1

1.5

Year ended
31 December 
2020 
-1%  

US$m

(0.1)

(1.4)

+1%  

US$m

0.1

1.6

xii) Expected contributions for 2022
The total estimated amount to be paid in respect of all of the Group’s retirement and other post-employment benefit arrangements during the 
2022 financial year (excluding administrative expenses paid by the Company) is $45.4 million. This includes $12 million of deficit repair contributions 
that were deferred in 2020 for the Coats UK Pension Scheme.

11 Earnings per ordinary share
The calculation of basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations is based on the profit from continuing operations attributable to 
equity shareholders and the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the year, excluding shares held by the Employee Benefit 
Trust but including shares under share incentive schemes which are not contingently issuable.

The calculation of basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing and discontinued operations is based on the profit attributable to equity 
shareholders. The weighted average number of ordinary shares used for the calculation of basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing 
and discontinued operations is the same as that used for basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations.

For diluted earnings per ordinary share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to include all potential dilutive ordinary 
shares. The Group has two classes of dilutive potential Ordinary Shares: those shares relating to awards under the Group Deferred Bonus Plan 
which have been awarded but not yet reached the end of the three year retention period and those long-term incentive plan awards for 
which the performance criteria would have been satisfied if the end of the reporting period were the end of the contingency period.

Year ended 31 December

Profit attributable to equity shareholders

Year ended 31 December

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for basic earnings per share

Adjustment for share options and LTIP awards

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue for diluted earnings per share

Year ended 31 December

Basic earnings per ordinary share

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

2021  

US$m

88.9

2020  
US$m

26.4

2021 
Number of 
shares  

m

2020  
Number of 
shares  

m

1,457.1

1,455.6

5.9

1.4

1,463.0

1,457.0

2021  
cents

6.10

6.07

2020  
cents

1.81

1.81

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

159

Financial statements12 Dividends

Year ended 31 December

2021 interim dividend paid – 0.61 cents per share

2020 final dividend paid – 1.30 cents per share

2021  

US$m

8.8

18.8

27.6

2020  
US$m

–

–

–

The proposed final dividend of 1.50 cents per ordinary share for the year ended 31 December 2021 is not recognised as a liability in the 
consolidated statement of financial position in line with the requirements of IAS 10 Events after the Reporting Period and, subject to shareholder 
approval, will be paid on 25 May 2022 to ordinary shareholders on the register on 29 April 2022, with an ex-dividend date of 28 April 2022.

13 Intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Currency translation differences

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2020 

Currency translation differences

Additions

Disposals

Goodwill  

US$m

25.9

1.0

0.3

–

27.2

(1.0)

–

–

Brands & trade 
names  
US$m

242.7

–

0.6

–

243.3

–

–

–

Technology  

US$m

17.0

1.1

–

–

18.1

(0.9)

–

–

At 31 December 2021

26.2

243.3

17.2

Cumulative amounts charged

At 1 January 2020

Currency translation differences

Amortisation charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2020

Currency translation differences

Amortisation charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 December 2021

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

–

0.4

–

1.3

–

0.4

–

1.7

Net book value at 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2020 

26.2

27.2

241.6

242.0

5.9

0.4

2.4

–

8.7

(0.4)

2.4

–

10.7

6.5

9.4

Acquired intangibles

Customer 
relationships  
US$m

6.7

0.4

–

–

7.1

(0.3)

–

–

6.8

1.9

0.2

0.4

–

2.5

(0.1)

0.5

–

2.9

3.9

4.6

Total  
acquired  
US$m

266.4

1.5

0.6

–

268.5

(1.2)

–

–

267.3

8.7

0.6

3.2

–

12.5

(0.5)

3.3

–

15.3

252.0

256.0

Computer 
software  

US$m

94.6

0.1

2.0

(9.9)

86.8

(1.5)

2.2

(9.9)

77.6

87.2

–

4.0

(9.8)

81.4

(1.5)

2.7

(9.7)

72.9

4.7

5.4

Total  
US$m

386.9

2.6

2.9

(9.9)

382.5

(3.7)

2.2

(9.9)

371.1

95.9

0.6

7.2

(9.8)

93.9

(2.0)

6.0

(9.7)

88.2

282.9

288.6

160

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information13 Intangible assets continued
The carrying value of Coats brands at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 is $239.6 million. There is no foreseeable limit to the net cash 
inflows from royalties, which are generated from continued sales of thread resulting from the Coats brands, and those brands are therefore 
assessed as having indefinite useful lives. The recoverable amount of these brands has been estimated using the relief from royalty method to 
calculate the fair value and is re-assessed annually by reference to the discounted cash flow arising from the royalties generated by those brands. 
The valuation has been based on the latest budget and medium-term plan approved by the Board, covering the period to 31 December 2024, 
applying a pre-tax discount rate of 10.5% (2020: 10.6%) and long-term growth of 2.7% (2020: 2.8%). Management believes that no 
reasonable potential change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value to exceed its recoverable amount.

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination. The carrying amount of goodwill has been allocated as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Gotex

North America 

Coats Digital

Other

2021  

US$m

13.0

2.6

8.8

1.8

26.2

2020  
US$m

13.9

2.6

8.9

1.8

27.2

The carrying value of the goodwill allocated to the CGUs has been tested for impairment during the year by comparing the carrying value of the 
CGU to their value in use. The value in use calculations were based on projected cash flows, derived from the latest budgets approved by the Board 
and factoring in the most recent trading activity. Projected cash flows are, discounted at CGU specific, risk adjusted, discount rates to calculate the 
net present value.

The calculation of ‘value in use’ is most sensitive to the following assumptions:
•  CGU specific operating assumptions that are reflected in the budget and medium-term plan periods for the financial year to December 2024;
•  discount rates; and
•  growth rates used to extrapolate risk adjusted cash flows beyond the medium-term period.

CGU specific operating assumptions are applicable to the cash flows for the years 2022 to 2024 and relate to revenue forecasts and forecast operating 
margins. A short-term growth rate is applied to the December 2024 plan to derive the cash flows arising in 2025–2026 and a long-term rate is applied 
to 2026 to determine a terminal value. Revenue growth and operating margin improvement assumptions in 2025–2026 are as follows:

Gotex

North America 

Coats Digital

Revenue  
growth  

%

3.0-10.0

5.6-5.6

5.0-33.3

Operating margin 
improvement  

%

0.3-0.9

0.3-0.4

1.0-4.0

The discount rate is based on estimations of the assumptions that market participants operating in similar sectors to Coats would make, using the 
Group’s economic profile as a starting point and adjusting appropriately. The pre-tax base discount rate of 10.5% (2020: 10.6%) has been adjusted 
for economic risks that are not already captured in the specific operating assumptions. This results in the impairment testing using a pre tax 
discount rate of 12.7% for Gotex, 10.5% for North America, and 13.0% for Coats Digital.

The following scenarios would result in headroom being completely eliminated in the value in use impairment assessments:
•  the discount rate increasing by 630 bps in Gotex, 200 bps in North America and 1,100 bps in Coats Digital; or
•  cumulative 2022–2026 revenue is 34% lower in Gotex, 22% lower in North America and 27% lower in Coats Digital; or
•  cumulative 2022–2026 operating profit is 31% lower in Gotex, 17% lower in North America and 78% lower in Coats Digital.

In light of this, management believes that no reasonable potential change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of 
any of the above CGUs to materially exceed their recoverable amount.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

161

Financial statements14 Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Currency translation differences

Subsidiaries bought externally

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2020 

Currency translation differences

Additions

Disposals

At 31 December 2021

Cumulative amounts charged

At 1 January 2020

Currency translation differences

Depreciation charge for the year

Impairment charge (see note 4)

Disposals

At 31 December 2020

Currency translation differences

Depreciation charge for the year

Impairment charge (see note 4)

Disposals

At 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2021

Net book value at 31 December 2020

Analysis of net book value of land and buildings 31 December

Freehold

Leasehold improvements:

Over 50 years unexpired

Under 50 years unexpired

162

Coats Group plc

Land and 
buildings  

US$m

160.3

Plant and 
equipment  

US$m

562.6

0.1

–

3.1

(0.4)

163.1

(4.6)

3.0

(0.6)

160.9

72.4

0.2

5.0

0.1

(0.3)

77.4

(2.3)

4.6

–

(0.6)

79.1

81.8

85.7

(5.5)

3.9

7.9

(6.1)

562.8

(17.2)

22.1

(16.5)

551.2

387.1

(2.5)

21.8

3.7

(5.8)

404.3

(13.2)

20.5

2.0

(15.8)

397.8

153.4

158.5

Vehicles and 
office 
equipment  

US$m

86.2

(0.6)

–

1.7

(10.8)

76.5

(2.1)

2.6

(11.6)

65.4

73.3

(0.2)

3.7

0.3

(10.8)

66.3

(1.7)

3.1

–

(11.6)

56.2

9.3

10.2

2021  

US$m

67.8

1.8

12.2

81.8

Total  
US$m

809.1

(6.0)

3.9

12.7

(17.3)

802.4

(23.9)

27.7

(28.7)

777.5

532.8

(2.5)

30.5

4.1

(16.9)

548.0

(17.2)

28.2

2.0

(28.0)

533.0

244.5

254.4

2020  
US$m

71.0

2.0

12.7

85.7

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information15 Leases
The Group leases several assets including buildings, plants, vehicles and office equipment. The average lease term is 4 years (2020: 4 years). 
The Group’s consolidated balance sheet includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Right-of-use assets

Net carrying amount

At 1 January 2021

At 31 December 2021

Depreciation expense for the year ended

31 December 2020

31 December 2021

Land and 
buildings  

US$m

49.7

80.4

12.9

14.3

6.4

4.5

2.2

2.1

Plant and 
equipment  

US$m

Vehicles and 
office 
equipment  

US$m

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the year ended 31 December 2021 were $51.1 million (2020: $16.2 million).

Lease liabilities 

Year ended 31 December

Current

Non-current

Maturity analysis

Payable within one year

Payable between one and five years

Payable after more than five years

Total  
US$m

60.7

91.6

18.3

19.4

2020  
US$m

16.4

49.6

66.0

16.4

34.6

15.0

66.0

4.6

6.7

3.2

3.0

2021  

US$m

17.8

81.2

99.0

17.8

46.9

34.3

99.0

The net increase in lease liabilities during the year ended 31 December 2021 was $33.0 million (2020: $1.0 million) which includes foreign exchange 
gains on lease liabilities of $0.2 million (2020: losses of $0.7 million). The total cash outflow for leases in the year ended 31 December 2021 was 
$22.1 million (2020: $19.4 million).

The Group’s consolidated income statement includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Year ended 31 December

Depreciation expense

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Expenses relating to short term leases

Expenses relating to leases of low value assets

Expense relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability

Impairment of right-of-use assets 

Income from subleasing right-of-use assets

2021  

US$m

19.4

5.2

1.1

0.1

0.6

–

(0.2)

2020  
US$m

18.3

3.9

1.5

0.1

0.6

 0.8

(0.2)

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

163

Financial statements15 Leases continued
The Group subleases some of its right-of-use assets. At the balance sheet date, the Group had contracted with tenants for receipt of the following 
minimum lease payments:

Year ended 31 December

Receivable within one year

16 Non-current investments

Year ended 31 December

Interests in joint ventures (see below)

Investments in equity securities:

Unlisted investments

Other investments included within current assets were $nil at 31 December 2021 (2020: $0.1 million).

Interests in joint ventures

At 1 January 2021

Dividends receivable

Share of profit after tax

At 31 December 2021

Year ended 31 December

Share of net assets on acquisition

Share of post-acquisition retained profits

Share of net assets

2021  

US$m

–

–

2021  

US$m

12.0

6.0

18.0

2021  

US$m

10.6

1.4

12.0

2020  
US$m

0.2

0.2

2020  
US$m

11.1

6.0

17.1

US$m

11.1

(0.3)

1.2

12.0

2020  
US$m

10.6

0.5

11.1

The following table provides summarised financial information on the Group’s share of its joint ventures, relating to the period during which they 
were joint ventures, and excludes goodwill:

Year ended 31 December

Summarised income statement information:

Revenue

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit after tax

2021  

US$m

27.9

1.7

(0.5)

1.2

2020  
US$m

20.8

0.8

(0.2)

0.6

164

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information16 Non-current investments continued

Year ended 31 December

Summarised balance sheet information:

Non-current assets

Current assets

Liabilities due within one year

Net assets

17 Deferred tax assets

Year ended 31 December

Deferred tax assets

The Group’s deferred tax assets are included within the analysis in note 24.

The movements in the Group’s deferred tax asset during the year were as follows:

At 1 January

Currency translation differences

Reclassified from deferred tax liability

Transfer to current tax

(Charged)/credited to the income statement

(Charged)/credited to other comprehensive income and expense

At 31 December

18 Inventories

Year ended 31 December

Raw materials and consumables

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods for resale

2021  

US$m

5.6

15.0

20.6

(8.6)

12.0

2021  

US$m

20.7

2021  

US$m

22.7

(0.6)

(0.1)

–

(0.3)

(1.0)

20.7

2021  

US$m

127.7

38.0

84.4

250.1

2020  
US$m

5.7

12.9

18.6

(7.5)

11.1

2020  
US$m

22.7

2020  
US$m

16.2

0.6

5.2

(0.2)

0.8

0.1

22.7

2020  
US$m

96.6

28.0

62.4

187.0

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

165

Financial statements19 Trade and other receivables

Year ended 31 December

Non-current assets:

Income tax assets

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Prepaid pension contributions

Derivative financial instruments

Current assets:

Trade receivables

Current income tax assets

Prepayments and accrued income

Derivative financial instruments

Prepaid pension contributions

Amounts due from joint ventures 

Other receivables

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

–

1.1

20.5

5.8

1.3

28.7

0.5

0.6

12.4

–

5.5

19.0

240.4

223.5

6.4

7.0

4.2

1.2

0.1

43.4

302.7

6.8

5.6

3.5

–

–

35.1

274.5

The fair value of trade and other receivables is not materially different to the carrying value.

Interest charged in respect of overdue trade receivables is immaterial.

Included within trade receivables is $7.7 million (2020: $6.2 million) relating to software solutions revenue contracts, for which performance 
obligations are fulfilled over a period of time (see note 21).

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which requires the use of the lifetime 
expected loss provision for all trade receivables. Credit risk is minimised due to the quality and short-term nature of the Group’s trade receivables 
as well as the fact that the exposure is spread over a large number of customers. An allowance has been made for expected losses on trade 
receivables of $8.9 million (2020: $10.2 million).

The Group monitors receivables for any significant increases in credit risk, and fully provides for trade receivables which are more than 6 months 
overdue, unless there are specific circumstances which would indicate otherwise. For all other trade receivables, when determining expected losses, 
the Group takes into account the historical default experience and the financial position of the counterparties, as well as the future prospects 
considering various sources of information. The loss allowance has been determined as follows:

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount (US$m)

Loss allowance provision (US$m)

Expected loss rate

Gross carrying amount (US$m)

Loss allowance provision (US$m)

166

Coats Group plc

Current

0.3%

214.9

0.7

Current

0.6%

199.8

 1.1

1–3 months past 
due

3–6 months past 
due

6+ months past 
due

Total  
2021

2%

24.9

0.6

35%

2.0

0.7

80%

8.6

6.9

1–3 months past 
due

3–6 months past 
due

6+ months past 
due

2%

23.5

0.5

25%

1.6

0.4

87%

9.4

8.2

250.4

8.9

Total  
2020

234.3

10.2

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information19 Trade and other receivables continued
The movements in the expected loss allowance are analysed as follows:

At 1 January

Currency translation differences

(Credited)/charged to the income statement

Amounts written off during the year

At 31 December

20 Derivative financial instruments – assets
Derivative financial instruments within non-current and current assets comprise:

Year ended 31 December

Fair value through the income statement:

Forward foreign currency contracts

Interest rate swap contracts

Amounts shown within non-current assets

Amounts shown within current assets

2021  

US$m

10.2

(0.6)

(0.2)

(0.5)

8.9

2020  
US$m

8.1

(0.4)

3.1

(0.6)

10.2

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

3.6

1.9

5.5

1.3

4.2

4.4

 4.6

9.0

5.5

3.5

The fair values of these financial instruments are calculated by discounting the future cash flows to net present values using appropriate market 
interest and foreign currency rates prevailing at the year end.

21 Trade and other payables

Year ended 31 December

Amounts falling due within one year:

Trade payables

Amounts owed to joint ventures

Other tax and social security payable

Other payables

Accruals 

Contract liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Employee entitlements (excluding pensions)

Amounts falling due after more than one year:

Other payables

Contract liabilities

Employee entitlements (excluding pensions)

Derivative financial instruments

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

208.5

158.5

16.3

7.7

36.7

50.8

6.8

0.8

19.2

346.8

21.3

1.7

1.1

0.1

24.2

12.4

8.0

29.7

32.1

6.5

–

8.5

255.7

16.1

0.6

1.1

0.3

18.1

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

167

Financial statements21 Trade and other payables continued
The fair value of trade and other payables is not materially different to the carrying value.

Interest paid to suppliers in respect of overdue trade payables is immaterial.

Contract liabilities amounting to $6.7 million (2020: $5.8 million) which were outstanding at 31 December 2020 were released to revenue during 
the year ended 31 December 2021, with the remainder expected to be released in 2022.

22 Derivative financial instruments – liabilities
Derivative financial instruments within non-current and current liabilities comprise:

Year ended 31 December

Fair value through the income statement:

Forward foreign currency contracts

Amounts shown within non-current liabilities

Amounts shown within current liabilities

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

0.9

0.9

0.1

0.8

0.3

0.3

0.3

–

The fair values of these financial instruments are calculated by discounting the future cash flows to net present values using appropriate market 
interest and foreign currency rates prevailing at the year end.

23 Borrowings

Year ended 31 December

Bank overdrafts

Borrowings repayable within one year

Due within one year

Borrowings repayable between one and two years

Borrowings repayable between two and five years

Due after more than five years

Due after more than one year

Bank overdrafts

Series A and Series B Senior Notes

Bank and other borrowings 

2021  

US$m

16.4

2.8

19.2

–

135.1

100.0

235.1

16.4

227.5

10.4

254.3

2020  
US$m

19.8

3.0

22.8

0.4

129.3

100.0

229.7

19.8

230.4

2.3

252.5

On 6 December 2017 the Group issued $125.0 million of 3.88% Series A Senior Notes due 6 December 2024 and $100.0 million of 4.07% Series B 
Senior Notes due 6 December 2027 in a US private placement. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on 6 June and 6 December of each year 
beginning on 6 June 2018. The Senior Notes are unsecured and rank equally with all the Group’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.

In April 2021 the Group entered into a $360.0 million three year bank facility, with the ability for two one-year extensions. The facility bears 
interest at the risk free rate plus a credit adjustment spread and a margin. The facility also includes an ESG component which impacts the margin 
based on performance against three of the Group’s published sustainability targets. 

Series A and Series B Senior Notes at 31 December 2021 of $227.5 million includes a fair value adjustment to the nominal amount 
outstanding of $2.5 million, for which the Group has interest rate swaps which are accounted for as fair value hedges.

The currency and interest rate profile of the Group’s borrowings is included in note 32 on page 183.

168

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information24 Deferred tax liabilities

At 1 January

Currency translation differences

Reclassified from deferred tax assets

Credited to the income statement

Credited to equity

At 31 December

The Group’s net deferred tax liabilities/(assets) are analysed 
as follows:

Accelerated tax depreciation on tangible fixed assets

Other temporary differences

Revenue losses carried forward

Capital losses carried forward

Investment in subsidiaries

Brands

Retirement benefit obligations offset against brands

Retirement benefit obligations

2021  

US$m

9.0

0.2

(0.1)

(2.2)

(0.1)

6.8

2020  
US$m

8.2

0.4

5.2

(4.8)

–

9.0

 2020 

2021

Provided/ 
(recognised)  
US$m

Unprovided/ 
(unrecognised)  

US$m

Provided/ 
(recognised)  

US$m

Unprovided/ 
(unrecognised)  

US$m

13.9

(15.4)

(11.4)

–

5.8

59.9

(59.9)

(6.8)

(13.9)

(17.5)

(10.8)

(298.4)

(355.7)

5.3

–

–

(2.8)

(679.9)

16.0

(12.0)

(13.6)

–

3.3

45.5

(45.5)

(7.4)

(13.7)

(12.6)

(9.2)

(330.8)

(290.3)

4.3

–

–

15.3

(623.3)

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (after offset) for financial 
reporting purposes:

Deferred tax assets (note 17)

Deferred tax liabilities

(20.7)

6.8

(13.9)

(22.7)

9.0

(13.7)

At the year end, the Group had approximately $1.6 billion (2020: $1.6 billion) of unused gross income tax losses and approximately $1.4 billion 
(2020: $1.5 billion) of unused gross capital losses available for offset against future profits. A deferred tax asset of $11.4 million (2020: $13.6 
million) has been recognised in respect of $36.9 million (2020: $56.7 million) of such income tax losses. No deferred tax asset has been recognised 
in respect of the remaining losses due to lack of certainty regarding the availability of future taxable income. Such losses are only recognised in 
the financial statements to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that sufficient future taxable profits will be available for offset.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

169

Financial statements24 Deferred tax liabilities continued
The Group’s income tax losses can be analysed as follows:

Expiring within 5 years

Expiring in more than 5 years

Available indefinitely

2021  

US$m

33.2

15.5

2020  
US$m

41.8

13.9

1,510.5

1,559.2

1,530.9

1,586.6

At 31 December 2021, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred 
tax liabilities have not been recognised is $5.3 million (2020: $4.3 million). Deferred tax on distribution of these profits has not been provided on 
the grounds that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the remaining temporary differences and it is probable that they will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future.

25 Provisions

Year ended 31 December

Provisions are included as follows:

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Provisions are analysed as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Property related provisions

Other provisions

At 1 January 2021

Currency translation differences

Utilised in year

(Credited)/charged to the income statement

At 31 December 2021

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

8.1

27.7

35.8

2021  

US$m

2.1

33.7

35.8

Property related 
provisions  

Other 
provisions  

US$m

2.2

–

–

(0.1)

2.1

US$m

33.9

(0.2)

(16.1)

16.1

33.7

8.2

27.9

36.1

2020  
US$m

2.2

33.9

36.1

Total  
US$m

36.1

(0.2)

(16.1)

16.0

35.8

Other provisions include the amounts set aside to cover certain legal and other regulatory claims, including in respect of the Lower Passaic River 
(see note 28 for further details), which are expected to be substantially utilised within the next ten years.

170

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information26 Share capital

Year ended 31 December

Ordinary Shares of 5p each

Number

1,452,570,385

2021

US$m

90.1

Number

1,452,077,272

2020

US$m

90.1

During the year ended 31 December 2021 the Company issued 493,113 ordinary shares of 5p each (2020: 7,261,231) following the exercise of 
share options as set out below:

At 1 January 2021

Issue of ordinary shares 

At 31 December 2021

Number of shares

1,452,077,272

493,113

1,452,570,385

 US$m

90.1

–

90.1

The own shares reserve of $0.5 million at 31 December 2021 (2020: $3.2 million) represents the cost of shares in Coats Group plc purchased in the 
market and held by an Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy awards under the Group’s share based incentive plans. 

The number of shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust at 31 December 2021 was 2,020,306 (2020: 7,010,248).

Details of share awards outstanding under the Group’s LTIP and Deferred Bonus Plans are set out in note 33.

27 Reserves and non-controlling interests

At 1 January 2021

Dividends

Currency translation differences 

Actuarial gains on employee benefits

Tax on actuarial gains 

Movement in own shares

Share based payments

Deferred tax on share schemes

Profit for the year 

At 31 December 2021

Share 
premium 
account  
US$m

10.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Own  
shares  
US$m

(3.2)

–

–

–

–

2.7

–

–

–

Translation 
reserve  
US$m

(89.2)

–

(16.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

Capital 
reduction 
reserve  
US$m

59.8

Other 
reserves  
US$m

246.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10.5

(0.5)

(105.7)

59.8

246.3

Retained 
loss  

US$m

(23.8)

(27.6)

–

212.8

(1.0)

(0.8)

3.9

0.1

88.9

252.5

Non-
controlling 
interests  
US$m

28.4

(16.5)

(0.5)

–

–

–

–

–

19.7

31.1

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

171

Financial statements27 Reserves and non-controlling interests continued
The table below shows financial information of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group that have non-controlling interests:

EMEA

Asia & Rest of World 

Profit allocated to  

non-controlling interests

Accumulated  

non-controlling interests

Year ended  
31 December  
2021  

US$m

0.1

19.6

19.7

Year ended 
31 December 
2020  
US$m

–

15.8

15.8

31 December  
2021  

US$m

0.9

30.2

31.1

31 December 
2020  
US$m

1.5

26.9

28.4

The proportion of ownership interests and voting rights of non-wholly owned subsidiaries of the Group held by non-controlling interests is set out 
on pages 198 to 206.

28 Contingent liabilities and environmental matters
Environmental matters
As noted in previous reports, the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has notified Coats & Clark, Inc. (CC) that CC is a ‘potentially 
responsible party’ (PRP) under the US Superfund law for investigation and remediation costs at the 17-mile Lower Passaic River Study Area (LPR) in 
New Jersey in respect of alleged operations of a predecessor’s former facilities in that area prior to 1950. Over 100 PRPs have been identified by 
EPA. Approximately 50 PRPs are currently members of a cooperating parties group (CPG) of companies, formed to fund and conduct a remedial 
investigation and feasibility study of the area. CC joined the CPG in 2011. 

CC has analysed its predecessor’s operating history prior to 1950, when it left the LPR, and has concluded that it was not responsible for the 
contaminants and environmental damage that are the primary focus of the EPA process. CC also believes that there are many parties that will 
participate in the LPR’s remediation, including those that are the most responsible for its contamination. 

In March 2016, EPA issued a Record of Decision selecting a remedy for the lower 8 miles of the LPR at an estimated cost of $1.38 billion on 
a net present value basis. The EPA’s Record of Decision did not include a remedial decision for the upper 9 miles of the LPR. The EPA may consider 
a remedial alternative proposed by the CPG for the upper 9 miles, or it may select a different remedy. Discussions with EPA regarding the nature 
and timing of such a decision are ongoing. 

EPA has entered into an administrative order on consent (AOC) with Occidental Chemical Corporation (OCC), which has been identified as 
being responsible for the most significant contamination in the river, concerning the design of the selected remedy for the lower 8 miles of the 
LPR. Maxus Energy Corporation (Maxus), which provided an indemnity to OCC that covered the LPR, has been granted Chapter 11 bankruptcy 
protection, but OCC remains responsible for its remedial obligations even in the absence of Maxus’ indemnity. The approved bankruptcy plan also 
created a liquidating trust to pursue potential claims against Maxus’ parent entity, YPF SA, and potentially others, which could result in additional 
funding for the LPR remedy. While the ultimate costs of the remedial design and the final remedy are expected to be shared among hundreds of 
parties, including many who are not currently in the CPG, the final allocation of remedial costs among those parties in a settlement or court 
ruling has not yet been determined. 

In March 2017, EPA notified 20 parties not associated with the disposal or release of any contaminants of concern as being eligible for early cash 
out settlements. As expected, EPA did not identify CC as one of the 20 parties. EPA invited approximately 80 other parties, including CC, to 
participate in an allocation process to determine their respective allocation shares and potential eligibility for future cash out settlements. In the 
allocation, CC presented factual and scientific evidence that it is not responsible for the discharge of dioxins, furans or PCBs – the contaminants 
that are driving the remediation of the LPR – and that it is a de minimis or even smaller de micromis party. The confidential allocation process 
concluded in December 2020. CC continues to believe that it should be a de minimis or even smaller de micromis party in an eventual settlement 
or court ruling allocating remedial costs.

172

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information28 Contingent liabilities and environmental matters continued
On 30 June 2018, OCC filed a lawsuit against approximately 120 defendants, including CC, seeking recovery of past environmental costs and 
contribution toward future environmental costs. OCC released claims for certain past costs from 41 of the defendants, including CC, and is not 
seeking recovery of those past costs from CC. OCC’s lawsuit seeks resolution of many of the same issues being addressed in the EPA sponsored 
allocation process, and does not alter CC’s defences or CC’s continued belief that it is a de minimis or even smaller de micromis party. 

In 2015, a provision of $9.0 million was recorded for remediation costs for the entire 17 miles of the LPR. This provision was based on CC’s 
estimated share of de minimis costs for EPA’s selected remedy for the lower 8 miles of the LPR and the remedy proposed by the CPG for the 
upper 9 miles. A separate provision of $6.8 million was recorded for associated legal and professional costs in defence of CC’s position. Both of 
these charges to the income statement were net of insurance reimbursements and were stated on a net present value basis. During the year ended 
31 December 2018, an additional provision of $8.0 million was recorded as an exceptional item to cover legal and professional fees. The Group will 
continue to mitigate additional costs as far as possible through insurance and other avenues.

As at 31 December 2021, $13.8 million of this provision had been utilised. The remaining provision at 31 December 2021, taking into account 
insurance reimbursement, was $11.2 million (2020: $12.6 million). The process concerning the LPR continues to evolve and these estimates are 
subject to change based upon legal defence costs associated with the EPA sponsored allocation and OCC’s lawsuit, the scope of the remedy 
selected by EPA for the upper nine miles, the share of remedial costs to be paid by the major polluters on the river, and the share of remaining 
remedial costs apportioned among CC and other companies. 

Coats believes that CC’s predecessor did not generate any of the contaminants which are driving the current and anticipated remedial actions in 
the LPR, that it has valid legal defences which are based on its own analysis of the relevant facts, that it is a de minimis or even smaller de micromis 
party, and that additional parties not currently in the CPG will be responsible for a significant share of the ultimate costs of remediation. However, 
as this matter evolves, it is nonetheless still possible that additional provisions could be recorded and such provisions could increase materially based 
on further decisions by EPA, negotiations among the parties, and other future events.

Following the sale of the North America Crafts business, including CC, announced on 22 January 2019, Coats North America Consolidated Inc. 
(the seller) retains the control and responsibility for the eventual outcome of the ongoing LPR environmental matters, including the rights to 
the related insurance reimbursements.

29 Capital commitments
As at 31 December 2021, the Group had commitments of $5.1 million in respect of contracts placed for future capital expenditure 
(2020: $3.7 million). 

30 Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement
a) Reconciliation of operating profit to cash generated from operations

Year ended 31 December

Operating profit

Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in debtors

Increase/(decrease) in creditors

Provision and pension movements

Foreign exchange and other non-cash movements

Discontinued operations

Cash generated from operations

2021  

US$m

179.4

28.2

19.4

6.0

(76.0)

(49.8)

101.4

(34.5)

14.9

–

189.0

2020  
US$m

103.1

30.5

18.3

7.2

4.9

1.1

(28.7)

(14.0)

5.7

(0.1)

128.0

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

173

Financial statements30 Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement continued
b) Taxation paid

Year ended 31 December

Overseas tax paid

c) Investment income

Year ended 31 December

Dividends received from joint ventures

d) Capital expenditure and financial investment

Year ended 31 December

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Acquisition of other equity investments

Disposal of property, plant and equipment

e) Acquisitions and disposals of businesses

Year ended 31 December

Acquisition of businesses

f) Net debt

Year ended 31 December

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Net cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings (see note 23)

Net debt excluding lease liabilities

Lease liabilities (see note 15)

Total net debt

2021  

US$m

(47.9)

2021  

US$m

0.3

2021  

US$m

(31.2)

0.1

0.8

2020  
US$m

(46.3)

2020  
US$m

0.9

2020  
US$m

(15.4)

0.1

3.0

(30.3)

(12.3)

2021  

US$m

–

2021  

US$m

107.2

(16.4)

90.8

(237.9)

(147.1)

(99.0)

(246.1)

2020  
US$m

(36.9)

2020  
US$m

71.9

(19.8)

52.1

(232.7)

(180.6)

(66.0)

(246.6)

For financial covenant purposes, the Group’s leverage is calculated on the basis of net debt without IFRS 16 lease liabilities and at the Coats Group 
Finance Company Limited level. Net debt excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities at the Coats Group Finance Company Limited level at 31 December 2021 
for covenant purposes was $148.0 million (31 December 2020: $177.0 million).

174

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information30 Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement continued
The components of net debt and movements during the periods are set out below:

At 1 January 2020

Cash flows

Non-cash movements

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2020 

Cash flows

Non-cash movements

Foreign exchange

At 31 December 2021 

Series A  
and Series B  
Senior Notes  

US$m

(225.0)

–

(5.4)

–

(230.4)

–

2.9

–

Bank 
loans  
US$m

(60.8)

58.7

(0.7)

0.5

(2.3)

(8.4)

(1.4)

1.7

(227.5)

(10.4)

Lease 
liabilities  
US$m 

(65.0)

19.4

(19.7)

(0.7)

(66.0)

22.1

(55.3)

0.2

(99.0)

Bank 
overdrafts  

US$m

(41.5)

21.7

–

–

Total 
financing 
activity
 liabilities  

US$m

(392.3)

99.8

(25.8)

(0.2)

(19.8)

(318.5)

3.1

–

0.3

16.8

(53.8)

2.2

(16.4)

(353.3)

Cash 
at bank 
and in hand  

US$m

177.4

(103.6)

–

(1.9)

71.9

37.9

–

(2.6)

107.2

Net debt  
US$m

(214.9)

(3.8)

(25.8)

(2.1)

(246.6)

54.7

(53.8)

(0.4)

(246.1)

The non-cash movement during the year ended 31 December 2021 of $2.9 million (2020: $5.4 million) within Series A and Series B Senior Notes 
represents the movement in the fair value adjustment to the nominal amount outstanding of $225.0 million and relates to interest rate swaps 
which are accounted for as fair value hedges.

The non-cash movement during the year ended 31 December 2021 of $55.3 million (2020: $19.7 million) within lease liabilities relates to 
the following: the unwind of lease liabilities of $5.2 million (2020: $3.9 million) and the impact of entering into new leases, disposals 
and modification of existing leases of $50.1 million (2020: $15.8 million).

Total net debt is presented in the consolidated statement of financial position as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Current liabilities:

Bank overdrafts and other borrowings

Lease liabilities

Non-current liabilities:

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Total net debt

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

107.2

71.9

(19.2)

(17.8)

(235.1)

(81.2)

(246.1)

(22.8)

(16.4)

(229.7)

(49.6)

(246.6)

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

175

Financial statements31 Related party transactions
Remuneration of key management personnel
The Group Executive Team are deemed to be the key management personnel of the Group. The remuneration of the Group Executive Team, is set 
out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures. Further information regarding the remuneration of 
individual directors is provided on pages 96 to 113 in the audited part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Year ended 31 December

Short-term employee benefits

Share based payments

2021  

US$m

10.4

1.6

12.0

2020  
US$m

6.0

0.7

6.7

Trading transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in 
this note. Transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are disclosed below.

During the year, Group companies entered into the following transactions with related parties who are not members of the Group:

Joint ventures

Sale of goods

Purchase of goods

2021  

US$m

2.7

2020  
US$m

5.9

2021  

US$m

61.1

2020  
US$m

45.7

Amounts owing by/(to) joint ventures at the year end are disclosed in notes 19 and 21. All transactions with joint ventures are at an arm’s length 
and payment terms are consistent with normal trading terms with third parties.

32 Derivatives and other financial instruments
The Group’s main financial instruments comprise:

Financial assets:
•  cash and cash equivalents;
•  trade and other receivables that arise directly from the Group’s operations; and
•  derivatives, including forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps.

Financial liabilities:
•  trade, other payables and certain provisions that arise directly from the Group’s operations;
•  bank borrowings and overdrafts; and
•  derivatives, including forward foreign currency contracts and interest rate swaps.

176

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets are summarised below:

Year ended 31 December

Financial assets carried at amortised cost (loans and receivables):

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables (note 19)

Amounts due from joint ventures (note 19)

Other receivables (note 19), net of non-financial assets $29.9 million (2020: $23.0 million)

Financial assets carried at fair value through the income statement:

Derivative financial instruments (note 20)

Other financial assets carried at fair value through the statement of comprehensive income:

Other investments (note 16)

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities are summarised below:

Year ended 31 December

Financial liabilities carried at amortised cost:

Trade payables (note 21)

Amounts owed to joint ventures (note 21)

Other financial liabilities

Provisions (note 25)

Lease liabilities (note 15)

Borrowings (note 23)

Financial liabilities carried at fair value through the income statement:

Borrowings (note 23)

Derivative financial instruments (note 22)

Total financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities include other payables, other than taxation and other statutory liabilities.

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

107.2

241.5

0.1

34.0

382.8

5.5

5.5

6.0

6.0

71.9

224.1

–

24.5

320.5

9.0

9.0

6.1

6.1

394.3

335.6

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

208.5

16.3

116.3

2.1

99.0

186.8

629.0

67.5

0.9

68.4

697.4

158.5

12.4

78.3

2.2

66.0

182.1

499.5

 70.4

0.3

 70.7

570.2

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

177

Financial statements32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is summarised below:

Year ended 31 December

Primary financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Amounts due from joint ventures

Other receivables

Other investments

Trade payables

Amounts owed to joint ventures

Other financial liabilities and provisions

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments:

Forward foreign currency contracts

Interest rate swaps

Net financial liabilities

2021

Book value  

Fair value  

Book value  

US$m

US$m

US$m

107.2

241.5

0.1

34.0

6.0

(208.5)

(16.3)

(118.4)

(254.3)

2.7

1.9

107.2

241.5

0.1

34.0

6.0

(208.5)

(16.3)

(118.4)

(254.3)

2.7

1.9

71.9

224.1

–

24.5

6.1

(158.5)

(12.4)

(80.5)

(252.5)

4.1

4.6

2020 

Fair value  
US$m

71.9

224.1

–

24.5

6.1

(158.5)

(12.4)

(80.5)

(252.5)

4.1

4.6

(204.1)

(204.1)

(168.6)

(168.6)

Market values have been used as proxies for the fair value of all listed investments. Unlisted investments are stated at fair value. For floating rate 
financial assets and liabilities, and for fixed rate financial assets and liabilities with a maturity of less than 12 months, it has been assumed that 
fair values are approximately the same as book values. Fair values for forward foreign currency contracts have been estimated using applicable 
forward exchange rates at the year end. All other fair values have been calculated by discounting expected cash flows at prevailing interest rates.

Fair value measurements recognised in the statement of financial position
The following tables provide an analysis of financial instruments that are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value, grouped into 
Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:
•  Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•  Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, 

either directly (ie as prices) or indirectly (ie derived from prices); and

•  Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques which include inputs for the asset or liability that are not 

observable market data (unobservable inputs).

178

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Financial assets measured at fair value

Year ended 31 December

2021

Financial assets measured at fair value through the income statement:

Trading derivatives 

Derivatives designated as effective hedging instruments

Financial assets measured at fair value through the statement of 
comprehensive income:

Other investments

2020

Financial assets measured at fair value through the income statement:

Trading derivatives

Derivatives designated as effective hedging instruments

Financial assets measured at fair value through the statement of 
comprehensive income:

Other investments

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Year ended 31 December

2021

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through the income statement:

Trading derivatives

Borrowings

2020

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through the income statement:

Trading derivatives

Borrowings

Total  
US$m

Level 1  
US$m

Level 2  
US$m

Level 3  
US$m

3.6

1.9

6.0

11.5

4.4

 4.6

6.1

15.1

–

–

1.0

1.0

–

–

1.1

1.1

3.6

1.9

–

5.5

4.4

 4.6

–

9.0

–

–

5.0

5.0

–

–

5.0

5.0

Total  
US$m

Level 1  
US$m

Level 2  
US$m

Level 3  
US$m

(0.9)

(67.5)

(68.4)

(0.3)

 (70.4)

(70.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.9)

(67.5)

(68.4)

(0.3)

 (70.4)

(70.7)

–

–

–

–

–

–

Level 1 financial instruments are valued based on quoted bid prices in an active market. Level 2 financial instruments are measured by discounted 
cash flow. For interest rates swaps future cash flows are estimated based on forward interest rates (from observable yield curves at the end of the 
reporting period) and contract interest rates, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of the various counterparties. For foreign exchange 
contracts future cash flows are estimated based on forward exchange rates (from observable forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting 
period) and contract forward rates, discounted at a rate that reflects the credit risk of the various counterparties. Equity instruments that are 
classified as level 3 financial instruments relate to the Group’s investment in Twine Solutions Limited. Given the business is at an early stage of its 
lifecycle and there have been no indications of impairment, the carrying value is deemed to approximate to fair value.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

179

Financial statements 
32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are as follows:
•  currency risk;
•  interest rate risk;
•  capital risk;
•  market price risk;
•  liquidity risk; and
•  credit risk.

The Group’s policies for managing those risks are described on pages 180 to 187 and, except as noted, have remained unchanged since the 
beginning of the year to which these financial statements relate.

Currency risk
The income and capital value of the Group’s financial instruments can be affected by exchange rate movements as a significant portion of 
both its financial assets and financial liabilities are denominated in currencies other than US Dollars, which is the Group’s presentational currency. 
The accounting impact of these exposures will vary according to whether or not the Group company holding such financial assets and liabilities 
reports in the currency in which they are denominated. 

The Board recognises that the Group’s US Dollar statement of financial position will be affected by short-term movements in exchange rates, 
particularly the value of Sterling, Euro, Indian Rupee and Brazilian Real. The Group’s investments reflect the requirements of its customers, which 
results in investments in potentially more volatile developing market currencies. However, as a diverse global business, there are many natural 
offsets within the Group that tend to mitigate the risk associated with any individual currency volatility. 

The Group uses forward foreign currency contracts to mitigate the currency exposure that arises on business transacted by group companies 
in currencies other than their functional currency. Such foreign currency contracts are only entered into when there is a commitment to the 
underlying transaction. The contracts used to hedge future transactions typically have a maturity of between three months and one year.

Interest rate risk
In 2021, the Group financed its operations through shareholders’ funds, bank borrowings, Senior Notes and overdrafts. The Group’s trading 
subsidiaries use a mixture of fixed and floating rate debt. The Group also has access to committed bank facilities amounting to some $360.0 
million, of which $10.0 million had been drawn down at year end and $225.0 million of Senior Notes (see note 23).

Interest rate risk is managed by maintaining an appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings using interest rate swap contracts. 
Interest rate swaps are accounted for as fair value or cash flow hedges, depending on initial designation. Hedging activities are evaluated regularly 
to align with interest rate views and risk appetite. In order to achieve hedge effectiveness, when entering into interest rate swap contracts, the cash 
flows, interest rate references and maturity of the underlying exposure of the hedged item are considered so as to match the hedging instrument. 
The ratio of fixed to floating rate hedging is established according to Group policy which prescribes a banded range for the fixed to floating ratio. 
The ratio of fixed to floating will decrease over a rolling 5-year period. 

As at 31 December 2021 the Group has fixed to floating interest rate swap contracts designated as fair value hedges against $65.0 million of 
fixed interest Senior Notes. The fair value of these hedges as at 31 December 2021 was $1.9 million (see note 20) and borrowings includes 
a corresponding fair value adjustment to the nominal amount outstanding in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

The Group’s interest income does not vary significantly from the returns it would generate through investing surplus cash at floating rates 
of interest since the interest rates are re-set on a regular basis.

A reasonably possible change of one per cent in market interest rates would reduce profit before tax by approximately $2.5 million (2020: 
$2.2 million), and would reduce shareholders’ funds by approximately $2.5 million (2020: $2.2 million).

Trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are excluded from the following disclosure (other than the currency disclosures) 
as there is limited interest rate risk.

180

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital so as to ensure that the Company and the Group will be able to continue as a going concern.

The Group’s capital structure comprises cash and cash equivalents and borrowings (see Summary of net debt on page 174), and share capital 
and reserves attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company.

Currency exposure
The table below shows the extent to which Group companies have financial assets and liabilities, excluding forward foreign currency contracts, 
in currencies other than their functional currency. Foreign exchange differences arising on retranslation of these assets and liabilities are taken to 
the Group income statement. The table excludes loans between Group companies that form part of the net investment in overseas subsidiaries 
on which the exchange differences are dealt with through reserves, but includes other Group balances that eliminate on consolidation.

Net foreign currency financial assets/(liabilities)

Euro  

Indian Rupees  

Brazilian Reals  

Functional currency 2021

Sterling

United States dollars

Euros

Indian Rupees

Brazilian Reals

Other currencies 

Functional currency 2020

Sterling

United States dollars

Euros

Indian Rupees

Brazilian Reals

Other currencies 

Sterling  
US$m

US dollars  

US$m

–

(7.5)

–

–

–

(0.3)

(7.8)

(2.2)

–

1.4

(1.0)

(1.6)

(17.9)

(21.3)

Sterling  
US$m

US dollars  

US$m

–

(0.1)

0.6

–

–

(0.1)

0.4

4.1

–

0.9

(2.7)

0.6

(10.1)

(7.2)

US$m

(1.5)

(9.1)

–

(0.3)

0.2

5.8

(4.9)

Euro  

US$m

(2.4)

(8.9)

–

(0.8)

–

9.7

(2.4)

US$m

US$m

–

–

–

–

–

0.3

0.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 Other  
US$m

0.5

1.7

(0.1)

–

0.1

–

2.2

 Total 
US$m

(3.2)

(14.9)

1.3

(1.3)

(1.3)

(12.1)

(31.5)

Net foreign currency financial assets/(liabilities)

Indian Rupees  

Brazilian Reals  

US$m

US$m

–

–

–

–

–

0.3

0.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other  
US$m

0.6

(4.5)

(0.5)

–

–

–

Total  
US$m

2.3

(13.5)

1.0

(3.5)

0.6

(0.2)

(4.4)

(13.3)

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

181

Financial statements32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
The following table shows the impact on pre-tax profit and shareholders’ funds of reasonably possible changes in exchange rates against each of 
the major foreign currencies in which the Group transacts:

2021

Increase in US dollar exchange rate

(Decrease)/increase in profit before tax

Increase/(decrease) in shareholders’ funds

2020

Increase in US dollar exchange rate

(Decrease)/increase in profit before tax

(Decrease)/increase in shareholders’ funds

Currency profile of financial assets
The currency profile of the Group’s financial assets was as follows:

Sterling  
US$m

10%

(2.4)

21.6

Sterling  
US$m

10%

(2.0)

(6.3)

Euro 
US$m

10%

(1.0)

(1.4)

Euro  

US$m

10%

(1.0)

(2.1)

Indian Rupees  

Brazilian Reals  

US$m

10%

0.1

4.9

US$m

10%

0.2

0.1

Indian Rupees  

Brazilian Reals  

US$m

10%

0.3

4.2

Cash and 
cash 
equivalents  

Trade and 
other 
receivables  

Derivative 
financial 
instruments  

Investments  

US$m

US$m

US$m

US$m

Total  
US$m

Investments  

US$m

Cash and 
cash 
equivalents  

US$m

Trade and 
other 
receivables  

US$m

Derivative 
financial 
instruments  

US$m

2021

US$m

10%

(0.1)

1.5

2020 

Total  
US$m

31 December

Currency:

Sterling

United States 
dollars

Euros

Indian Rupees

Brazilian Reals

Other currencies 

Total financial 
assets

–

5.0

0.1

0.9

–

–

0.4

4.7

66.0

71.1

55.1

127.2

2.5

9.2

2.2

37.8

22.7

22.3

22.9

75.8

(99.7)

(14.9)

12.5

–

41.6

87.6

10.4

44.9

25.1

155.2

6.0

107.2

275.6

5.5

394.3

–

5.0

0.1

1.0

–

–

6.1

0.1

5.3

104.5

109.9

40.0

111.1

(106.8)

1.7

8.0

2.6

19.5

21.7

22.2

13.2

75.1

–

1.6

(3.9)

13.6

49.3

23.5

32.8

11.9

108.2

71.9

248.6

9.0

335.6

The investments included above comprise listed and unlisted investments in shares and bonds.

182

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Currency and interest rate profile of financial liabilities
The currency and interest rate profile of the Group’s financial liabilities was as follows:

31 December

Currency:

Sterling

United States 
dollars

Euros

Indian Rupees

Brazilian Reals

Floating 
rate 
US$m

Fixed rate  

US$m

Interest 
free  

US$m

 Lease 
liabilities  

US$m

Derivative 
financial 
instruments  

US$m

Total  
US$m

Floating 
rate  

US$m

Fixed rate  

Interest free  

US$m

US$m

 Lease 
liabilities  
US$m

Derivative 
financial 
instruments  

US$m

2021

2020 

Total  
US$m

0.5

–

13.8

4.5

(42.9)

(24.1)

0.2

–

11.4

5.1

(9.6)

7.1

79.6

160.0

143.6

9.4

–

–

–

–

–

17.5

52.0

10.4

17.1

9.5

10.3

–

42.8

10.3

–

1.2

443.1

46.7

62.3

11.6

82.3

6.6

–

–

–

160.0

100.4

–

–

–

3.5

12.9

37.8

11.7

77.1

13.1

2.5

13.3

0.1

31.9

(9.8)

346.0

20.0

–

4.1

42.0

51.1

15.9

(4.4)

108.1

Other currencies

2.0

2.8

105.9

57.6

(10.5)

157.8

Total financial 
liabilities

91.5

162.8

343.2

99.0

0.9

697.4

89.1

163.5

251.3

66.0

0.3

570.2

The benchmark for determining floating rate liabilities in the UK is the risk-free rate for both sterling and US$ amounts.

Details of fixed and non interest-bearing liabilities (excluding derivatives and trade and other payables) are provided below:

2021

Financial 
liabilities on 
which no 
interest is paid

Weighted 
average 
period until 
maturity 
(months)

18

–

–

18

Weighted 
average 
period for 
which rate 
is fixed 
(months)

–

58

9

57

2020

Financial  
liabilities on  
which no  

interest is paid

Weighted 
average 
period until 
maturity 
(months)

18

–

–

18

Weighted
 average 
period for 
which rate 
is fixed 
(months)

–

70

10

69

Fixed rate  
financial  
liabilities

Weighted
 average 
interest 
rate 
%

–

4.00

16.74

4.27

Fixed rate 
financial 
liabilities

Weighted 
average 
interest 
rate 
%

–

4.00

23.95

4.34

Year ended 31 December

Currency:

Sterling

United States dollars

Other currencies

Weighted average

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

183

Financial statements 
 
32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Currency profile of foreign exchange derivatives

Year ended 31 December

Currency:

Sterling

United States dollars

Euros

Indian Rupee

Brazilian Real

Other currencies

2021  

US$m

109.6

35.2

–

12.5

–

64.2

221.5

Assets

2020  
US$m

114.1

32.1

–

1.6

–

25.5

173.3

2021  

US$m

(0.7)

(179.6)

(25.2)

–

(1.2)

(12.1)

Liabilities 

2020  
US$m

–

(133.8)

(20.0)

–

(7.9)

(7.5)

(218.8)

(169.2)

Market price risk
The Group has equity and bond investments at 31 December 2021 of $6.0 million (2020: $6.1 million) held for strategic rather than trading 
purposes. The Group does not actively trade these investments and is not materially exposed to price risk.

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to reasonably possible price changes for the investments held at the 
year end.

Year ended 31 December

Impact of a 10% increase in prices:

Increase in pre-tax profit for the year

Increase in equity shareholders’ funds

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

–

0.6

–

0.6

Liquidity risk
The Group typically holds cash balances in deposits with a short maturity. Additional resources can be drawn through committed borrowing 
facilities at operating subsidiary level. During the year the Group has complied with all externally imposed capital requirements.

The Group had the following undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of which all conditions precedent had been met at the year-end:

Year ended 31 December

Expiring between one and two years

Expiring between two and five years

Maturity of undiscounted financial assets (excluding derivatives)
The expected maturity of the Group’s financial assets, using undiscounted cash flows, was as follows: 

Year ended 31 December

In one year or less, or on demand

In more than one year but not more than two years

In more than two years but not more than five years

In more than five years

184

Coats Group plc

2021  

US$m

–

350.0

2021  

US$m

366.2

12.6

4.0

6.0

2020  
US$m

 350.0

–

2020  
US$m

312.0

5.2

3.5

6.1

388.8

326.8

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Maturity of undiscounted financial liabilities (excluding derivatives)
The expected maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities, using undiscounted cash flows, was as follows:

Year ended 31 December

In one year or less, or on demand

In more than one year but not more than two years

In more than two years but not more than five years

In more than five years

2021  

US$m

380.1

22.3

176.3

142.6

721.3

2020  
US$m

290.3

18.8

155.0

122.5

586.6

The above table comprises the gross amounts payable in respect of borrowings (including interest thereon), trade and other non-statutory payables 
and certain provisions, over the period to the maturity of those liabilities.

Maturity of undiscounted financial derivatives
The maturity of the Group’s financial derivatives (on a gross basis), which include interest rate and foreign exchange swaps, using undiscounted 
cash flows, was as follows:

Year ended 31 December

In one year or less, or on demand

In more than one year but not more than two years

In more than two years but not more than five years

2021  

US$m

182.2

24.8

16.6

223.6

Assets

2020  
US$m

124.2

37.3

16.9

178.4

2021  

US$m

(178.5)

(24.3)

(16.0)

(218.8)

Liabilities 

2020  
US$m

(120.8)

(34.2)

(14.3)

(169.3)

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

185

Financial statementsCredit risk

Year ended 31 December

The Group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk to be as follows:

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial instruments

Trade receivables (net of impairment provision)

Amounts due from joint ventures

Other receivables

Financial assets considered not to have exposure to credit risk:

Other investments

Total financial assets

Analysis of trade receivables over permitted credit period:

Trade receivables up to 1 month over permitted credit period

Trade receivables between 1 and 2 months over permitted credit period

Trade receivables between 2 and 3 months over permitted credit period

Trade receivables between 3 and 6 months over permitted credit period

Trade receivables in excess of 6 months over permitted credit period

Total trade receivables (net of impairment provision) in excess of permitted credit period

Trade receivables within permitted credit period

Total net trade receivables

Analysis of trade receivables impairment provision:

Trade receivables up to 1 month over permitted credit period

Trade receivables between 1 and 2 months over permitted credit period

Trade receivables between 2 and 3 months over permitted credit period

Trade receivables between 3 and 6 months over permitted credit period

Trade receivables in excess of 6 months over permitted credit period

Total impairment provision

107.2

5.5

241.5

0.1

34.0

388.3

6.0

394.3

17.5

5.1

1.7

1.3

1.7

27.3

214.2

241.5

0.8

0.2

0.3

0.7

6.9

8.9

71.9

9.0

224.1

–

24.5

329.5

6.1

335.6

17.7

4.3

1.0

1.2

1.2

25.4

198.7

224.1

1.2

0.2

0.2

0.4

8.2

10.2

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse geographical areas and industries.

Customers requesting credit facilities are subject to a credit quality assessment, which may include a review of their financial strength, previous 
credit history with the Group, payment record with other suppliers, bank references and credit rating agency reports. All active customers are 
subject to an annual, or more frequent if appropriate, review of their credit limits and credit periods.

The Group applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses prescribed by IFRS 9, which requires the use of the lifetime 
expected loss provision for all trade receivables (see note 19).

When determining expected losses for trade receivables, the Group takes into account the historical default experience and the financial position 
of the counterparties, as well as the future prospects considering various sources of information.

The Group does not have a significant credit risk exposure to any single customer.

186

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information32 Derivatives and other financial instruments continued
Hedges
During 2021, the Group has hedged the following exposures:
•  interest rate risk – using interest rate swaps which are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges; and
•  currency risk – using forward foreign currency contracts.

At 31 December 2021, the fair value of such instruments was a net asset of $4.6 million (2020: $8.7 million). 

Interest rate swap fair value hedges outstanding at 31 December are expected to increase the income statement in the following periods:

Year ended 31 December

Within one year

Within one to two years

Within two to five years

2021  

US$m

0.9

0.5

0.5

1.9

The interest rate swaps settle on a quarterly basis. The floating rate on the interest rate swaps is three months’ LIBOR.

33 Share-based payments
The total cost recognised in the consolidated Income Statement in respect of equity settled share-based payment plans was as follows:

Year ended 31 December

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Deferred bonuses

2021  

US$m

3.9

0.5

4.4

2020  
US$m

1.2

1.2

2.2

4.6

2020  
US$m

1.4

-

1.4

The average share price for the year ended 31 December 2021 was 65.8p (2020: 58.7p).

LTIP
Under the terms of the Coats Group LTIP, executive directors and key senior executives may be awarded each year conditional entitlements to 
ordinary shares in the Company (in the form of nil cost options). The vesting of awards is subject to the satisfaction of a three-year performance 
condition, which is determined by the Remuneration Committee at the time of grant. The performance condition includes both market and 
non-market based measures.

Details of options outstanding under equity settled awards:

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted during the year

Vested during the year

Lapsed during the year

Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

2021  

Options

2020  

Options

40,532,920

44,404,325

15,492,212

17,113,147

(7,136,430)

(545,804)

(2,689,364)

(3,944,198)

(4,196,197)

(16,494,550)

42,003,141

40,532,920

4,917,104

7,776,530

The options outstanding at 31 December 2021 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 7.7 years (2020: 7.7 years).

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

187

Financial statements33 Share-based payments continued
The fair value of the market-based component of these awards was calculated using the Monte Carlo simulation method to reflect the likelihood 
of the market-based Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance condition, which attach to 20% (2020: 20%) of the award, being met, using 
the following assumptions:

Vesting period

Share price at valuation date

Exercise price

Risk free rate

Expected dividend yield

Expected volatility

Fair value per share

2021

2020 

3 years

59.2p

Nil

0.13%

0%

3 years 

58.9p 

Nil 

0.09% 

0% 

38.26%

27.84% 

16.8p

24.9p

Deferred bonuses
Under the terms of the Coats Group Deferred Bonus Plan, any bonuses awarded to executive directors and key senior management will be the 
subject of a mandatory 25% to 50% deferred into shares, to be held for a three year retention period. Annual bonuses will be determined by 
reference to performance, in the normal course measured over one financial year. Awards are normally exercisable after three years.

The options outstanding at 31 December 2021 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 7.6 years (2020: 8.3 years).

34 Post balance sheet events
There are no material post balance sheet events requiring adjustment or disclosure.

35 Alternative performance measures
This Annual Report contains both statutory measures and alternative performance measures which, in management’s view, reflect the underlying 
performance of the business and provide a more meaningful comparison of how the Group’s business is managed and measured on a day-to-day 
basis. The Group’s definition of underlying performance is set out in note 4.

The Group’s alternative performance measures and key performance indicators are aligned to the Group’s strategy and together are used to 
measure the performance of the business. A number of these measures form the basis of performance measures for remuneration incentive 
schemes.

Alternative performance measures are non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Practice) measures and provide supplementary information 
to assist with the understanding of the Group’s financial results and with the evaluation of operating performance for all the periods presented. 
Alternative performance measures, however, are not a measure of financial performance under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 
as adopted by the UKEB and should not be considered as a substitute for measures determined in accordance with IFRS. As the Group’s alternative 
performance measures are not defined terms under IFRS they may therefore not be comparable with similarly titled measures reported by other 
companies.

A reconciliation of alternative performance measures to the most directly comparable measures reported in accordance with IFRS is provided on 
pages 188 to 192. 

188

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information35 Alternative performance measures continued
a) Organic growth on a constant exchange rate (CER) basis 
Organic growth measures the change in revenue and operating profit before exceptional and acquisition related items after adjusting for 
acquisitions. The effect of acquisitions is equalised by:
•  removing from the year of acquisition, their revenue and operating profit; and
•  in the following year, removing the revenue and operating profit for the number of months equivalent to the pre-acquisition period in the 

prior year.

The effects of currency changes are removed through restating prior year revenue and operating profit at current year exchange rates. 
The principal exchange rates used are set out in note 1.

Organic revenue growth on a CER basis measures the ability of the Group to grow sales by operating in selected geographies and segments 
and offering differentiated cost competitive products and services.

Adjusted organic operating profit growth on a CER basis measures the underlying profitability progression of the Group.

Adjusted operating profit is calculated by adding back exceptional and acquisition related items (see note 4 for further details).

Year ended 31 December

Revenue from continuing operations

Constant currency adjustment

Revenue on a CER basis

Revenue from acquisitions1

Organic revenue on a CER basis

Year ended 31 December

Operating profit from continuing operations2

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4)

Adjusted operating profit from continuing operations

Constant currency adjustment

Adjusted operating profit on a CER basis

Operating loss from acquisitions1

Organic adjusted operating profit on a CER basis

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

1,503.8

1,163.3

–

0.6

%  

Growth

29%

1,503.8

1,163.9

29%

(4.3)

–

1,499.5

1,163.9

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

179.4

13.7

193.1

–

193.1

0.2

193.3

103.1

7.5

110.6

0.1

110.7

–

110.7

29%

%  

Decline

74%

75%

74%

75%

1.  Revenue and operating loss from acquisitions of $4.3 million and $0.2 million respectively relates to Pharr High Performance Yarns (“Pharr HP”) for the month of 

January 2021. Pharr HP was acquired in February 2020.

2.  Refer to the consolidated income statement for a reconciliation of profit before taxation to operating profit from continuing operations.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

189

Financial statements35 Alternative performance measures continued
b) Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA is presented as an alternative performance measure to show the underlying operating performance of the Group excluding 
the effects of depreciation, amortisation and impairments and excluding exceptional and acquisition related items.

Operating profit from continuing operations before exceptional and acquisition related items and before depreciation of owned fixed assets 
and right-of-use assets and amortisation (Adjusted EBITDA) is as set out below:

Year ended 31 December 

Profit before taxation from continuing operations

Share of profit of joint ventures

Finance income (note 6)

Finance costs (note 7)

Operating profit from continuing operations1

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4)

Adjusted operating profit from continuing operations

Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Adjusted EBITDA including IFRS 16 depreciation of right-of-use assets (Pre-IFRS 16 basis)

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Adjusted EBITDA

 2021  
US$m

163.0

(1.2)

(4.6)

22.2

179.4

13.7

193.1

28.2

2.7

224.0

19.4

243.4

 2020  
US$m

79.6

(0.6)

(1.4)

25.5

103.1

7.5

110.6

30.5

4.0

 145.1

 18.3

163.4

1.  Refer to the consolidated income statement for a reconciliation of profit before taxation to operating profit from continuing operations.

Net debt including lease liabilities under IFRS 16 at 31 December 2021 was $246.1 million (2020: $246.6 million). 

This gives a leverage ratio of net debt including lease liabilities to Adjusted EBITDA at 31 December 2021 of 1.0 (2020: 1.5). 

Net debt excluding lease liabilities under IFRS 16 at 31 December 2021 was $147.1 million (2020: $180.6 million). This gives a leverage ratio 
on a pre-IFRS 16 basis at 31 December 2021 of 0.7 (2020: 1.2).

For the definition and calculation of net debt excluding lease liabilities see note 30 (f).

190

Coats Group plc

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information35 Alternative performance measures continued
c) Underlying effective tax rate
The underlying effective tax rate removes the tax impact of exceptional and acquisition related items and net interest on pension scheme assets 
and liabilities to arrive at a tax rate based on the underlying profit before taxation.

A significant proportion of the Group’s net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities relates to UK pension plans for which there is no 
related current or deferred tax credit or charge recorded in the income statement. The Group’s net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities 
is adjusted in arriving at the underlying effective tax shown below and, in management’s view, were this not adjusted it would distort the 
alternative performance measure. This is consistent with how the Group monitors and manages the underlying effective tax rate.

Year ended 31 December 

Profit before taxation

Exceptional and acquisition related items (note 4) 

Net interest on pension scheme assets and liabilities 

Underlying profit before taxation from continuing operations

Taxation charge from continuing operations

Tax charge in respect of exceptional and acquisition related items and net interest on pension scheme assets and 
liabilities

Underlying taxation charge from continuing operations

Underlying effective tax rate

2021  

US$m

163.0

9.5

4.3

176.8

54.4

(0.4)

54.0

31%

d) Adjusted earnings per share
The calculation of adjusted earnings per share is based on the profit from continuing operations attributable to equity shareholders before 
exceptional and acquisition related items as set out below. Adjusted earnings per share growth measures the underlying progression of the 
benefits generated for shareholders.

Year ended 31 December

Profit from continuing operations

Non-controlling interests

Profit from continuing operations attributable to equity shareholders

Exceptional and acquisition related items net of non-controlling interests (note 4)

Tax credit in respect of exceptional and acquisition related items

Adjusted profit from continuing operations

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares

Adjusted earnings per share (cents)

Adjusted earnings per share (growth %)

2021  

US$m

108.6

(19.7)

88.9

9.5

0.9

99.3

1,457,076,765

1,455,587,353

6.81

181%

2.42

2020  
US$m

79.6

6.8

4.7

91.1

37.4

(1.7)

35.7

39%

2020  
US$m

42.2

(15.8)

26.4

6.8

2.2

35.4

The weighted average number of Ordinary Shares used for the calculation of adjusted earnings per share for the year ended 31 December 2021 
is 1,457,076,765 (2020: 1,455,587,353), the same as that used for basic earnings per ordinary share from continuing operations (see note 11).

e) Adjusted free cash flow
Net cash generated by/(absorbed in) operating activities, a GAAP measure, reconciles to changes in net debt resulting from cash flows (free cash 
flow) as set out in the consolidated cash flow statement. A reconciliation of free cash flow to adjusted free cash flow is set out below. 

Consistent with previous periods, adjusted free cash flow is defined as cash generated from continuing activities less capital expenditure, interest, 
tax, dividends to minority interests and other items, and excluding exceptional and discontinued items, acquisitions, purchase of own shares by 
the Employee Benefit Trust and payments to the UK pension scheme.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

191

Financial statements35 Alternative performance measures continued
Adjusted free cash flow measures the Group’s underlying cash generation that is available to service shareholder dividends, pension obligations 
and acquisitions.

Year ended 31 December

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows (free cash flow)

Acquisition of businesses

Net cash outflow from discontinued operations

Payments to UK pension scheme

Net cash flows in respect of other exceptional and acquisition related items

Purchase of own shares by Employee Benefit Trust

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

Tax outflow in respect of adjusted cash flow items

Adjusted free cash flow

2021  

US$m

32.6

–

–

42.4

10.5

–

27.4

–

112.9

2020  
US$m

(23.2)

37.3

0.1

10.9

(1.1)

 3.1

0.2

0.7

28.0

f) Return on capital employed
Return on capital employed (ROCE) is defined as operating profit before exceptional and acquisition related items divided by period end capital 
employed as set out below. ROCE measures the ability of the Group’s assets to deliver returns. 

Year ended 31 December

Operating profit from continuing operations before exceptional and acquisition related items1

Non-current assets:

Acquired intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Trade and other receivables

Current assets:

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Current liabilities:

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Capital employed

ROCE

1.  Refer to note 4 for details of exceptional and acquisition related items.

192

Coats Group plc

2021  

US$m

193.1

36.8

244.5

91.6

28.7

250.1

302.7

2020  
US$m

110.6

41.8

254.4

60.7

19.0

187.0

274.5

(346.8)

(17.8)

 (255.7)

 (16.4)

(24.2)

(81.2)

484.4

40%

 (18.1)

 (49.6)

 497.6

22%

Notes to the financial statements continuedStrategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCompany balance sheet

31 December

Fixed assets:

Investments

Current assets:

Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year:

Loans from subsidiary undertakings

Trade and other payables

Net current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves:

Share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Share options reserve

Capital reduction reserve

Own shares

Profit and loss account

Shareholders’ funds

Notes

2021  

US$m

2020  
US$m

4

1,244.2

1,244.2

0.8

0.6

(68.7)

(0.6)

(68.5)

(70.7)

(0.3)

(70.4)

1,175.7

1,173.8

90.1

10.5

14.1

18.5

59.8

(0.5)

90.1

10.5

14.1

18.5

59.8

(3.2)

983.2

1,175.7

984.0

1,173.8

5

5

The Company reported a profit for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 of $28.2 million (2020: $2.2 million loss).

Rajiv Sharma 
Group Chief Executive 

Jackie Callaway
Chief Financial Officer

Approved by the Board 2 March 2022

Company Registration No.103548

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

193

Financial statements 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

1 January 2020

Loss and total 
comprehensive expense 
for the year

Issue of ordinary shares

Movement in own shares

31 December 2020

Profit and total 
comprehensive expense 
for the year

Dividends to equity 
shareholders 

Movement in own shares

Share  
capital  
US$m

89.6

–

0.5

–

90.1

–

–

–

Share 
premium 
account 
US$m

10.5

Capital
 redemption
 reserve 
US$m

14.1

Share 
options 
reserve 
US$m

18.5

Capital 
reduction 
reserve 
US$m

59.8

Own  
shares  
US$m

(5.7)

Profit and 
loss account 
US$m

Total  
equity  
US$m

988.6

1,175.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

10.5

14.1

18.5

59.8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2.5

(3.2)

–

–

2.7

(0.5)

(2.2)

(0.5)

(1.9)

(2.2)

–

0.6

984.0

1,173.8

28.2

28.2

(27.6)

(1.4)

(27.6)

1.3

983.2

1,175.7

31 December 2021

90.1

10.5

14.1

18.5

59.8

194

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCompany cash flow statement

Year ended 31 December

Net cash flows from operating activities:

Operating profit

Decrease in creditors

Net cash flows from operating activities

Net cash flows from financing activities:

Purchase of own shares

Proceeds from sale of own shares

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand at the beginning of the year

Cash at bank and in hand at the end of the year

2021  

US$m

27.7

(1.4)

26.3

–

1.3

(27.4)

(26.1)

0.2

0.6

0.8

2020  
US$m

0.1

(0.7)

(0.6)

 (3.1)

3.7

(0.2)

0.4

(0.2)

0.8

0.6

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

195

Financial statementsNotes to the company financial statements

1 Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies are summarised below. They have all been applied consistently throughout the year and to the preceding year.

a) General information and basis of accounting
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, modified to include certain items at fair value, and in accordance 
with Financial Reporting Standard 102 (FRS 102) as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

Functional currency
The functional currency of Coats Group plc continued to be United States dollars (USD) during the year ended 31 December 2021.

b) Fixed assets – investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are reflected at cost less provisions for any impairment.

c) Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. All 
financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at transaction price. If an arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, the financial 
asset or financial liability is measured at the present value of future payments discounted at a market rate of interest for a similar debt instrument. 

d) Impairment of assets
Assets, other than those measured at fair value, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. If there is objective evidence 
of impairment, an impairment loss is recognised in the profit and loss and the assets is reduced to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount 
is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

e) Share-based payments
Cash-settled
Cash-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at each reporting 
date. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with a corresponding increase in liabilities.

Equity-settled
The Group operates an equity-settled Long Term Incentive Plan for executives and senior management, settlement is in the form of Coats Group 
plc shares. Awards under this plan are subject to both market-based and non-market-based vesting criteria. 

The fair value at the date of grant is established by using an appropriate simulation method to reflect the likelihood of market-based performance 
conditions being met. As the Long Term Incentive Plan relates to employees of a subsidiary, when there is no recharge of the cost, the fair value is 
charged to Investments on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, with appropriate adjustments being made during this period to reflect 
expected vesting for non market-based performance conditions and forfeitures. The corresponding credit is to shareholders’ funds.

To satisfy awards under this Plan, shares may be purchased in the market by an Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) over the vesting period. Coats Group 
plc is the sponsoring employer of the EBT and its activities are considered an extension of the Company’s activities. Therefore the shares purchased 
by the EBT are included as a deduction from shareholders’ funds and other assets and liabilities of the EBT are recognised as assets and liabilities of 
Coats Group plc.

f) Taxation
Provision is made for taxation assessable on the profit or loss for the year as adjusted for disallowable and non-taxable items. Deferred taxation 
is provided in full in respect of timing differences which have arisen but not reversed at the balance sheet date, except that deferred tax assets 
(including those attributable to tax losses carried forward) are only recognised if it is considered more likely than not that they will be recovered. 
Deferred taxation is measured on a non-discounted basis.

g) Dividends
Dividends proposed are recognised in the period in which they are formally approved for payment.

196

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther information1 Accounting policies continued
h) Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
Carrying value of investments:
The carrying values of investments are assessed annually for indicators of impairment. If an impairment review is required judgement is involved 
in calculating the recoverable amount. No indicators of impairment were identified during the year ended 31 December 2021.

There are no sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that may have a significant risk of causing material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year. 

2 Result for the year
The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit for the 
year attributable to shareholders was $28.2 million (2020: $2.2 million loss).

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out on pages 96 to 113 within the Remuneration Report and form part of these financial statements.

3 Dividends
Dividends amounting to $27.6 million in respect of the year ended 31 December 2021 were payable to Coats Group plc shareholders during the 
year (2020: $nil). Details of the proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021 are set out in note 12 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

4 Investments

At 1 January 2021 and 31 December 2021

Investments in subsidiary 
undertakings  

US$m

1,244.2

5 Share capital and reserves
There are 1,452,570,385 Ordinary Shares of 5p issued and fully paid at 31 December 2021 (2020: 1,452,077,272).

The movement in share capital during the year is set out in note 26 of the consolidated financial statements.

The own shares reserve at 31 December 2021 of $0.5 million (2020: $3.2 million) represents the cost of shares in Coats Group plc purchased 
in the market and held by an Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy awards under the Group’s share based incentive plans. The number of shares 
held by the Employee Benefit Trust at 31 December 2021 was 2,020,306 (2020: 7,010,248).

As at 31 December 2021 the Company had distributable profits of $220.1 million (2020: $218.2 million).

6 Related party transactions
Amounts due from and to other Group companies are disclosed on the face of the Balance Sheet on page 193.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

197

Financial statementsGroup structure

The Company, through various subsidiaries, has branches in several different jurisdictions in which the business operates outside the UK. Unless 
otherwise indicated, all shareholdings owned directly or indirectly by the Company represents 100% of issued share capital of the subsidiary.

Subsidiaries:
Direct holdings of the Company

Country of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

United Kingdom

Arrow HJC

United Kingdom

B. M. Estates Limited

United Kingdom

Coats Limited

United Kingdom

Contractors’ Aggregates Limited

United Kingdom

GPG (UK) Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

GPG March 2004 Limited

United Kingdom

MFC (Predecessors) Limited

United Kingdom

S G Warburg Group Limited

Subsidiaries:
Indirect holdings of the Company

Share class

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

Mazars Llp, 45 Church Street, Birmingham, 
B3 2RT, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

Country of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

Share class

Argentina

Coats Cadena S.A. – Argentina

Tucuman 1, 4th Floor, (1049) Capital Federal, 
Argentina

ARS1.00 Ordinary Nominal

Australia

Coats Australian Pty Ltd

Australia

GPG Services Pty Limited

Unit 2, 56 Keys Road, Moorabbin VIC 3189, 
Australia

AUD0.54 Ordinary

Level 44, 600 Bourke Street, Melbourne, 
Victoria, 3000, Australia

AUD1.00 Ordinary

Australia

Guinness Peat Group (Australia) 
Pty Limited

Level 44, 600 Bourke Street, Melbourne, 
Victoria, 3000, Australia

AUD1.00 Ordinary, AUD14,977.77 
Redeemable Preference

Australia

Sabatica Pty Limited

Bangladesh

Coats Bangladesh Limited

Bangladesh

Coats Crafts Bangladesh Limited

Level 44, 600 Bourke Street, Melbourne, 
Victoria, 3000, Australia

Tower 117, 117/A Tejgaon Industrial Area, 
Dhaka 1208, Bangladesh

Novo Tower, 270 Tejgaon Industrial Area, 
Dhaka 1208, Bangladesh

AUD1.00 Ordinary

BDT100.00 Ordinary (80%)

BDT100.00 Ordinary (80%)

Brazil

Brazil

Coats Corrente Ltda

Rua do Manifesto, N 705, Bloco A, Ipiranga, 
Sao Paulo, SP BR, Brazil

BRL1.00 Ordinary

Corrente Sociedade de 
Previdência Privada

Rua do Manifesto, N 705, Bloco A, Ipiranga, 
Sao Paulo, SP BR, Brazil

Civil association

Bulgaria

Coats Bulgaria Eood

Tharigradsko shouse bld 7th Km, Sofia 1748, 
Bulgaria

BGL50.00 Ordinary

198

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCountry of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

Share class

Canada

Canada

Chile

Chile

China

China

China

China

China

Coats Canada Inc

10 Roybridge Gate Blvd, Vaughan ON L4H 
3M8, Canada

Common (no par value)

Staveley Services Canada Inc

44 Chipman Hill, Suite 1000, Saint John NB 
E2L 2A0, Canada

CAD Common, CAD Class A Pref 1, 
CAD Class A Pref 2

Coats Cadena Ltda

Enrique Gomez Correa 5750, 3er piso, 
Oficina No.4, Macul, Santiago, Chile

The Central Agency Limited – 
Chile

Enrique Gomez Correa 5750, 3er piso, 
Oficina No.4, Macul, Santiago, Chile

US$1.00 Ordinary

US$1.00 Ordinary

Coats Opti Shenzhen Limited

Coats Shenzhen Limited

Guangzhou Coats Limited

Qingdao Coats Limited

Shanghai Coats Limited

Coats Industrial Park, Fengtang Dadao, 
Tangwei Village,Bao’an District, Shenzen, 
Fuyong Town, China

Shenzhen Coats Industrial Park, Fuyong 
Town, Baoan District, Shenzhen, China

Unit B12, 2nd Floor, 2nd Building, No 11 Hao 
Ke Zhou East Street, Haizhu District, 
Guangzhou, China

No. 6, Sanhuan Road, Jimo Environmental 
Protection Industrial Park, Jimo District, 
Shandong, China

No.8 Building, Export Processing Garden, 
Songjiang Industrial Zone 201613, Shanghai, 
China

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%)

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%)

HKD1.00 Ordinary (90%)

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%)

US$1.00 Ordinary (90%)

Colombia

Coats Cadena Andina SA – 
Colombia

Avenida Santander, N.5E-87, Pereira, 
Colombia

COP20.63 Ordinary

Ecuador

Coats Cadena SA Ecuador

De las Avellanas E, 2-74 y El Juncal, Quito, 
Ecuador

US$1.00 Ordinary

Egypt

Egypt

Egypt

Coats Craft Egypt

New Cairo, 5th settlement, Villa 28, Egypt

EGP1.00 Ordinary

Coats Egypt for manufacturing 
and dyeing sewing thread SAE

Industrial Area Zone B3, Plot 78, 10th of
Ramadan City, Cairo, Egypt

US$14.0625 Ordinary

Coats Industrial Trading Egypt

Industrial Area Zone B3, Plot 62, 10th of 
Ramadan City, Cairo, Egypt

EGP4000.00 Ordinary

El Salvador

Coats El Salvador, S.A. de C.V.

Estonia

Coats Eesti AS – Estonia

Zona Franca Export Salva, Edificio No 18C, 
San Salvador, El Salvador

US$12.00 Ordinary

Ampri tee 9/4, Lubja küla 74010 Viimsi Vald, 
Harjumaa, Estonia

€63.90 Ordinary

France

Germany

Coats France S.A.S.

8 avenue Hoche, 75008, Paris, France

€0.60 Ordinary

Coats GmbH

Huefingerstrasse 28, D-78199, Braunlingen, 
Germany

€12,000,000.00 Ordinary

Germany

Coats Opti Germany GmbH

Germany

Coats Thread Germany GmbH

1 Suedwieke 180, 26817 Rhauderfehn, 
Germany

€1.00 Ordinary

Huefingerstrasse 28, D-78199, Braunlingen, 
Germany

€1.00 Ordinary

Germany

Schwanenwolle Tittel & Krueger 
AG i. L

RHS, Stadtstrasse 29, 79104 Freiburg, 
Germany

DEM1.00 Ordinary

Guatemala

Centraltex de Guatemala, S.A.

26 Avenida No. 7-27, Zona 4, Mixco oficina 
11, Guatemala

GTQ100.00 Ordinary

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

199

Other informationGroup structure continued

Country of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

Share class

Guatemala

Coats de Guatemala, S.A.

Guatemala

Crafts Central America, S.A.

13-78 Zona 10, Edif. Intercontinental Plaza 
Torre Citigroup Nivel 17, Oficina 1702, 
Ciudad, Guatemala

26 Avenida No. 7-27, Zona 4, Mixco oficina 
11, Guatemala

GTQ1.00 Ordinary

GTQ100.00 Ordinary

Guatemala

Guatemala

Distribuidora Coats de 
Guatemala, Sociedad Anomina

39 Avenida, 3-47 Zona 7, Colonia El Rodeo, 
Guatemala, Guatemala

GTQ1.00 Ordinary

Guatemala Thread Company 
Sociedad Anonima

39 Avenida, 3-47 Zona 7, Colonia El Rodeo, 
Guatemala, Guatemala

GTQ10.00 Ordinary

Honduras

Coats Honduras, S.A.

Hong Kong

China Thread Development 
Company Limited

Hong Kong

Coats (China) Limited

Hong Kong

Coats China Holdings Limited

Hong Kong

Coats Hong Kong Limited

Hong Kong

Coats Opti Hong Kong Limited

Hong Kong

Coats Thread HK Limited

Edificio #13 Zona Libre Inhdelva, 800 mts. 
Carretera a la Jutosa, Choloma, Cortes, 
Honduras

Suite 23-25, Langham Place Office Tower, 8 
Argyle Street, Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong 
Kong

Suite 23-25, Langham Place Office Tower, 8 
Argyle Street, Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong 
Kong

Unit 507, 5/F, Chinachem Golden Plaza, 77 
Mody Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong 
Kong

Unit 507, 5/F, Chinachem Golden Plaza, 77 
Mody Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong 
Kong

Suite 23-25, Langham Place Office Tower, 8 
Argyle Street, Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong 
Kong

Suite 23-25, Langham Place Office Tower, 8 
Argyle Street, Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong 
Kong

HNL100.00 Ordinary

HKD10.00 Ordinary

HKD10.00 Ordinary

HKD10.00 Ordinary

HKD10.00 Ordinary (90%)

HKD1.00 Ordinary

HKD10.00 Ordinary

Hong Kong

Fast React Asia (HK) Limited

Room 2203 22/F, Tower 1, Lippo Centre, 89 
Queensway, Hong Kong

HKD1.00 Ordinary

Hong Kong

Hungary

India

India

Fastreact Systems (Far East) Co 
Limited

Room 2203 22/F, Tower 1, Lippo Centre, 89 
Queensway, Hong Kong

HKD1.00 Ordinary

Coats Magyarorszag Cernagyarto 
es Ertekesito Korlatolt Felelossegu 
Tarsasag

1044 Budapest, Vaci ut 91, Hungary

HUF100,000.00 Ordinary

Intellosol Softwares India Private 
Limited

1/22, Second Floor, Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi, 
Central Delhi, Delhi, 110002, India

INR10.00 Ordinary

Madura Coats Private Limited

7th Floor, Jupiter 2A, Prestige Tech Park, 
Sarjapur Marathalli Ring Road, Bangalore, 
560103, India

INR10.00 Ordinary

Indonesia

PT. Coats Rejo Indonesia

Ventura Building, Lantai 5, Suite 501-B, Jl. RA 
Kartini No. 26, Cilandak, Jakarta Indonesia

IDR415.00 Ordinary-A, IDR627.00 
Ordinary-B, US$1.00 Preference

Indonesia

PT Coats Trading Indonesia

Ventura Building, Lantai 5, Suite 501-B, Jl. RA 
Kartini No. 26, Cilandak, Jakarta Indonesia

USD1.00 Ordinary

200

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCountry of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

Share class

Italy

Coats Italy S.r.l.

Madagascar

Coats (Madagascar) International

Madagascar

Coats (Madagascar) S.AR.L (EPZ)

Sesto San Giovanni (MI), Via Milanese, 20 
CAP, 20099, Milan, Italy

First Immo, Galaxy Industrial Estate, Rue du 
Dr. Raseta, Andraharo, Antananarivo, 
Madagascar

First Immo, Galaxy Industrial Estate, Rue du 
Dr. Raseta, Andraharo, Antananarivo, 
Madagascar

€5,000,000.00 Quota

MGF100,000.00 Ordinary

MGF100,000.00 Ordinary

Malaysia

Mauritius

Mauritius

Coats Thread (Malaysia) Sdn. 
Bhd.

49-B Jalan Melaka Raya 8, Taman Melaka 
Raya, 75000 Melaka, Malaysia

RM10.00 A, RM10.00 B, RM10.00 C 
(99%)

J & P Coats (Mauritius) Ltd

Allee des Mangues, Pailles, Mauritius

Rs100.00 Ordinary

Coats Indian Ocean Holding Co 
Limited

2nd Floor, IBL House, Caudan, Port-Louis, 
Mauritius

US$100.00 Ordinary

Mexico

Coats Mexico S.A. de C.V.

Morocco

Coats Maroc

Periferico Sur #3325 Piso 8, Col. San 
Jerónimo Lídice, Magdalena Contreras, 
Mexico City, CP10200, Mexico

MXP1.00 Ordinary-A, MXP1.00 
Ordinary-B

220 Bld Chefchaouni, Ain Sebaa, Casablanca, 
Morocco

MAD100.00 Ordinary

Morocco

Netherlands

Netherlands

Mercerie Industrielle de 
Casablanca

220 Bld Chefchaouni, Ain Sebaa, Casablanca, 
Morocco

MAD100.00 Ordinary

Coats Industrial Europe Holdings 
B.V.

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

€1.00 Ordinary

Coats Industrial Thread Holdings 
B.V

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

€1.00 Ordinary

Netherlands

Coats Northern Holdings B.V.

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

€1.00 Ordinary

Netherlands

Coats South America Holdings 
B.V.

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

€1.00 Ordinary

Netherlands

Coats South Asia Holdings B.V.

Netherlands

Coats Southern Holdings B.V.

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

€1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

€1.00 Ordinary

Netherlands

Guinness Peat Group 
International Holdings BV

Naritaweg 165, 1043 BW, Amsterdam, 
Netherlands

€14,957.00 Ordinary

New Zealand

Coats Patons (New Zealand) Ltd

3 Mana Place, Wira, Auckland, New Zealand NZD1.00 Ordinary

Nicaragua

Coats de Nicaragua SA

Pakistan

J & P Coats Pakistan (Pvt) Limited

Peru

Poland

Coats Cadena SA – Peru

Coats Polska Spolka z 
oganiczona odpowiedzialnoscia

Altamira d’este, Rotonda Madrid #235, 
Managua, Nicaragua

Suites 112-113, Prime Office Lobby, Park 
Towers, Shahrah-e-Firdousi, Clifton, Karachi, 
75600, Pakistan

Av. Republica de Panama 3461, Piso 9, San 
Isidro, Lima, Peru

NIO100.00 Ordinary

PKR100.00 Ordinary

PEN 0.01 Ordinary (99%)

91-214 Lodz, ul, Kaczencowa 16, Poland

PLN1,000.00 Ordinary

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

201

Other informationGroup structure continued

Country of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

Share class

Portugal

Portugal

Coats – Comercio de Linhas, 
Fechos e Acessorios, Para a 
Industria SA

Praca do Almada, No 10, 4490, Povoa do 
Varzim, Portugal

€1.00 Ordinary Bearer Shares

Companhia de Linha Coats & 
Clark S.A.

Praca do Almada, No 10, 4490, Povoa do 
Varzim, Portugal

€1.00 Bare Shares

Romania

Coats Romania SRL

Russian Federation

Coats LLC

Singapore

Coats International Pte. Limited

Singapore

Coats Overseas Pte Ltd

Municipiul Odorheiu Secuiesc, Str. Nicolae 
Balcescu, Nr. 71, Judetul Harghita, Romania

RON169.38 Ordinary

53 Lenin Street, Oktyabrsky, Lubertsy, 
140060, Moscow Region, Russia

10 Changi Business Park Central 2, #01-02 
HansaPoint, 486030, Singapore

10 Changi Business Park Central 2, #01-02 
HansaPoint, 486030, Singapore

RUB173.55 Ordinary

SGD1.00 Ordinary

SGD1.00 Ordinary

South Africa

Coats South Africa (Proprietary) 
Limited

107 Escom Road, New Germany, 3620, KZN, 
Natal, South Africa

ZAR0.01 Ordinary, ZAR0.01 
Cumulative Redeemable Preference, 
ZAR0.01 Non-redeemable Preference 
Shares, ZAR0.01 
Non-redeemable
Non-cumulative Variable Rate 
Convertible Preference

Spain

Gotex S.A.

Poligono Industrial Can Roqueta, Calle 
N’Alzina, 79 Sabadell, Barcelona, Spain

€6.02 Ordinary

Sri Lanka

Sri Lanka

Coats Thread Exports (Private) 
Limited

479, 8th Floor, HNB Towers, T.B. Jayah 
Mawatha, Colombo 410, Sri Lanka

LKR100.00 Ordinary (99%)

Coats Thread Lanka (Private) 
Limited

479, 8th Floor, HNB Towers, T.B. Jayah 
Mawatha, Colombo 410, Sri Lanka

LKR10.00 Ordinary (99%)

Sweden

Coats Industrial Scandinavia AB

Switzerland

Coats Stroppel AG

Thailand

Coats Threads (Thailand) Ltd

Tunisia

Tunisia

Turkey

Coats Industrial Tunisie

Coats Trading Tunisie

Stationsvagen 2, SE-516 31 Dalsjofors, 
Sweden

SEK1,000.00 Bearer

c/o Haussmann Treuhand AG, Seefeldstrasse 
45, 8008 Zurich, Switzerland

CHF2,500.00 

39/60 Moo 2 Tambol Bangkrachaw, Amphur 
Muang, Samutsakorn Province 74000, 
Thailand

THB1,000.00 Ordinary

52, rue du Tissage, Douar Hicher, Manouba, 
2086, Tunisia

TND10.00 Ordinary

52, rue du Tissage, Douar Hicher, Manouba, 
2086, Tunisia

TND10.00 Ordinary

Coats (Turkiye) Iplik Sanayii AS

Organize Sanayi Bolgesi Mavi Cad. No 2, 
16220 Bursa, Turkey

TRY1.00 New Ordinary (92%)

Ukraine

Coats Ukraine Ltd

Moskovskiy ave. 28A, litera B, Kiev, 04655, 
Ukraine

UAH1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Allied Mutual Insurance Services 
Ltd

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Anfield 1 Limited

United Kingdom

Anfield 2 Limited

Mazars Llp, 45 Church Street, Birmingham, 
B3 2RT United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

Mazars Llp, 45 Church Street, Birmingham, 
B3 2RT United Kingdom 

£1.00 Ordinary, £1.00 Deferred

202

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCountry of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

United Kingdom

Barbour Threads Limited

Cornerstone, 107 West Regent Street, 
Glasgow, G2 2BA, United Kingdom

Share class

£10.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Brown Shipley Holdings Limited

United Kingdom

Brunel Pension Trustees Limited

United Kingdom

Cardpad Limited

United Kingdom

Coats (UK) Limited

United Kingdom

Coats Digital Limited

United Kingdom

Coats Finance Co. Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

Coats Group Finance Company 
Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£0.33 Ordinary

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Coats Holding Company  
(No. 1) Limited

Coats Holding Company  
(No. 2) Limited

United Kingdom

Coats Holdings Ltd

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£0.125 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£0.25 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Coats Industrial Thread Brands 
Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Coats Industrial Thread Limited

United Kingdom

Coats Patons Limited

United Kingdom

Coats Pensions Trustee Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

Cornerstone, 107 West Regent Street, 
Glasgow, G2 2BA, United Kingdom

£0.25 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Coats Property Management 
Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Coats Shelfco (BDA) Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Coats Shelfco (CV Nominees) 
Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Coats Shelfco (VV) Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£0.01 Ordinary, £0.075 Deferred 

United Kingdom

Coats Trading (UK) Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Coats UK Pension Scheme 
Trustees Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Corah Limited

United Kingdom

D. Byford & Co Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£0.25 Ordinary, £1.00 4.2% 
Cumulative Preference 

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£0.20 Ordinary, £1.00 Preference

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

203

Other informationGroup structure continued

Country of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

United Kingdom

Embergrange

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

Share class

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Fast React Systems (Bangladesh) 
Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Fast React Systems Limited

United Kingdom

GPG Securities Trading Ltd

United Kingdom

Griffin SA Ltd

United Kingdom

GSD (Corporate) Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

GSD Holdings Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary-A, £1.00 Ordinary-B

United Kingdom

Hicking Pentecost Limited

United Kingdom

I.P. Clarke & Co. Limited

United Kingdom

J.& P. Coats, Limited

United Kingdom

Marshaide Limited

United Kingdom

Needle Industries Limited

United Kingdom

Patons & Baldwins Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£0.50 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

1 George Square, Glasgow G2 1AL, United 
Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Patons Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary, £1.00 7% Preference

United Kingdom

Simpson, Wright & Lowe, Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Sir Richard Arkwright & Co. 
Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

SIRBS Pension Trustee Limited

United Kingdom

Staveley 2005 No 3 Limited

United Kingdom

Staveley Industries Limited

United Kingdom

Staveley Services Limited

United Kingdom

The Central Agency Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

Cornerstone, 107 West Regent Street, 
Glasgow, G2 2BA, United Kingdom

£10.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

The Coats Trustee Company 
Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

United Kingdom

Thomas Burnley & Sons, Limited

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£10.00 Ordinary

204

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationCountry of Incorporation

Company name

Registered office address

Share class

United Kingdom

Tootal Group Limited

United Kingdom

Tootal Limited

United States

Coats American Inc

United States

Coats Garments (USA) Inc

United States

Coats Holdings Inc

United States

Coats HP Holding Inc

United States

Coats HP Inc

United States

United States

Coats North America 
Consolidated Inc

Coats North America de 
Republica Dominica Inc

United States

Coats Sales Corporation

United States

Jaeger Sportswear Ltd

United States

Patrick Yarn Mill, Inc.,

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£0.25 Ordinary, £1.00 3.5 % 
Cumulative Preference 

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

£1.00 Ordinary

CT Corporation System, 820 Bear Tavern 
Road, West Trenton, NJ 08628, USA

US$10.00 COMMON, US$5.00 5% 
Cumulative Preference

CT Corporation System, Corporation Trust 
Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 
19801, USA

CT Corporation System, Corporation Trust 
Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 
19801, USA

US$1.00 Ordinary

US$1.00 Ordinary

CT Corporation System, 160 Mine Lake Ct., 
Suite 200, Wake NC 27615-6417, USA 

US$1.00 Ordinary

CT Corporation System, 160 Mine Lake Ct., 
Suite 200, Wake NC 27615-6417, USA 

US$1.00 Ordinary

CT Corporation System, Corporation Trust 
Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 
19801, USA

CT Corporation System, 160 Mine Lake Ct., 
Suite 200, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27615-
6417, USA

US$0.10 Ordinary, US$1.00 Class B 
Voting Shares

US$1.00 Ordinary

CT Corporation System, 820 Bear Tavern 
Road, West Trenton, NJ 08628, USA

US$100.00 Ordinary

CT Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, 
New York, NY 10005, USA

US$ Common

CT Corporation System, 160 Mine Lake Ct., 
Suite 200, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27615-
6417, USA

US$1.00 Class A voting, Class B 
non-voting

United States

Staveley Inc

United States

Westminster Fibers, Inc.

Uruguay

Coats Cadena S.A. – Uruguay

Vietnam

Coats Phong Phu Limited Liability 
Company

The Corporation Trust Co., 1209 Orange 
Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA.

c/o The Corporation Trust, 1209 Orange 
Street, Wilmington, Delaware, USA

Rufino Dominguez 1864, Montevideo, 
Uruguay

No. 48 Tang Nhon Phu Street, Tang Nhon 
Phu B Ward, District 9, Ho Chi Minh City, 
Vietnam

US$0.01 Ordinary

US$1.00 Common shares

UYU0.05 Ordinary

US$1.00 Ordinary (64%)

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

205

Other informationGroup structure continued

Joint Ventures
Country of Incorporation

Company Name

Registered Office address

Share class

Australia

ACS Nominees Pty Limited

c/o Jagen Pty. Ltd, Level 1, 26-29 Beatty 
Avenue, Armadale VIC 3143, Australia

AUD1.00 Ordinary (50%)

Guangying Spinning Company 
Limited

2 Yuan Cun Xi Jie Guangzhou, 510655, 
China

US$1.00 Ordinary (50%)

Tianjin Jinying Spinning Co Ltd

S&P Threads Private Limited

10m E of intersec. of Jinlai Rd and Mingqing 
Rd, Liqi Zhuang, Xiqing Qu, Tianjin, 300381, 
China

Delite Theatre Building, III Floor, Asaf Ali 
Road, New Delhi, 110 002, India

4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, 
UB11 1FE, United Kingdom

US$1.00 Ordinary (50%)

INR10.00 Ordinary (50%)

US$0.01 Ordinary (50%)

China

China

India

United Kingdom

Coats VTT Limited

206

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationFive-year summary
Five-year summary

For the year ended 31 December

Continuing operations (before exceptional and acquisition 
related items)1:

Revenue2

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating costs2

Operating profit

Share of profits from joint ventures

Finance income

Finance costs

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit from continuing operations

Adjusted earnings per share (cents)

Dividend per share (cents)

Adjusted free cash flow ($m)

Return on capital employed (%)

2017 
US$m

2018 
US$m

20193 
US$m

2020 
US$m

2021 
US$m

1,356.1

1,414.7

1,388.7

1,163.3

1,503.8

(806.6)

(1,025.3)

(849.7)

506.4

(345.8)

160.6

1.3

2.1

(25.4)

138.6

(44.6)

94.0

5.70

1.44

76.4

(901.9)

512.8

(317.9)

194.9

0.1

1.7

(26.1)

170.6

(53.8)

116.8

6.87

1.66

96.2

(898.1)

490.6

(292.6)

198.0

1.1

1.7

(29.6)

171.2

(50.5)

120.7

6.97

0.554

106.8

356.7

(246.1)

110.6

0.6

0.7

(25.5)

86.4

(35.2)

51.2

2.42

 1.30

28.0

478.5

(285.4)

193.1

1.2

0.4

(22.2)

172.5

(53.5)

119.0

6.81

2.11

112.9

39.9%

35.4%

42.6%

42.3%

22.2%

Notes:
1.  The results for 2017 have been restated following the disposal of the North America Crafts business.
2.  Revenue and operating costs have been restated for 2017 following the Group’s adoption of IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ on 1 January 2018.
3.  The Group adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ from 1 January 2019 using the modified retrospective approach and therefore results for 2017-2018 are not restated.
4.  In March 2020 the Company announced it had taken the decision, given the uncertainties caused by the Covid pandemic, to cancel the proposed 2019 final dividend payment of 

1.30 cents per ordinary share which was due to be paid in May 2020.

Annual Report and Accounts 2021

207

Other informationShareholder information

United Kingdom
4 Longwalk Road, 
Stockley Park, 
Uxbridge,
UB11 1FE
Tel: 020 8210 5000
coats.com 

Incorporated and registered  
in England No. 103548

Registered office: 
4 Longwalk Road,
Stockley Park, 
Uxbridge,
UB11 1FE

UK registered members 
To manage your shareholding online, 
please visit: investorcentre.co.uk

Location of share registers
The Company’s register of members is maintained in the United Kingdom
Register enquiries may be addressed direct to the Company’s share registrars named below:

Registrar

Telephone and postal enquiries

Inspection of Register

UK Main Register:

Computershare Investor  
Services PLC

The Pavilions, 
Bridgwater Road, 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ 
Tel: 0370 707 1022 
Facsimile: 0370 703 6143

The Pavilions, 
Bridgwater Road, 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

208

Coats Group plc

Strategic reportCorporate governanceFinancial statementsOther informationA full copy of our Annual Report can be downloaded,
along with other relevant documents from

coats.com/ar2021

Coats Group plc
4 Longwalk Road
Stockley Park
Uxbridge
UB11 1FE
Tel: 020 8210 5000
coats.com

Incorporated and registered in England No. 103548
Registered office: 4 Longwalk Road, Stockley Park, Uxbridge, UB11 1FE